yrcsriTtrb to

oi tiic

^iuucrsity of (Lorontn

The Univ. of Cambridge throughth* Utti*. ffifthed. Ih The Uid. Coun-

lifesli|^£!"i5lS°l§i!*^^losae or

M. TULLI CICERONIS

LAELIUS

DE AMICITIA.

lontton: C. J. CL.\Y AND SONS,

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE,AVE MARtA LaNE.

tmMbwt: DEIGHTOX, BELI^ AXD CO.

l(tp>ig: i A UKOCKUAUS.

|iin Jjnss ^mcs.

M. TULLI CICERONIS

LAELIUS

DE AMICITIA

EDITED FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES

BY

JAMES S. REID, Litt. D.

rSLLOW AND TVTOR OF CONVILLB AND CAIL'S COLLECE, CAMBRIDCI;

CLASSICAL BXAMINU IN TKB UMIVKKSITV OP LONOON.

New Edition, with Corrections and Additions.

SDITED FOR THE SYSDICS OP THE USIVERSITY PRESS.

(Zrnmbrtljge

:

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

1889

PA

Cambrfligt

:

.ri- .1 C. J. CLAV, M.A. * 80X8,

AT THE CNITERSrrr PRKS8.

^H/^ol?"^

PREFACE.

TiliS edition of the Laclius has been prepared on

the samc general plan as my editions of the speeches

of Cicero for Archias and for Balbus published a

ear since. The special aim of the notes is the

liorough examination of the Latinity of the dialogue,

ut the elucidation of the subject-matter has not

cen neglected. In arranging the text, I have tried

lo weigh for myself the evidence aflfccting every

variation, however shght. In a few instances I have

found it neccssary to adopt emendations of my own.

These will all be found duly noticcd in an Appendix

n thc text, which also contains remarks on other

tcxtual difficulties which could not conveniently be

mentioncd in thc notes. In the explanatory notes as

cll as in ff)rminc^ the tcxt, while I have workcd out

II i\ < .,!i indcpcndcntly, and hope to have

hccn abic to contributc somcthing to the cxplana-

tion of the dialogue, I have also comparcd my own

conclusions with those of the most promincnt scholars

Ihohave editcd or explaincd the treatise. In par-

cular I have to own my grcat obligations to the

wy claborate cdition of Seyffert, on whose found-

6 PREFACE.

cditors In the future must continuc to build. I

havc compared also my own notes throughout

with those contained in thc editions by Nauck and

Lahmcycr. These cditions have provcd not nearly

-o uscful as I expccted from their very cxtensive

circulation in Gcrmany. My dcbts to thcm are

acknowlcdgcd, cach in its propcr place, as are also myobligations to Nagclsbach and other writers on the

Latin of Ciccro. It may bc wcll for mc to statc that

I have no acquaintancc with any English edition of

the Laclius. I only hcard of Mr Arthur Sidgwick's

dition as forthcoming at a time whcn my own was

lar advanccd.

I expect to have finished by Eastc! \\\y

edition of the Cato viaior [De Senectute). At that

point my scrics of cditions of Ciccro's works must

stop for a time, though 1 hopc to add to it in future

yc.irs.

JA^" - la-iD.

GONVILLE AND CaIUS CoLLEGE, CAMBRtDOE.

ChriitHias, 1^78.

In thc present cdition a ccrtain numbcr of correc-

tions have bccn made in thc body of thc work, while

omc additional maltcr is appcndcd in the form of' addetida\

CAMnRIPGR,

Stptfmbtr, 1883.

INTRODUCTION

§1. Cicero as a writer on Philosophy.

It is not necessary to give here any account of the life of

Cicero and his labours as a politician and orator, since thereare

so many sources from which the student may obtain the informa-

tion*. We are only now conccrned with Cicero as a man of

Utters ; nor have we to do with his whole literary career, but

lerely with that portion of it which was devotcd to the produc-

tion of his series of works on philosophy, of which the Laelius

forms a part*,

During his carlylife Cicerohad studiedwith great enthusiasm

and succcss all the leaming of the Greeks, particularly in the

vo departments, then closely connected, or rather scarcely

istinguishcd, of Rhetoric and Philosophy. He not only sought

ith great avidit>' the society of leamed Greeks at Rome, but

rable time in study at Rhodes and at Athens,

:ne not merely the 'school of Grcece' as Thucy-

raakes Periclcs call her, but the school of the civilized

During the whole of an exceptionally busy public life,

Cicero devoted all his spare moments to reading and to the

'ociety of the learned After his exile in 58 and 57 B.C. his part

1 politics, except for a brief period before his death, was played,

an<! it is at thjs time that his great period of litcrary activity

b- ,_.ns. In 55 hc produced thc work De oratore, in 54 the

' The roost attractive biopraphy a politidan only by acddent ; his

c,r r\r^r,. in English is that by enti'-^ nif,.^! f,ri,f uns i.nvir.I*

V. lit.

•• rijjhtljr of Cicero, it to i;

roukt U: f«mcmbered that he was

8 INTRODUCTION./' > publica (the characters in which are ncarly all mentioned

in thc Lntlius), in 52 the De legibus^ all threc works on a large

scale, and entitlcd to rank as philosophical, according to ancient

lcas*. AIl of them shcw his continued acquaintance with the

scussions currcnt in his time of problems which would nowc recognised as belonging to philosophy.

From 51 to 46 B.C owing first to his absence in Cilicia, then

' the civil troubles, Cicero almost ceased to write. But in the

l.ittcr year he was rcconciled with Caesar, and as thc senateand

l.iw courts were closed against him on his refusal to com-

promisc his political principles, he betook himsclf with grcater

devotion than ever to litcrature. He bcgan to carry out a great' in for interpreting the bcst philosophical wyjtinga of the

':=; to his cultivated fcIlow.countr>'men. Idleness he felt to

)Iutcly unendurablc and it scemcd to him that he could

/ his country no bcttcr service than by conferring on it a

hilosophical lilcrature of its own. Hitherto those Romans whohad studicd philosophy at all had studied it in Greek. The only

I atin philosophical literature was Epicurean, and putting aside

ic poem of Lucrctius, which had scarcely then become famous,

onsistcd cntircly of books rudely written, which had howcvcr

;tained a largc circulation'.

Cicero made no claim to originality as a philosophcr, orcven

to an cntire and complcte acquaintance with cvery dctail of the

ireck systcms^ His usual plan was to takeone or two leading

>reek works on the subjcct with which he was dealing, and to

•prescnt freely in his own language their subject-mattcr, intro-

!.ii iii: ^ pl '' illustrations of hisown. \Ve shall presently

: r 1. >w ti. .'. plan was carricd out in the case of the

Liulius.

The first work writtcn in 46 was the Hortensius^ or Dt philO'

phia, now lost. It was foundcd on a lost dialogue of Aristotle,

and sct forth the advantages of studying philosophy. During

* Almost cvcn- br.inch of lcam- Acadetnica, Introd. pp. xxvi

—

•(j wa» ranl ul of xxix.

Inlosophy. . that * Cf- OfT. t, 9 phiUtff^kamJi

one bninch ol ptul<jvjj)hjr wu uitmtiam (tmeJeru muiHt, etc.

gcopaphy*

INTRODUCTION. 9

the same ycar Ciccro completed several oratorical works, all

extant, the Partitiones oratoricu^ the Brutus or De claris orato-

ridus, and the Oraior.

In the beginning of 45 Cicero lost his beloved daughter

TuUia. He passed the whole year in retiremcnt, trying to soothe

his grief by incessant writing. In quick succession came the

De consolatione, an attempt to apply philosophy to the mitiga-

tion of his own sorrow and that of others; the Academica, an

exposition of the New Academic philosophy, advocating proba-

biiityas the foundation of philosophy rather than certainty; the

Definibus bonorum et malorum, a work criticisingthe chief views

entertained concerning ethics; the Disputaiiones Tusculanat,

treatingofccrtainconditionsnecessarytohappinessandmorality;

the De natura deorum, a work whose contents are sufficiently

indicated by its title ; the De divinaiione, a discussion of the

qucstion whether the gods communicate with mankind by

aiigury and the like; the Cato maior or De seneciutej the

I.aelius or De amicitia; the Defato, discussing Fate and Free

Will ; the Paradoxa, in which certain paradoxical opinions of

the Stoics were set forth ; the De officiis, a work on the

practical application of moral principles to ordinary life. All

these works arc still extant, and were written almost entirely in

the years 45 and 44- To the list must be addcd other works,

(if a rhetorical nature, such as the Topica and the De opiimo

mre dicendi, and some lost philosophical books, such as that

De gloria.

The mental vigour and litcrary power exhibited by this series

of works appears prodi^MOUS, when we considcr their immensecompass and varicty and the generally high Bnish of their style,

cven though allowance be made for the fact that Ciccro was

jMving in Latin the substanceof Grcck books with which he had

<:en familiar from boyhood. In Cicero's Latin has lived a

iarge portion of the post-Aristotelian philosophy, wliich wa»

doomcd to oblivion in thc original Grcck.

It : -y, bcforc we lcavc the ^cneral subject of Cicero's

ihilo'-\

>rks, to state very brierty his philosophical vicws.

o called himself an adherent of tbe New Acadcniy. h^^hiio'

W

lo JNTRODUCTION.

must be clearly understood, however, that the New Academytaught no complcte philosophical systcm. It simply pro-

claimed' thc view that in thc ficld of knouicdLic ccrtainty is

unattainable, and that all the in(j ince

probabilitics a^inst each other. 'i..v .-.^.t ,^> .uvuih. lucicfore

was free to acccpt any opinions which seemed to him to have

probabilitics on thcir side, but he was bound to be ready to

abandon them whcn anything came bcfore him which would

altcr his vicw of the probabilities. The New Academic, then,

not only might be, but could not help being ecUcUCf that is

he chose such views propounded by other schools as seemed to

him to be most reasonable or probable at the r Thethree principal systeras in Ciccro's time were , the

r icand the^Epicurcan. VVith the 1

. s advocate^^-ethics the pursuit of ,

the doctrine of the atoms, in rcligion the compiete inactivity of

the gods, Ciccro had absolutcly no s>iiipathv. In his^ime the

othcr_two schools, the Stoic and Peripatetic, were divided bycomparatively unim' * * difTcrcnccs. As regards ethics (in.

the cye of the anci -t thc wholc of philo<;nphy, whirh

it-'lf was dcfincd as 'ilic art of living') the t

b :.-. 'cn thc twn ?chonls wn<; thc nmnunt of in-'

ison

while the PcrTpatctics declared that they had a <

' „ . -

jj^j.^^ (-j^ ^jj^

: many I- .<: o(

thc . it it

was_ hich

the 1 vely rejcctctl.

. /;^ sctf^ oftke L~u . v t

Our dialoguc bclongs to t -^- ' Cicero. TheDtfinibus contains Ciccro's \ . j of morality,

whilc ihe other ethical writings are concemcd with the practical

applications of those principlcs. The consideration of Fricnd-

ship, to which thc Laelius is devoted, occupicd a largc space in

INTROD UCTION. 1

1

ancient moral systems, though the topic is very little elaboratcd

by modern philosophers. Particularly. in pQSt-Platonic times,

when the freedom of Grcek political hfe was extinguished, and

men of culture had to find private outlets for their energy^ was

Friendship brought into promincnce. Numerous treatises were

:)eciaUy devoted to it^ A separate dialogue was given to it by

. viz. the Lysis, and two whole books of the Kicomachan'\\\\. and IX. ^ by Ari^^totle. In the Lmlius, however^the

cr than was commonlylo wrote on the subject.

\ he Greek <^iX/a included every form of association, even thC

lations of man to man, of citizen to citizen, of purchaser to

ayer, and the like. Cicero, however, uses amicitia in a

nse which is alniost cxactly that of the English ^friendship!

>ur does our author attempt that exhaustive discussion of all

lestions which had been raised or might be raised, touching

ricndship in this narrower sense, which we find in the two

:)Ove-mentioned books of the Nicomachcan Ethics. The.,^j!::a£/(^^^otfngx^>hij2^i^jJiACU*5 ' ' t tQ^th^cxt^lusi^ oCjts

theory. Ciccro's trcntise is i; .ind o(^pO£ular essay

d( r which could best be

x\\. ^ _ He again and again

li .: ; ;.,' the course of the dialogue cmphasizes the practical

ii.ii.icter of the treatise. Indeed to have made it highly specu-

;tive would have ill suited the characters of the interlocutors.

The structure^ personages, and other circumstances of the

dialogue.

(i. Greek sources of the treatise. We have a statemcnt byA. GcUius Oived about 115—165 a.d.) in his Noctes Atticae {i,

10) that Cirero imitated in the Laelius a book of Theo-

i 7r#/>i (f>i\tat, which seems to have been the

: iie many treatiscs on the subject The imitation

:. the showing of Gellius, exceedingly frce. Theophrastus>

. >. ..is own views and wrotc for philosophers ; Cicero wrote for

ncral readers and put his statcmcnts into the mouth of

.;u« Si^isippu», Xenocmtes, Aristotle,oa- ClcanUies.

1 2 INTRODUCTION.Ladius, who as a distinguished Roman gcncral and states-

man, could not be allowcd to go too dceply int. phi-

cal questions. Bcsides this imitation of Thcophi or

two dircct imitations occur of a discourse of Socrates onfriendship recorded by Xenophon in his Memorabilia (2.4—10)'.

Further, thcre is a shght refcrence in the proocmium to thc

Theaetetus of Plato*. Beyond this no distinct adaptation pf

Greck originals can be traced. It is extreniely doubtful, or

I

"

lore than doubtful, whcthcr Ciccro used in this trcatisc

; ichean Ethics, though hc kncw of its existcncc*, andliad pciiiaps, at somc timc, read it. Scveral rcscmblances be-

twccn that work and portions of the Laclius can be accountcd

for by the fact that many of Aristotle's ethical utterances hadpasscd into commonplaccs. It is excccdingly likely that Cicero

kncw Plato's Lysis, but I am unable to point out any distinct

iinitation of it*. No doubt Ciccro read and uscd here and there

oihcr Grcck treatiscs on Fricndship, which we do not nowposscss. In § 45 Ciccro adapts some hncs of EuripicJcs which

1'lutarch says wcre commentcd on by Chrysippus in his work

Trrpi <^(Xta(, but thc verscs were so notorious that thcre is norcason to suspect imitation.

b. The title. The main title is put beyond doubt by Cicero's

own words in the De officiis 2, 31 sed de ilio libro

tiictum est qui inscribitur Laelius''. Thci -ons^how-

evcr, for supposing that the author intendcd it atso to bcar the

sccondary title De amicitia; sce the passagc in Lculius 5 ut

tum ad senem senex de senectute, sic hoc libro ad amicum:;is scripsi de amicitia. So the book di '

\ Dev 2, 3 as liberquem adAtticum de sene.

.

mus

* See my n. on 9 61. * Tt would hc worth while for* .Sce my n. on § 3, p. 18, I. i. * r to

It ii commonly biit ermiKvnmly w tion

uiid that (^--

,.j,

the Thca<Onomattitifn j ....••f,: .:, 1.

lius). The ume is ;;,c i. ^;

Philebos, to which 1 t_ _

.. thou^halluftton in De finibus 1, 5. iiaim and otiiera aaKft them to

* Scc De finibus 5, ta. bc so.

INTRODUCTION. 13

> caHcd in De officiis i, 151 and in Ad Atticum 14, 21, 3 Cato

maior. So the MSS give to the Brutus (thus called by Cicero

in De divinatione 2, 3) the second title De claris oratoribus.

Such double titles were not uncommon. They are frequently

fnund in ancient citaiions of Plato's works and in MSS; e.g.

Xi;3m, w<pi ToyaQov. Varro also wrote a great number of

ixjoks (called libri logistorici) which took their first titles from

the names of persons, their second titles from their subject-

-ittcr'. We may fairly conclude then that the proper com-

_ L-te title of our dialogue is Lculius de amicitia.

c. Time o/ ivriting. This has been imphcitly given above

in the general account of Cicero's philosophical works. It is

clear from De divinatione 2, 3 that when that work appeared,

the Laelius had not yet been written, while the Cato nutior had

already been published. In the De officiis (which had not been

cntioncd in the passage of De divinatione above rcferred to)

cre is a reference to the Laelius. The Cato maior v/as writ-

n in the spring of 44 B.C soon after Caesar^s death, and the

Ue oficiis was completed in November of the same year'. As

Cicero was travelling during July and August, while September

and October were occupied by the De officiis, and probably

April and .May by the De divinatione, we shall not greatly err

: we suppose thc Laelius to have been composed in June of the

. ear 44 B.C. It was a gloomy time for Cicero for many reasons,

but particularly because the^high hopes concerning^poIUics

w* ' ' -lined on Caesar^s deathwere a'--'''•' -^hattered.

'1 ls of the time are to a great c ctedin

thc luac cl" ihc dial(>t(ue.

d Thejonn 0/ the dialogue. In general, Cicero followed in

his philosophical works the plan of Aristotlc's dialogues, now

lost, rathcr than that of the dialogucs of Plato. In the former

iiere was more of exposition and less of discussion than in the

iicr ; one person stated his views on some question, and the

ipany in attcndancc only made occasional rcmarks, without

tcmpting to dcbate the qucstion. In ncarly all Plato'» dia-

Scc Ritschl, </iV ii-Ar»////'/'//<rW 501 si.

TertHiius Varrv, in ihe •

•hei Muittan for 1848, p. 4.

14 JNTRODUCTJON.logucs one person, Socrates, is ovcrwhclmingly promincnt, but

he constantly endeavours to drag the other personages inio the

discussion. Ciccro, in most of his philosophical works (the

TusculoH Disputations forms an exccption more apparent than

real) avoids thc quiclc interchange of question and answcrwhichis charactcristic of Plato. AristotIe's dialogucs* were morcf'<t'ular too than those of Plato, and thercfore suited Ciccro's

l'Ui j.ose bcttcr; morcover, the stylc of Aristotle had becn imita-

tcd by many writcrs, Thcophrastus and others, down to Cicero's

t:me, while iho Pl.iionic style had hardly m'-' uith r»nv imiti.

tors.

e. Thc uitcriocuti^vi in the dialof^e. Tl aKcr is

Gaius J,AFi,i iis, the friend of the youngcr .\ not to be

confoundcd with his father C. Laelius, the fncnd of thc elder

Africanus). This distinguished statesman, soKiicr, and man of

lcttcrs was born about i86 B,c., was plcbcian tribune in 151 (sce

below, p. 1 5, n. 5) ; performed hcroic exploits as an oflficcr of

Scipio in the Third Punic War; was praetor in 145', and com-maiided an army against Viriathus with succcss; in 141 failed

as a candidatc for the consulship, though supported by Scipio',

but in i^osuccccded. Hcalsohcld thcoflficc of augur*. During

thc grcatcr part of his Ufe he was a strong supporter of the

ari$tocca.tic party, and towards the end of it stoutly Qpposcd the

schemes of Ji. Gracchug and tliose of his parti^:^"'^ -*^'"- >^'-

dcath*.

Laclius was not only one of thc gre.itest p arc

Romc evcr saw, bul was himsclf a man 01 md• ability as a spcakcr and writcr. He was \\ ! m

. .^ophy, particularly the Stoic His Latin styk .^i>od

that the plays of his fricnd Terencc, admired for the purity of

ihcir Latinity, werc by many ascribed in whole or in part to

him*. Somc of his spccchcs werc extaot in Cicero's time, andwcre, on the whole, admircd by hiin^

' On !hc who!r -' •<" * -• > T.acl. 77,

'- '

tot!c's (h ili i,,i;<-> L;icl. 7;i^nyvvn ni'i»uijraj : , - .,

* l.;iil- .'

ArtitoUlti. • .\<i .. ro.

' Sce n. oa Ij«L 96. ' Ci»..

.

1 <;i.c >i(.c<^;i

INTRODUCTJON. 1

5

Gcero everywhere speaks in the most eulogfstic term? of

Laelius' character. All authorities were unanimous as to his

unswerving rectitude'. His self-conirol and moderation were

remarkable'. Like Socrates, he nevcr shcwed in his face

throughout life the effect produced on his mind by changes of

fortune*. His gentleness and aflahility were great*. His cheer^

fulness and humour were famous*.

During his Ufe and after his death Laeh'us bore the title

sapiens or *.the wiseV a title which implirT niQir nf prartifTil

^han JatellfcCtuaLwisdmn, though it would not have been Riven

to any one who was destitute of culture and literary excellence.

Altogether LaeUus is Cicero's typical example of the_best rcsuhs

cultivation nrting nn a rharartpr yhich ffxhihited in their

lu;'- *-

-X the ideal Roman virtues. He is introduced as an

in' into two other dialogues, the Cato maior {De senec-

lute) and ihe De re publica (along with Scipio, Fannius, and

Scaevola).

The friendship of Laelius and Scipio was Qiie of the most

aous in antitiuity. Laelius, says Cicero, reverenced Scipio as

-;od; Scipio lookcd up to Laelius (his senior) as a parent'.

i he views of friendship which Laelius gives in the dialogue are

said by him to be mainly those of Scipio.

The other interlocutors arc the two sonsin-law of Laelius,

Q Mucius Scaevola* and Gaius Fannius. Scaevola belon<:;ed

tO a family of lawyers*, and was himself exccedin^;ly distinguished

for his knowledge of the l.iw, He was born about 157 and

fls ula (N. D. 3, Ti. Gracchus c. 8, h.xs the un-45I :rr as vttmtior likely story that thf title sapUns

rut. K3). wa-s piven to Laelius, because

a 78; Lacl. /ai.nm. haviiiK proposed an ajjrarian law.., ... . ». wliile trii)une in 151 hc had the

* f )|T. I, fyo. good sense to withdraw ii In order« M ir. 66; cf. Horace'8 mUis to nrevent civil discord.

: Latli. ' De rc publica i, i8.

r, io*<; De Or. ?, u. • augur nol pontifex; scc n. on;hc pass.ngcs in §1.

1, 40 Laelius * De Or. i, 39 iura civilia in

<i ..>^.cn, i,,u,,,ilur,&\so\\T\it, nostra (Sea/vclarum) /amiliii tltu

i; Tu»c. 4, 5. l'lutarch, life of versata sunt.

i6 INTRODUCTION.lived till 88 B.C. In 121 he was praetor, after which he was;;overnor of Asia. Onhis return a malicious p > set

<in foot against him on a chargc of malversati. um),

but on this he was acquitted. Soon aficrwarUs hc was elccled

consul for the year 117. He scems to have had but httle of

political ambition, though owing to his high character and his

frcedom from partisanship he exercised in the senate and in

privatc a grcat political influence. His house was daily thronged

by thc lcading mcn of Rome'.

The wjt as well as the leaming of Scaevola was renowned*,

and he was notcd for sweciness and aflability of demeanour'.

Cicero, who was in carly hfe placed under his guardianship,

along with Atticus, always speaks of him with great aiTection

and admiration. Scaevola appears also as onc of the interlocu-

tors in the De oratore and in thc De re pudlua (along with

Scipio and Laelius).

Gaius Fannius ser\'ed with dislinction under Scipio in the

Third Punic War. He and Tibcrius Gracchus were thc first to

mount the walls of Carthage when it was stormed. He scrved

again in Spain, but seems not to have been successful in

political life. He was a man of considerable cultivation andlitcrary activity, and wTote a histor>', the style of which is very

faintly praiscd by Ciccro though its accuracy was highly

estimated by Sallust. His character seems to have bccn some-

what severe*. Hc appcars with Scipio and Laclius and Scaevola

as one of the interlocutors in the De re publica.

f. The Scipionic circU. The age of the younger Africanuswas remarl^ahlr ^'"•' **"» V^T*'^ «iprffl^ '' " '

educated Jlomaj^s, Scipio formed th.

infli!'""

art

Hei; wcrful lor many gcncrations in Latmliter.i;— — .ife,but in the HcIIcnismof theScipionic

circle not only were old tendcncics quickened, but a new and

> De Or. I, 900; Phil. 8, 31. * Bnit. lot.whereCicerospeaks* Att. 4, t6, 3. of a coolncu betwcen Fumiua aod' Dc Or. I, 4j4. Laclius.

INTRODUCTION. 17

Although the wisdom of the Greeks was known in part to the

Romans at a much earlicr time its practical power over themdates from the famous Athcnian embassv aJ 153 r p- composed'^f the three great philosophers Cameades the Acadcmic,

iopenes the Stoic, and Critolaus the Peripatetic. Ajter this

all the Grc< "f. Rome, \)\\\, by fs^r thft

t infliien' u, of whicJLJl f''"'^ ^**^

'los society had a more or less stroncr

,o himself was devotcd to the society of the

:oic philosopher Panaetius ; Laelius had leamed Stoicism

>th from Panaetius and Diogenes. There are many tinges of

toicism traceable in our dialogue. These n^hle Rnman»;, how-

hy more on account ofits utility

:aeories of law and government- a form of faith. The Stniri^im thpy prpfpggpH jyn r. n l <r.r>

-m «Ifpriv-pHI nf its p^fadOXP^'' ^nH gpprinll y ^HnptpH tr>

cs. In this form it ultimately exercised a profound

irinuorKC on the national life of Rome.

Though the prcvalent bcnt of the Scipionic circle was towards

m, it was far from rejecting the society of those whoi-d to other systems. Thus Clitomachus, the New

\rademic, was the friend of many Romans of high station in

is timc.

On the literary side the circle of Scipio and Laelius was

To it belongcd Polybijis, the great historjan, Lucilius

lUrist, and the dramatists Tcrence and Pacuvius. wiih

many othcrs scarcely lcss distinguished.

We cannot here give any detailcd account of the pcrsons

who formcd this brilliant society, but must confine ourselves to

^uch information as is necessary to illustrate the Laelius. In

r I of the dialogue we have some of the chief events of SciPlo's

I|jt

' d. liom in 185 B.C., the son of L. Acmilius Paullus

iJi lor of Macedonia, he became the adopted son of the

m of the cldcr Africanus, just bcfore the outbreak of the Third

lunic War. His services in a subordinate position in that ^^-ar,

as well as in previous wars, produced such a conviction of his

R. L. a

1 3 INTRODUCTION.\>ility,that in 148, when he was only a candidate for the aedile-

lip, thc laws wcre suspcnded in order to clcct him consul andiace him in command of ihe army bcfore Carthage. At the

:<.d of his year of office his command was prolongcd for anothcr

car, during thc course of which hc took Carthage and rcduced

vfrica to ihe condition of a Roman province. In 142 he wascensor, and in 134, though not a candidatc, was elcctcd to thc

consulship and put in command of the Koman army then

bcsieging the city of Numantia in Spain. The war of whichthis siegc formed a part had becn going on for some years mostisastrously for the Romans, but Scipio specdily brought it to a

conclusion in 133 B.c While before Numantia he received the

newsof the murder of Ti. Gracchus, whosc sistcr he had married

and whosc cousin hc had become by adoption, but whoscpolicy he had on the whole opposcd, though he had occasionally

coquetted with the democrats. He merely quoted the HomericIme w ojToXotTo «al uXXor ons rouwra yc ptCoi, 'so may c'en

mothcr pcrish, whoso darcs such decds as hc' On his retum

to Rome Scipio strongly resistcd the democratic ^ of

Carbo and the other lcadcrs of the party of ihc < In

129 B.c a most violcnt sccne occurrcd in the scnatc betwccn

him and Carbo in consequcnce of a proposal madc by Scipio

which was intended to rcnder thc cxecution of the great

;i,:::rarian law of Ti. Gracchus impracticable. At the end of the

itting he was escorted triumphantly homc by a crowd mainly

composcd of Latins and Italians, whosc propcrtics werc thrcat-

cncd by thc law. In the morning he was found dcad in his

room. Opinion in Rome was at the time and remaincd

divided as to thc cause of his death. In the LmUus the death

is assumcd to have bcen from natural causcs'. Elsewhere

liowever Ciccro adopts thc vicws of many of Scipio's friends

:hat Carbo murdered him*. Carbo aftcrwards lent colour to

lons by putting himself to death, in ordcr, as was, to avoid a dircct prosecution. Even Gaius Gracchus

icicnt times suspectcd of having thus avcngcd his

' 1 or Uic intcrpretatioa of S 4I • De Or. «, 170; Fain»ec niy un. ihcrc. Qu. ¥t. a, 3, 3.

INTRODUCTION. 19

brothei^s death, but no roodern scholar of any rank has coun-

tenanced the suspicion.

I proceed to spcak of some other friends of Scipio who are

mentioned in our dialogue. Chief of these is L. Furius Philus',

consul of the year 136, a man of great knowledge, and high

haractcr, and a friend and patron of Greek literatL He is

!iought worthy by Cicero to rank beside Cato and Laelius*, and

one of the interlocutors in the De re publica.

P. Rupilius was consul in 132 and exercised great severity

against the partisans of Ti. Gracchus. His consulship is said

to have been due to the aid of Scipio'. He commanded in

Sicily against the insurgent slaves and established a code of

laws for the administration of that province.

M'. Manilius^, consul in 149, commanded in Africa for some:ne against the Carthaginians with Scipio as oneof his officers.

is a very eminent lawyer,and a close friend of Lacliusand

. appearing in the De re publica along with them.

Spurius Mummius* seems to have been a very different manfrom his brother the destroycr of Corinth. He had both wit

:;d literary ability, which recommended him to the very in-

nate friendship of Scipio, with whom he is joined in Cicero's

i re publica. VVhen, to secure Scipio's safety, the senate

dispatched him on an embassy to Asia, Mummius was his

companion. Mummius spent some time in Achaia as legattts

to his brother and thence sent witty epistles in verse to his

friends at home*. Apparently he was unpopularand unsuccess-

ful as a politician and devoted himself to study, becoming a

strong Stoic. Wc hear of him that he was particularly noted

for his dctestation of thc tcachcrs of Rhctoric.

^ §S '•,

* LaeL § 14.

' l^- agi- «. 64 Fkiii Catones * J§ <59, 101.

Laelii. • Att. 13, 6, 4.* LaeL K 6j, loi.

20 INTRODUCTlOyr.

§ 4. Summary of the dialogue.

A. Chap. I. Dedication to Atticus.

B. „ II.— IV. Prcludc to the dialogue.

C. Chap. V.—XXVI. Discourse of Laclius.

D. „ XXVII. Epilogue.

A. § I. Cicero's acquatntance with the Scaevolae. $ 3.

Scacvola, the augur, happened to s]}eak one day of a notorious

«luarrcl bctwecn two quondam friends, P. Sulpicius Rufus and' \. Pdmpcius. [Sulpicius was originally on the aristocratic side,

ut bcingplcbcian tribune in 88 RC, hc bccame a tool of Marius

iid proposed some rcvolutionary laws. His former friend

i ompcius was consul, and vigorously opposcd him. In a fight,

:ic son of Pompeius was slain; after which Sulla entered the

ty with an army and Sulpicius was killcd.] § 3. TTiis led

caevola to report a conversation conccrning friendship which

l.aclius had hcld with his two sons-in-law, Scaevola himsclf and

lannius. This conversation Ciccro has frccly rcndered. § 4.

The work is done at the request of Atticus, and is now prescnted

!o him, as the Cato maior had becn. Cato was the most

litable Roman to speak of old age ; and Laclius, whose intimacy

with Scipio was far-famed, to speak of fricndship. § 5. Thewhole spccch of Laclius will rcmind Atticus of his own character-

tics as a fricnd. The conversation takes place a few days

itter the dcath of Africanus the younger (129 B.C).

Ji- §§ 6| 7- Fannius. * All mcn arc asking how you, Laelius,

whom men call wise by a bcttcr title than that of Cato, bcar ihe

<lcath of your fricnd. It was remarked that you missed the

mceting of ihe augurs latcly.'

§§ 8— 10. Scacvola. * I have told inquirers that your healtb,

and not your sorrow, prevcnted you from attcnding.'

Laelius. ' Right ; no private reason must cver withdr.iw ,1

)nsistcnt man from his duty. You are wrong, Fannii;

Cato. If cver any man deserved the title tvise^ he did.'

§§ 10—12. ' I am indced touchcd by Scip)o's death, bat the

sting is removcd by thc thought that I only, not S^ ' '

> the

tufTerer. His lifc was splcndid, his dcath was haj.

Jy;

INmODUCTION. 2

1

he closed his days in a blaze of glory. §§ 13—15. In spite of

new-fangled philosophies, I bclieve, with our forefathers andwith Socrates, that the soul lives after death. Scipio believed so

too, and as though he felt death coming, trcated of the matter at

the end of a three days' discourse on the best form of govem-ment, which he held a few days bcfore he died. He then recited

a communication he had received in a dream from the elder

Africanus. [The Somnium Scipionis formed the greater part of

he Vlth book of Cicero's work De re publica, and has comedown to us entire. Early in this century Cardinal Mai dis-

covercd a manuscript containing considerable portions of the

remainder of the work. Cicero intendcd the book to give a

picture of the ideal statesman in the person of Scipio.] Even if

ieath extinguishes the soul, it docs no harm. It is therefore

well with Scipio, however it be. My hfe has been happy because

I lived it with Scipio, and I care more for the memory of our

friendship to remain for all time, than I do for my name sapiens

to which I have no just claim.'

§ 16. Fannius. ' Both Scaevola and myself would be de-

lighted if you would tell us what you think of the nature of

friendship and what maxims you lay down for its regulation.'

C. The discourse of Laclius may be divided into five

portions.

1. §§ 17—25. Preliminary.

2. §§26—32. Love the only basis oftrue friendship-

3. §§ 33—35. Dangers" that beset friendship.

14. §§ 36—76. The amuifiiic- sapientium.

P 5« §§76—'oa The miciTiae

C. I. Laehus comphv:» «un lae request of his sons-in-law

but says less than they expccted and desired.

Laelius. § 17. 'I am no Greek philosophcr; thercfore

scarce equal to the serious task you impose. I can only give

you a practical cxhortation to value fricndship above all humanpossessions. §§ 18, 19. Friendship is only possible bctwccn

|good menT^ I use thc tcrm in its popular scnse, not in its Stoic '

nsc Mcn of high morahty I call good.—There are various

es in association, as between citizens and ciiizcns, citizcns

22 JNTRODUCTION.

and foreigners, relatives and strangers. Fricndsh|p is a strongcr

thjng than natural association. § 20, 21. It means cntire agree-

mcnt couplcd wilh kindlincss and affcction, and is the most

glorious gift of the gods, though some misguidcd men prcfer

riches, plcasure, and the like. Virtue in thc ordinar>% not the

Stoic sense, is^the esscntial condition of fncndship. §§ 22—24.

Thc splcndour of friendship almost passcs dcscription ; in par-

ticular, it nevcr allows hopc to die. Alljife^depcnds on fricnd-

ship ; Empedoclcs evcn says it is the bond of the univcrse.

Evcn thc vulgar do homagc to it as exemplified in the persons

of Orcstcs and Pyladcs on thc stagc'

' Now I have said all I can, for the rcst you must go to thc

Grccks.'

§ 25. Fannius and Scaevola insist on a furthcr exposition.

C. 2. Laelius. § 26. 'What is the founiiati5iii_fiffflSOdsbip?

^jjljiNature, not.utility.. §27. The incHnation to affcction appears

in the lowcr animals, and is espcciallyconspicuous in man, whcn

betwecn two individuals thcrc is compatibility of disposition and

virtue draws thcm togethcr. §§ 28—30. Virt- 'LSillSSJt

i;s in an cncmy : lunv niuch uiiuc in the : ou- ajjd

^ iKecipr not

: r-;iivate it. AliiL.uiu^, iui l n.uihul-, cuuiu ii.i»i.'"'"*.

.iy serviccs. § 31. Friendship is not bascd oii

iwvard. §32. l]he philoso£hers whjo ''

tho clcsirejor pleasurc_arc wrong. Truc

'. hich thcy would not bc if they sprang from so sbiUin.

.is uiility,'

C. 3. § 33. 'Scipio said th.it it was very hard for a friend-

ship to last a lifctime, owing to the arising of f'" " '-s of

opinion, or a ch.mge of disposition.' ^ 34, 35. E^ n of

oSfiurxcncr

C. 4. V discoursc .

subdivided

:

o. §§ 36—44- Thc qucstion how far a f:in 1 i,

helping his fricnd.

3- §§ 45—55- Polcmic against somc 1

the Grccks.

INTRODUCTION. 23

y. §§ 56—61. How to dcfine the right attitude of mind

towards a fricnd.

d. §§ 62—66. Care necessary in choosing friends.

«• §§ 67, 68. Are old friends to be preferred to new ?

f. §§ 69—76. Perfect equality is necessary in fricndship.

C. 4. a. § 36. • How far is one to go with one's friend?

Wtrc the friei us, Vecel l 'iuSj bound to

;^ ) all lcngths v, j7. BIossk pared to buro

1 had Ti. Gracchus commanded it ; it is^ however,

;.. ^. j^..>^liable to commit crime for the sake of a friend. § 38.

Had wg (9 do with iHf .tl rharar^^er? the difficulty would not

arise^_t)ut we have to do wiih actual men. § 39. The best

Komans ha^ji]wa_vsj)lacedpatriotism before friendship. § 40.

cr nor do for each other

.ys many politicians con-

We musl look for still worse things ffi

t.iu iu.u.i.. ^^ ^., ^^. When a friend takes to an unpatriotic

course he ought to be abandoned ; if this were done, r^

volufions nould be impossible. § 44. Our first law for friend- t

sliip is that honour must govern it, and that the authority of I

fricnds in admonition and exposiulation should meet with due '

rccu^jnition.'

-.4. ^. §45. *Some Creeks say that friendships should

not be too dose lest they lead into trouble and anxiety. § 46.

Others declare that friendship is only sought after for the sake A•ice and frcedom from care. § 47. These theories

cndship, since gain as well as pleasure is inseparable

from it. § 48. Those who try to free thcmselves from all^crri^.on nim at an absurdity. §§ 49—5'- UtiUty has its place^.^in !:, \..;^. but nature is tbe foundatiqn. §§52—55. These

Greck spcculators must be discountcnanccd ; who would choose

to abound with prosperity if dcprived of friends? That would

bc thc hfe of a dc ' ible of all lives. It is

Uy to dcsirc a!l ; _ J the most valuable—a

iencl.'

C. 4. r- ^< yr—^\. Threc falsc dcfinitions of fricndly

ling arc criticised and rcjected ; Laelius thcn promises to givc

i INTRODUCTION.his own, but first quotes Scipio's condemnation of a saying at-

buted to IJias, ihat in loving a friend one ought to kcep in

cw the possibiiity of hating him some day or othcr. Then hees his dcfinition of the proper attitude of friend to fricnd. /

' J^—nds are of high character, thev sho-' ' - -" •' • •- in '

n ; if one swerves from rcctitude .; le

ii e other should support huu, if he caa djj^, extrem^ dis^race.'

C. 4. d. § 62. ' Men are uttcrly carelcss in choosing fricnds.

J 63. It is wise not to confcr fricndship without some expericnce

d trial of the persons on whom it is to be confcrred. Theirlc of a true fricnd is that he prefcrs friendship to all else in

e world. § 64. Ambition is the grcatcst test ; change of

fortunc the ncxt. §§ 65, 66. Onc must look for loyalty above all

things, then frankncss, affability and compatibihty, and un-

suspiciousness ; thcn sweetncss of charactcr and conversation.'

C. 4. e. §§ 67, 68. 'The oldcr a fricndship is, the moreiluable it is, yet new and promising friendships are not to bc

icjectcd.'

C. 4. f. §§ 69, 70. * The man of superior station or advan-

-^cs of whatevcr kind must trcat his fricnds as equals. §§ 7 1, 72.

1 iie fricnd who is at a disadvant.ngc must be carcful not to bear

himsclf as an inferior. § 73. In imparting advantages to a

friend, you must look both to your own powers and to the

charactcr and position of your fricnd. § 74. The friendships wemost valuc are those formed in mature Hfe; we are i. " \ to

glve thc first placc to thc fricnds of our boyhood, . .<i'>f

ust not bc neglcctcd. § 75. We must not allow any violcnce

t tcmpcr to prcvcnt a fricnd from imparting to us a bencfit.'

C. 5. § 76. ' lafricndships ofihc commoner ordcr, thc (aults

of one sometimes bring disgrace on the othcr. Such fricndships

must be gently scvered, §§ 77, 78. If a disagrcement of views

dcvclopcs itsclf, we must avoid .1 ^y--^<t

into open cnmity. § 78. To e-. be

\tremcly cautious in entcring on fricndships. Menay lookingjirst for advantagc. mis5 the tnie fric„ >^. , .1, Evcnthe bcasts might tcach us that this is wrong^ \vx. Fri^ml^iup

INTRODUCTIOX. 25

mu5t rest oa sinulanty.; the theoiy that friends should supple-

nT' a defects js mistaken. §§ 83—85! Lookingto

viii^c v....^..., ,,ou must judge the fiiend's characier before you• egin to love him, not after. § 86. The prevalent carelessness

choosing friends is the more remarkable, because friendship

the one thing on whose value all men are agreed. §§ 87—89.

i| It is indeed a neccssity of existence;^ yet we do not allow this

[Inatural law its fuU force. §§ 89, 90. We must be able to hear

and tell the truth without offence. §§ 91—94. Flattery is the

curse of friendship. § 95. The true friend may be known from

the flatterer with a litile care.* § 96. Historical examples.

§§97— 'oo- 'Flattery has only power over him who has an

appetite for it ; open flattery is not so dangerous as that which

masked.' >

D. § 100. *To sum up, virtue is the only origin andbond \\

of friendshjp. § loi. It is this which has attracted me to myfriends throughout life, to you young men as well as others.

§ 102. It would be well if friends could begin life and end life

together, but such are the chances of our mortal state that we

must ever be forming new friendships. §§ 103, 104, My per-

fect intimacy with Scipio has been the greatest blessing of mylife. I end by exhorting you to value virtue above everjthing

Isc, and friendship next.'

M. TULLI CTCERONIS

LAELIUSDK AMICITIA.

I. Q. Mucius augur multa narrare de C. Laelio 1

socero suo niemoriter et iucunde solebat nec dubitare illum

in omni sermone appellare sapientem. Ego autem a patre

ita eram deductus ad Scaevolam sumpta virili toga, ut, quoad

i iMjssLni et liceret, a senis latere numquam discederem.

Itaque multaabeo prudenter disputata, multa etiam breviter

t commode dicta mcmoriae mandabam, fierique studebam

ius prudentia doctior. Quo mortuo me ad pontificem"

in unum nostrae civitatis et ingenio

,um audeo dicere. Sed de hoc alias,

nunc redeo ad augurem. Cum saepe multa, tum memini 2

||omi in hemicyclio sedentem, ut solebat, cum et ego essem

wa et pauci admodum familiares, in eum sermonem illum

iui tum fere multis erat in ore. Meministi enim

MficLto, Attice, et eo magis, quod P. Sulpicio utebare mul-

; iim, cum is tribunus plebis capitali odio a Q. Pompcio, qui

tum erat consul, dissidcret, quocum coniunctissime et aman-

I^imevixerat, quanta esset hominum vel admiratio vel

Derella. Itaque tum Scaevola, cum in eam ipsam mentio- 3

lem ••. cxposuit nobis sermonem Laeli de amicitia

lUiiu j secum el cum altcro gencro C. Fannio, Marci

28 LAELIUS [I 3

sententias memoriae roandavi, quas hoc libro exposui arbi-

tratu meo: quaji enim ipsos induxi loquentis, ne 'inquam'

et 'inquit' saepius interponeretur atque ut tamquam a prae-

4 sentibus coram haberi sermo videretur. Cum enim saepe

mecum ageres, ut rfe amicitia scriberem aliquid, digna mihi 5

res cum omnium cognitione tum nostra familiaritate visa est

;

itaque feci non invitus ut prodessem multis rogatu tuo. ' Sedut in Catone maiore, qui est scriptus ad te de senectute,

Catonem induxi senem disputantem, quia nuUa videbatur

aptior persona quae de illa aetate loqueretur, quam eius, qui

et diutissime senex fuisset et in ipsa senectute praeter ceteros

floruisset ; sic, cum accepissemus a patribus maxime memo-rabilem C. Laeli et P. Scipionis familiaritatem fuisse, idonea

mihi LaeH persona visa est quae de amicitia ea ipsa dissere-

ret, quae disputata ab eo meminisset Scaevola, Genus autem is

hoc sermonum positum in hominum veterum auctoritate et

eorum illustrium plus nescio quo pacto videtur habere gravi-

tatis. Itaque ipse mea legcns sic afficior interdum, ut

5 Catonem, non me, loqui existimem. Sed ut tum ad senem

senex de senectute, sic hoc libro ad amicum amicissimus ,.

scripsi de amicitix Tum est Cato locutus, quo erat nemofcre senior temporibus jUis, nemo prudentior : nunc Laelius

ct sapiens, sic eitim est habitus, et amicitiae gloria excel-

lens de amicitia loquetur. Tu veUm a me animum parumpcr

avertas, Laelium loqui ipsum putes. C Fannius et Q. Mucius

ud socerum veniunt post mortem Africani : al) bis scrmo

oritur, respondet LaeHus, cuius tota disputatiu imi-

citia, quam legens te ipse cognosces.

6 II. Fanmus. Sunt ista, I^eH , nec cnim melior vir fuit

Africano quisquam nec clarior. Sed existimare debes omnium 3»

oculos in te esse coniectos unum ; te sapientem et appclbnt

ct existimant. Tribucbatur hoc modo M. Catoni, scimus

1 - AciHum apud patres nostros appeUatum esse sapientem,

119] DE AMICITIA. 29

cd uterque alio quodam modo, Acilius quia prudens esse

in iure civili putabatur, Cato quia multarum rerum usum

habebat et multa eius et in senatu et in foro vel provisa pru-

onter vel acta constanter vel responsa acute ferebantur, pro|>-

erea quasi cognomen iam habebat in senectute sapientis.

i e autem alio quodam modo non solum natura et moribus, 7

erum etiam studio et doctrina esse sapientem, nec sicut

olgus, sed ut eruditi solent appellare sapientem, qualem in

i .raecia reliqua neminem—nam qui septem appellantur, eos

[ui ista subtilius quaerunt in numero sapientum non habent— Athi:i;:s unum accepimus et eum quidem etiam ApoUinis

• :..> .. > .j.icntissimum iudicatum: hanc esse in te sapientiam

ustimant, ut omnia tua in te posita esse ducas humanosque

.isus virtute inferiores putes. Itaque ex me quaerunt, credo

\ hoc item Scaevola, quonam pacto mortem Africani feras,

>que magis quod proximis Nonis, cum in hortos D. Bruti

iguris commentandi causa, ut assolet, venissemus, tu non

tfuisti, qui diligentissime semper illum diem et illud munus

loHtus esses obire.

ScAEvoLA- Quaerunt quidem, C. Laeli, multum, ut est a 8

innio dictum, sed ego id respondeo, quod animum adverti,

dolorem quem acceperis cum summi viri tum amicissimi

orte ferre moderate ; nec potuisse non commoveri, nec

lisse id humanitatis tuae: quod autem Nonis in coUegio

»s nostro non affulsses, valetudinem respondeo causam, non

maestitiam fuisse.

J-AELius. Recte tu quidem, Scaevola, et vere: nec enim

b isio officio, quod semper usurpavi cum valerem, abduci

icomraodo meo debui, nec ullo casu arbitror hoc constanti

»mini posse contingere, ut ulla intermissio fiat oftici. Tu 9

item, Fanni, quod mihi tantum tribui dicis, quantum ego

cc agnosco nec postulo, facis amice, sed, ut mihi videris,

uon recte iudicas de Catone. Aut enim nemo, quod quidem

30 LAELJUS [II 9

inagis cre.do, aut, si quisquam, ille sapiens fuit Quo modo,

ut alia omittam, mortera fili tulit ! Memineram Paulum,

videram Gallum ; sed hi in pueris, Cato in perfecto et spec-

10 tato viro. Quam ob rem cave Catoni anteponas ne istum

quidem ipsum, quem Apollo, ut ais, sapientissimum iudi- j

cavit: huius enim facta, illius dicta laudantur. De mcautem, ut iam cum utroque vestrum loquar, sic habetote.

III. Ego si Scipionis desiderio me moveri negem, quam

id rccte faciam viderint sapientes, sed certe mentiar. Moveor

cnim tali amico orbatus, qualis, ut arbitror, nemo umquam lo

crit, ut confirmare possum, nemo certe fuit Sed non egeo

medicina : me ipse consolor et maxime illo solacio, quod eo

crrore careo, quo amicorum decessu plerique angi solent

Xihil niali accidisse Scipioni puto : mihi accidit si quid

accidit; suis autem incommodis graviter angi non amicum,

'A.X sed se ipsum amantis est Cum illo vero quis neget actum*^

csse praeclare? Nisi enim, quod ille minime putabat im-

niortalitatcm optare vellet, quid nonadeptus est, quod homini

fas esset optare, qui summam spem civium, quam de eo iam

l)uero habuerant, continuo adulcscens incredibili virtute »superavit; qui consulatum petivit numquam, factus consul

cst bis, primum ante tempus, iterum sibi suo tempore, rei

publicae paene sero; qui duatus jirbibus evcrsis inimicis-

sumis huic imperio non modo praesentia, verum ctiam futura

bella delevit ? Quid dicam de moribus faciUimis, dc pietate »$

in matrem, hberalitatc in sorores, bonitite in suos, iustitia

in omnis? Nota sunt vobis. Quam autcra civitati canis

fiii rit, macrore funeris indicatum est Quid igi:

l.a.icorum annorum accessio iurarc potuissct?

enim quamvis non sit gravis, ut memini Catonem anno ante,

quam est mortuus, mecum ct cum Scipion '

*

12 aufert eam viriditatem, in qua ctiam nunc .

ob rem vita quidem talis fuit vcl foituna vel gioha, ut nihil

I\ 1.;] DE AMICITIA. 31

posset accedere ; moriendi autem sensum celeritas abstulit.

Quo de genere mortis difficile dictu est;quid homines suspi-

- entur videtis: hoc vere tamen licet dicere, P. Scipioni ex

ultis diebus,quos in vita celeberrimos laetissimosque viderit,

5 Ulum diem clarissimum fuisse, cum senatu dimisso domum re-

cluctusad vesperum esta patribus conscriptis,popuIo Romano,

ciis et Latinis, pridie quam excessit e vita, ut ex tara alto

dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur deos potius quam ad

inferos pervenisse.

10 I \'. Xeque enim adsentior eis, qui nuper haec disserere 13

1 oci'crunt, cumcorporibus simul animos interire atque omnia

•nortc deleru Plus apud me antiquorum auctoritas valet,

j1 nostrorum maiorum, qui mortuis tam religiosa iura tribu-

erunt, quod non fecissent profecto, si nihil ad eos pertinere

»5 arbitrarentur, vel eorum qui in hac terra fuerunt magnam-

le Graeciam, quae nunc quidem deleta est, tum florebat,

stitutis et praeceptis suis erudierunt, vel eius, qui Apollinis

raculo sapientissimus est iudicatus, qui non tum hoc tuni

illud, ut in plerisque, sed idem semper, animos hominum^- '"<;se divinos eisque, cum ex corpore excessissent, reditum in

elum patere optimoque et iustissimo cuique expeditissi-

um. Quod idem Scipioni videbatur, qui quidem, quasi 14

•aesagiret, perpaucis ante mortcm dicbus, cum ct Philus ct

lanilius adesset et alii plures, tuque etiam, Scaevola, mecum• nduum disseruit de re publica, cuius disputationis

lum fere de immortalitate animorum, quac se in

(juiete per visum ex Africano audisse dicebat. Id si ita est,

nimus in morte facillime evolet tamqium' corporis, cui censemus cursum ad deos

ciliorem fuisse quam Scipioni ? Quocirca maercre hoc eius

. cntu vereor ne invidi magis quam amici sit. Sin autem

..a veriora, ut idem interitus sit animorum ct coqjorum nec

Ifiussensus maneat, ut nihil boni est in morte, sic certc

I

32 LAELIUS [IV 14

nihil mall Sensu enim amisso fit idem, quasi natus non

esset omnino, quem tamen esse natum et nos gaudemus et

15 haec civitas, dum erit, lactabitur. Quam ob rem cum illo

quidcm, ut supra dixi, actum optime est, mecom mcom-modius, quem fuerat aequius, ut prius introieram, 5

cxire de vita. Sed tamen recordatione nostrae anu

fruor, ut beate vixisse videar, quia cum Scipione vixerim,

(luocum mihi coniuncta cura de publica re et de privata

fuit, quocum et domus fuit ct militia communis et, id in quo

omnis vis est amicitiae, voluntatum studiorum sententiarum 10

summa consensrd.*^ Itaque non tam ista me sapientiae, quam

modo Fannius commemoravit, fama delectat, falsa praesertim,

quam quod amicitiae nostrae memoriam spero sempitcmam

fore, idque eo mihi magis est cordi, quod ex omnibus saeculis

vix tria aut quattuor nominantur paria amicorum. quo in 15

genere sperare videor Scipionis et Laeli amicitiam notam

postcritati fore.

16 Fannius. Istuc quidem, Laeli, ita neci. Sed

quoniam amicitiae mentionem fecisti et sumus oiiosi, pcrgra-

tum mihi feceris—spero item Scaevolae—si, quem ad modum »soles de ceteris rebus, cum ex te quaeruntur, sic de amicitia

(lisputaris quid scntias, qualem cxislimes, quae]

t

des. SCAEVOLA. Mihi vero erit gratum, atque id ij 1

tecuro agere conarer, Fannius antevertit: quam ob rem

utrique nostrum gratum admodum fcceris. »5

17 V. Laelius. Ego vero non gravarer, si mihi ipse confi-

derem, nam et praeclara res est et sumus, ut dixit Fannius,

otiosi. Scd quis ^o sum aut quae cst in me facultas ? Doc-

torum cst ista consuetudo eaque Graccorum, ut eis ponatur

de quo disputcnt quamvis subito. Magnum opus cst egctque jo

exercitatione non parva. Quam ob rem quae disputari de

amicitia possunt« ab cis censco petatis, qui ista profitentur

;

^o vos hortari tantum possum, ut amicitiam omnibus rebus

V 2o] DE AMICITIA. z^

humanis anteponatis; nihil est enim tam naturae aptum, tam

conveniens ad res vel secundas vel adversas. Sed hoc primum 18

sentio, nisi in bonis amicitiam esse non posse : neque id ad

vivom reseco, ut illi, qui haec subtiHus disserunt, fortasse

svere, sed ad communcm utilitatem parum; negant enim

queraquam esse virum bonum nisi sapientem. Sit ita sane

:

sed eam sapientiam interpretantur, quam adhuc mortalis

nemo est consecutus ; nos autem ca, quae sunt in usu vitaque

communi, non ea, quae finguntur aut optantur, spectare

lebemus. Numquam ego dicam C. Fabricium, M'. Curium,

ri. Coruncanium, quos sapientes nostri maiores iudicabant,

.id istorum norniam fuisse sapientes. Qua re sibi habeant

sapientiae nomen et invidiosum et obscurum, concedant ut

viri boni fuerint Ne id quidem facient ; ncgabunt id nisi

ipicnti posse concedi. Agamus igitur pingui, ut aiunt, 19

-Minerva, Qui ita se gerunt, ita vivont, ut eorum probetur

fjdes integritas aequitas liberalitas, nec sit in eis ulla cupiditas

libido audacia, sintque magna constantia, ut eifuerunt, modoquos nominavi, hos viros bonos, ut habiti sunt, sic etiam ap-

ac pellandos putemus, quia sequantur, quantum homines pos-

sunt, naturam optimam bene vivendi ducem. Sic enim mihi

perspicere videor, ita natos esse nos, ut inter omnis esset

^^jsocictas quaedam, maior autem, ut quisque proxime ac-

^ederet Itaque cives potiores quam peregrini, propinqui

^uam alieni ; cum his enim amicitiam natura ipsa peperit,

^ed ea non satis habet firmitatis. Namque hoc praestat amici-

lia propinquitati, quod ex propinquitate benevolentia tolli

t, ex amicitia non potcst ; sublata enim benevolentia

liae nomen toUitur, propinquitatis manet. Quanta 20

utem vis amicitiae sit ex hoc intellegi maxime potcst, quod

cx infinita socictate generis humani, quam conciha%'it ipsa

, natura, ita rontracta res est et adductain augustum, ut omnis

^^Lrit;) r duos aut intcr paucos iungeretur. \ I 1 '.

H

34 LAELIUS [VI 20

enim amicitia nihil aliud nisi omnium divinarum humana-lunKiue rerum cum bcnevolentia ct caritate conscnsio, quaiuidcm haud scio an excepta sapientia nil unquam meUushomini sit a dis immortalibus datum. Divitias alii praepo-nunt, bonara ahi valetudinem, alii potentiam, ahi honores, s

multi etiam voluptates. Beluarum hoc quidem extremum,illa autem superiora caduca et incerta, posita non tam mconsihis nostris quam in fortunae temcritate. Qui autem in

virtute summum bonum ponunf, praechre ilU quidem, sed

haec ipsa virtus amicitiam et gignit et continet, nec sine 10

21 virtute amicitia esse ullo pacto potest lam virtutem ex con-

suetudinc vitae nostrae sermonisque nostri interpretemur nec

eam, ut quidam docti, verborum magnificentia metiamur,

virosque bonos eos qui habentur numeremus, Paulos Catoncs

Gallos Scipiones Philos—his communis vita contenta est—eos .

22 autem omittamus, qui omnino nusquam reperiuntur. Talis

igitur inter viros amicitia tantas opportunitates habet, quantas

vix queo dicere. Principio qui potest esse vita vitalis, ut ait

Ennius, quae non in amici mutua benevolentia conquiescit?

Quid dulcius quam habere quicum omnia audcas sic loqui »ut tecum ? Qui esset tantus fructus in prosperis rebus, nisi

hahcrcs (|ui illis acque ac tu ipsc " ' '>

"

vero

fcrrc liilTK ile cbsct sine eo, qui 1 _ -1 tu

kr; ;. Denique ceterae res, quae expetuntur, opportunae

sunt singulae rebus fere singuUs ; divitiae, ut utare ; opcs, ut »5

colare; honores, ut laudcre; voluptatcs, ut gaudeas; vale-

tudo, ut dolore careas et muneribus fungare corporis : amicitia

rcs plurimas continet;quoquo tc vertcris pracsto cst, nullo

loco excluditur, numquam intempestiva, numquam molcsta

est Itaque non aqua, non igni, ut aiunt, pluribus locis utimur >o

quam amicitix Ncque ego nunc de volgari aut de mediocri,

(juae tamen ipsa et delectat et prodest, sed de vera ct per-

iccta loquor, qualis corum, qui pauci nominantur, fuit Nam

VII 24] DE AMICITIA. 35

et secundas res splendidiores facit amicitia, et adversas,

partiens communicansque, leviores. VII. Cumque plu- 2J

rimas et maximas commoditates amicitia contineat, tum

illa nimirum praestat omnibus, quod bonam spem prae-

5 lucet in posterum, nec debilitari animos aut cadere patitur.

Verum enim amicum qui intuetur, tamquam exemplar

aliquod intuetur sui. Quocirca et abscntcs adsunt et egen-

tes abundant et imbecilli valent et, quod difficilius dictu

est, mortui vivont; tantus eos honos,memoria desiderium

lo prosequitur amicorum, ex quo illorum beata mors videtur,

horum vita laudabilis. Quod si exemcris ex rerum natura

benevolentiae coniunctionem, nec domus ulla nec urbs stare

poterit, ne agri quidem cultus permanebit Id si minus intel-

lcgitur, quanta vis amicitiae concordiaeque sit, ex dissensioni-

15 bus atque discordiis percipi potest. Quae enim domus tam

stabilis, quae tam firma civitas est, quae non odiis et discidiis

funditus possit everti? Ex quo,quantum boni sit in amicitia,

iudicari potest Agrigentinum quidem doctum quendam 2^

virum carminibus Graecis vaticinatum ferunt, quae in rerum

-Q natura totoque mundo constarent quaeque moverentur, ea

contrahere amicitiam, dissipare discordiam. Atque hoc

quidem omnes mortales et intellcgunt et re probant Itaque,

si quando aliquod officium exstitit amici in periculis aut

adeundis aut communicandis, quis est qui id non maximis~~!s? Qui clamores tota cavea nuper in hospitis

1 M. Pacuvi nova fabula, cum igtiorante rege

utcr (Jrestes esset, Pylades Oresten se esse diceret, ut pro

illo nccarctur, Orcstcs autcin, ita ut erat, Oresten se csse per-

severarct ! Siantcs plaudcbant in re ficta : quid arbitramur

in vera facturos fuisse? Facile indicabat ipsa natura vim

^HKSuam, cum h luod facere ipsi non possent, id recte

^fmeh in altcro .

^B Hactcnus mihi vidcor de amicitia quid sentirem potuisse

II.

36 LAELIUS [VII 24

dicere ; si quae praeterea sunt—credo autem esse multa

—

ab eis, si videbitur, qui ista disputant, quacritote.

25 Fannius. Nos autcm a te potius : quamquam etiam abistis saepe quaesivi et audivi non invitus equidem, sed aliud

quoddam filum orationis tuae. 5

ScAEvoLA. Tum mai^is id diceres, Fanni, si nuper in

hortis Scipionis, cum est de re publica disputatum, aflfuisses.

Qualis tum patronus iustitiae fuit contra accuratam orationem

Phili

!

Fannius. Facile id quidem fuit iustitiam iustissimo viro

defendere.

Scaevola. Quid ? amicitiam nonne facile ci, qui ob eamsumma fide constantia iustitia ser\'atam maximam gloriam

ccperit?

26 VIII. Laelius. Vimhocquidem est afferre: quid enim 15

rcfcrt qua me ratione cogatis? Cogitis certe. Studiis enim

L,'encrorum, praesertim in re bonn. f iini «lifTirnc <s{ tnm n.»

lecum quidem obsistere.

Saepissime igitur mihi de amiciiia cogiiaiUi

considerandum vidcri solet, utrum propter 1;

atque inopiam desiderata sit amicitia, ut dandis recipiendis-

(}ue mcritis, quod quisque minus pcr se ipse posset, id

acciperet ab aHo vicissimque redderet, an essct hoc quidem

proprium amicitiae, sed antiquior et pulchrior et magis a

natura ipsa profecta alia causx Amor cnim, ex quo amicitia 15

nominata cst, princeps est ad bencvolcntiam coniungendam.

Nam utilitates quidem etiam ab eis percipiuntur saepe, qui

simulatione amicitiaccoluntur et obser\antur temporis causa;

in amicitia autcm nihil fictum, nihil simulatum est et, quid-

27 quid est, id cst verum et voluntarium. Quapropter a natura 31»

mihi videtur potius quam ab indigentia orta amicitia, appli-

catione magis animi cum quodam scnsu amandi, quam cogi-

tatione quantum illa res utilitatis esset habitura. Quod

1X30] DE AMICITIA. 37

quidem quale sit, etiam in bestiis quibusdam animadverti

potest, quae ex se natos ita amant ad quoddam tempus et ab

cis ita amantur, ut facile earum sensus appareat. Quod in

homine multo est evidentius, primum ex ea caritate quae est

5 inter natos et parentis, quae dirimi nisi detestabili scelere non

potest, deinde cum similis sensus exstitit amoris, si aliquem

nacti sumus, cuius cum moribus et natura congruamus, quod

in eo quasi lumen aliquod probitatis et virtutis perspicere

videamur. Nihil estenim vinute amabilius, nihil quod magis 28

10 alliciat ad diligendum : quippe cum propter virtutem et pro-

bitatem etiam eos, quos numquam vidimus, quodam modo

diligamus. Quis est qui C Fabrici, M'. Curi non cum

caritate aliqua benevola memoriam usurpet, qnos numquam

viderit ? Quis autem est qui Tarquinium Superbum, qui Sp.

. , Cassium, Sp. MaeHum non oderit ? Cum duobus ducibus de

imperio in Italia est decertatum, Pyrrho et Hannibale; ab

altero propter probitatem eius non nimis alienos animos habe-

mus, alterum propter crudelitatem semper haec civitas oderit.

IX. Quod si tanta vis probitatis est, ut eam vel in eis, 28

s numquam vidimus, vel, quod maius est, in hoste etiam

<. .;amus, quid mirum est, si animi hominum moveantur,

cum eorura, quibuscum usu coniuncti esse possunt, virtutem

« Ct bonitatem perspicere videantur ? Quamquam confirmatur

amor et bencficio accepto et studio perspccto et consuetudine

adiuncta, quibus rebus ad illum primum motum animi et

amoris adhibitis admirabihs quaedam exardescit benevolcntiae

magnitudo. Quam si qui putant ab imbecillitate proficisci,

ut sit per quem adsequatur quod quisque dcsiderct, humilem

sane relincunt et minime gcnerosum, ut ita dicam, ortum

.} amicitiae, quam ex inopia atque indigentia natam volunt

IftQuodsi ita essct, minimum esse in se arbitrarctur,

ftta ad amicitiam c imus;quod longe secus est Ut 3C

38 LAELIUS flX 30

virtute et sapientia sic munitus est, ut nulh^ ;aque

omnia in se ipso posita iudicet, ita in amicitiis expetendi-

colendisque maxime excellit. Quid cnim? Africanus in-

digens mei ? Minime hercule ! Ac ne cgo quidem illius, sed

ego admiratione quadam virtutis eius, ille vicissim opinione s

fortasse non nulla quam de meis moribus habebat, me dilexit

;

auxit benevolentiam consuetudo. Sed quamquam utilitates

multae et magnae consecutae sunt, non s'

31 spe causae diligendi profectae. Ut enim 1

sumus, non ut exigamus gratiaro—neque enim beneficium lo

facncramur—sed natura propensi ad liberalitatem ^

amicitiam non spe mercedis adducti, scd quod o .

32 fructus in ipso amore inest, expetendam putamus. Ab his,

qui pecudum ritu ad voluptatem omnia referun;. ' - '-

tiunt, nec mirum ; nihil enim altum, nihil i.

divinum suspicere possunt, qui suas omnis cogitationes ab

iecerunt in rem tam humilem tamque contemptam. Q---

1

ob rem hos quidem ab hoc sermone removeamus, ipsi a

intellcgamus natura gigni sensum diligendi et ben<

caritatcmfactasignilicationeprobitatis.quam quiappi....^— :, mapplicant sese et propius admovent, ut et usu eius, quemdiligere coeperunt, fruantur et moribus, sin* > in

amore et ae^iuales propensioresque ad bene mi

ad reposcendum, atque haec inter eos sit honesta c<

Sic et utilitates ex amicitia ma\' ir, et cnt

ortus a natura quam ab imbecill vcrinr ^

si utilitas conglutinaret amicitia .

verct ; sed quia natura mutari non jh

amicitiae sempitemae sunt. Ortum qnid-

nisi quid ad haec forte voltis.

Fannius. Tu vero perge, I.,n.ii 1.minor est natu, meo iure respondeo.

33 SCAEVOLA. Recte tu quidem : quam

XI 37] DE AMICITIA. 39

X. Laeuus. Audite vero, optimi viri, ea quae saepissime

inter me et Scipionem de amicitia disserebantur. Quamquamille quidem nihil difficilius esse dicebat quam amicitiam usque

ad extremum diem vitae permanere : nam vel ut non idem' t incidere saepe, vel ut de re publica non idem

. r ; mutari etiam mores hominum saepc dicebat, alias

adversis rebus, alias aetate ingravescente. Atque earum rerum

exemplum ex similitudine capiebat ineuntis aetatis, quod

summi puerorum amores saepe una cum praetexta toga de-

10 ponerentur; sin autem ad adulescentiam perduxissent, dirimi 34

tamen interdum contentione vel uxoriae condicionis vel

commodi alicuius, quod idera adipisci uterque non posset

Quod si qui longius in amicitia provecti essent, tamen saepe

labefactari, si in honoris contentionem incidissent; pestem

.5 enim nuUam maiorera esse amicitiis quam in plerisque

'.' honoris certamcn

r

^^

, e inter amicissimos

exstitisse. Magna etiam discidia et plerumque iusta nasci, 35

icis quod rectum non esset postularetur, ut

so . ri aut adiutores essent ad iniuriam, quod

qoi recusarent, quamvis honeste id faccrent, ius tamen

r - deserere arguerentur ab eis, quibus obsequi nollent;

m, qui quidvis ab amico auderent postulare, postula-

ione ipsa profiteri omnia se amici causa esse facturos. Eorum^""- inveterata non modo familiarita'tes exstingui solere,

1 odia gii<ni sempiternx Haec ita multa quasi fata

s, ut omnia subterfugere non modo sapi-

— , — iclicitatis diceret sibi videri.

XL Quam ob rem id primum videamus, si placet, qua- 36

dcbeat. Numne, si Corio-

Is ra patriam arma illi cum!;oriolano debuerunt ? Num Vecellinum amici regnum appe-

mtem, num Maelium debuerunt iuv.i " '! ' crium quidem 37

40 LAELIUS [XI 37

Gracchum rem publicam vexantem a Q. Tuberone aequoli-

busque amicis clerclictum videbamus. At C Blossius

Cumanus, hospes familiae vestrae, Scaevola, cum ad me,

quod aderam Laenati et Rupiho consuHbus in consilio,

dcprccatum venisset, hanc ut sibi ignoscerem causam aflere- s

bat, quod tanti TL Gracchum fecisset, ut quidquid ille vcllet

sibi faciendum putaret Tum ego 'etiamne,' inquam, *site

in Capitolium faces fcrre vcllet?' *Num(}uam vn"'

i

quidem, sed, si voluissct, paruissem.* Videtis, qua; t

vox. Et hercule ita fecit, vel plus etiam quam dixit : non lo

enim paruit ille Ti. Gracchi temeritati, sed praefuit, nec se

comitcm ilHus furoris, sed duccm pracbuiL Itaque hac

amentia, quaestione nova perterritus, in Asiam profugit, adhostis se contuHt, poenas rei pubHcae gravis iustasque per-

solvit. Nulla est igitur excusatio peccati, si amici causa 15

peccaveris : nam, cum conciHatrix amicitiae virtutis opinio

fuerit, difficile est amicitiara manere, si a virtute defeceris.

38 Quod si rectum statuerimus vel concedere amicis quidquid

veHnt vel impetrare ab eis quidquid veHmus, pcrfccta quidem

sapientia si simus, nihil habeat res viti ; sed loquimur de eis mamicis, qui ante oculos sunt, quos videmus aut dc quibus

memoriam accepimus, quos novit vita communis. Ex hoc

numero nobis exempla sumenda sunt, et eorum quidem maxi-

39 inc, qui ad sapientiam proxime accedunt Videmus PapumAcmiHum C Luscino famiHarem fuisse: sica y '

mus, bis una consulcs, collcgas in censura ; tum

inter se. coniunctissimos fuisse M'. Curium, Ti. Coruncanium

mcmoriae proditum est Igitur ne suspicari <: ' ossu-

mus quemquam horum ab amico quidpiam con; juod

contra fidem, contra ius iurandum, contra rem publicam >>

esset Nam hoc quidem in taHbus viris quid .-•••-• ' -

si contendisset impctraturum non fuisse, cum i.

\nri fuerint, aeque autem nefas sit tale aliquid et facere rog»-

XII 4-j DE AMICITIA. 41

ira et rogare? At vero Ti. Gracchum sequebantur C.

arbo, C. Cato, et minitne tum quidem Gaius frater, nunc

idem acerrimus.

XII. Haec igitur lex in amicitia sanciatur, ut neque 40

5 rogemus res turpis nec faciaraus rogatL Turpis enim excu-

satio est et minime accipienda cum in ceteris peccatis, tum

si quis contra rem publicam se araici causa fecisse fateatur.

Etenim eo loco, Fanni et Scaevola, locati sumus, ut nos longe

]irospicere oporteat futuros casus rei publicae. Deflexit

im aliquantum de spatio curriculoque consuetudo maiorum.

li. Gracchus regnum occupare conatus est, vel regnavit is 41

uidem paucos menses. Num quid simile populus Romanusudierat aut viderat? Hunc etiam post mortem secuti amici

ct propinqui quid in P. Scipione effecerint, sine lacrimis non

5 queo dicere. Nam Carbonem, quocumque modo potuimus,

ropter recentem poenam Ti. Gracchi sustinuimus. De C.

iracchi autem tribunatu quid exspectem non libet augurari:

rpit deinde res, quae proclivis ad pemiciera, cum semel

>epit, labitur. Videtis in tabella iam ante quanta sit facta

l>e5, prirao Gabinia lege, biennioautera post Cassia. Videre

m >-ideor populum a senatu disiunctum, multitudinis arbitrio

as agi. Plures enim discent, qucm ad modum:_ .:, quam quem ad modum his resistatur. Quorsuin 42

haec? Quia sine sociis nemo quicqusim tale conatur.

r bonis, ut, si in eius raodi amicituis

ciderint, ne existiraent ita se alligatos, ut

> amicis in magna aliqua re publica peccantibus non disce-'

iienda est, nec vero minor

. eis qui ipsi fuerint impie-

itis duces. Quis clarior in Graecia Themistocle, quis

' -rtior? Qui cum imperator bello Persico servitute

am liberavisset proptcrque invidiam in exsilium expul-

it, ingratae patriae iniuri tulit, quam ferre

4* LAi^i^ii^.i [XII 42

debuit : fccit idera qu*4 viginti annis ante apud n«s fecern?

C«ri*lanu& His adiut«r c«ntra jpatriam inventus est nemr43 itaijuc m»rtem sibi uter^ue c»nsciviL Qua re talis ini

borum consensio non modo excusatione amicitiae tcgr:j>

non est, sed potius supplicio omni vindicanda est, ut ne qu

concessum putet amicum vel bellum patriae infereiv

Quod quidem, ut res ire coepit, haud scio an

futurum sit: mihi autem non minori curae cst, quaiis rt.

publica post mortem meam futura sit, quam qualis hodie s:

44 XIII. Hacc igitur primn lex amiritiae safT^iatiir, tit r

amicis honesta petaimus, a:

ne exspecten-"" .,,,:,t..^ Aw\h i...,.^v-u.ui, r..

cunctatio a ilium vcrum cfar

plurimum in an

45

ciuod illi non perseauanti

•nimias :

" »'nriWii \ -

n velis vel : o'~-c .1

beate vivendum securitatem,*qua fi

VOifni:.if II'

ut quisque n

ita amicitias appetcrc maximc : cx eo fieri ut n

magis amicitiarum praesidia quaerant q""^ '•"

47 quam opulcnti, ct calamitosi quam ei qu

\.,^^i . . 3E AAflCITIA. .\:,

praeclaram sapiintiam ! S»lcm cnim c mun^o *n-

tur ei, i|ui amicitiam e vita ti^

t "' ' '

':.i

.. CiS

1 uilam honestam

:u .n u',ji)LiH\ c-, ut,- 5UUH-UU3 M>, auL inui suscipere aut s^s-

cptam deponere. Quod si curam fugimus, virtus fuglenda

est, quae necesse est^cum aliqua cura res sibi contrarias**

n.r,..^,,..f,,^ ot,.,... oderit, ut bonitas iv'i'"">\ temperantia

fortitudo. Itaquc hus iniustis

istos ma \

'u.Viw .„

, . rt ^ob rem si cri'

rofccto caait, "ni:-' • aniuio

.....i

„, :i .-ir!)itr.iinur.' qua_ .. ot cur

mipitiam funditus - aliquas proj'

r motti aniini sul>-

linterhominemet

;idvis generis eiusdem? Neque pnim

.1, (JUl \ .\'

t : qme <

onis amii

" el iii( (.»: am eb rcm an^or

-o amiro i tantum valet, ut.

ut virtutes, quii non

XIV. Cum aut \, ut supr

•:o virtuiis cluccat, ad quam :s

sX. Quiii :s inani- 4S

I ut

44 LALi.i L.\i V 49

Nihil est enim r; ' "•r'''""-- '^ '>'' '''-;-^;

50 tudine^studlorum

etiatu addini

r»»in iil I 1111 t i

'

niuc sibi qi.

:.._.. Nihil est enim ,

,

quaro naturx Quamob rem hoc qui<3em, Fanni,et Scaevol..

r..iwt< t, ut opifttef" namDent

\(ilt-iui:im, qui e.''t .atus. S<.

eadem bonitas etiam ad multitudinem pertinet Non enin

est inhumana virtus neque immunis neque superba,

etiam populos universos tueri eisqueoplime consulere ^

quod non faceret profecto, si a caritate volgi abhorrerct

51 Atque etiam mihi quidcm videntur, qui utilitatis causa fin

gunt amicitias, amabilissimum nodum amicitiae tollere. Noi.

enim tam utilitas, parta per amicum quam amici amor ipse

delectat, tumque* iHu(!*ifit) quocl ab amico est profectum.

iucundum, si cum studio est profectum, tantumque abest \:

amicitiae propter indigentiam colantur, ut ei, qui opibus (.

copiis maximeque virtute, in qua plurimum est praesidi, nv

nime alterius indigeant, hberalissimi sint et beneficentissinv,

Atque haud sciam an ne opus sit quidem nihil umquam om

nino deesse amicis. Ubi eninr. studia nostra \-iguissent, s

numquam consiHo, numquam opera nostra nec domi nc'

militiae ^ t? Non igitur utUitatem amicitia, sc>

ulilit.i.s : iita est

52 -W . Non ergo crunt homines deliciis diffluentes audi

cndi, si quaiv '' licitia, quam nec usu nec ralione habent

cognitam, cii t. Nam quis est, pro dcorum fidcra y>

atque hominum ! qui velit, ut neque diligat qucmquam ncc

ipsc ab ullo diligatur, circumflucre omnibus copiis atq- -

omnium rerum abundantia vivcre? Haec enim csl .

XVI 56] DE AMICITIA. 45

norum vita, nimirum in qua nulla fides, nulla caritas, nulla

stabilis benevolentiae potest esse fiducia, omnia semper sus-

. ... fo •.t.i.ie sollicita, nullus locus amicitiae. Quis enim aut 53

t, quem metuat, aut eum, a quo se metui putet?

,Coluntur tamen simulatione dumtaxat ad tempus. ^ Quod si

A^rte, ut fit plerumque, ceciderint, tum intellegitur quam

lerint inopes amicorum. Quod Tarquinium dixisse ferunt,

:ntem se intellexisse, quos fidos amicos habuisset,

.__ .. -s, cura iam neutris gratiam referre posset. Quam- 54

uam miror, illa superbia et importunitate si quemquam

rnicum habere potuit. Atque ut huius, quem dixi, mores

cros amicos parare non potuerunt, sic multorum opes prae-

otentium excludunt amicitias fidelis. Non enim solum ipsa

cca est, sed eos etiam plerumque efficit caecos,

^lexa est Itaque efferuntur fere fastidio et contu-

lacia, nec quicquam insipiente fortunato intolerabilius fieri

]')!' st. Atque hoc quidem videre licet, eos, qui antea com-

niiAiis fuerint moribus, imperio potestate prosperis rebus im-

mutari, sperni ab eis veteres amicitias, indulgeri novis. Quid 55

autem stultius quam, cum plurimum copiis facultatibus opibus

possint, cetera parare, quae parantur pecunia, equos famulos

vestem egregiam vasa pretiosa : amicos non parare, optimam

'»t pulcherrimam vitae, ut ita dicam, supellectilem ? Etenim

tera cum parant, cui parent ncsciunt nec cuius causa labo-

nt ; eius enim est islorum quidque qui vicit viribus; ami-

:tiarum sua cuique permanet stabilis et certa possessio, ut

tiam si illa maneant, quae sunt quasi dona fortunat^ tamen

;rta ab amicis non possit esse iucundaX

autem sunt, qui sint in amicitia 56

kU. De quibus tns video scn-

rl^iTobo : unam, ut eodem modo

amicum atiecti ^mius quo erga nosmet igsos; alteram,

46 LAELIUS rXVI «;6

i;t nostra in amicos benevolentia illorum erga n

ienliae pariter aequaliterque xc

57 quisque sc ipse facit, tantifiai .»u ............ a... ...... i..i..

sentcntiarum nulli prorsus assentior. Nec enim illa prirr.

vera est, ut, quem ad modum in se qui :ii s

sitanimatus. Qilam niulta enim, quae ho n^"

^aceremus, ' f^imus causa amicorum 1

supplicare, tum acerbius in aliquem invchi i;

vehementius, quae in nostris rebus non satis honc^i-,

corum fiunt honestissime ; multaeque res sunt, in quibus c

sii;-

58lil-,;,

tentia est, quae defmit amicitia:

T' '.

' ' 'cxigue et c.\imt.T . s

.itio acceptorura ti a, 15

:etur esse vera amicitia nec .'

uijsei\arc rc.^iiKic nc jmus rc '^' "" ^" " —;' "

^9 ennn vercndum esr n6 quid c

. dcfluat aut ne plus aequo quid in amicitiam congeratr.

59 Tertius vero ille finis deterrimus, ut, quanti quisque s?" •'

faciat, tanti fiat ab amicis. Sacpe enim in quibusd.

animus at)Tcctior' es am|)nficandae fortunae fr

Non eSt ;'i<i"- -'• '^-'' i'i <nTn <n; ii;^ Illc in i>v. V

sedpot; um excii»

in3ucAt(iue sjjeiu cogilalionciii ircia. .\ .:r *.

finis verae amicitiae constitucn liins. d •

reprehendere Scipio solitus s

vocem inimiciorem amicitiae

qui dixissct ita amare oportere,,

hec vero se adduri posse, ut hoc, quem ad modum putarcti:

a Biante esse dictum credcret, ( !

e scptem; impuri cuiusdam aut

potentiam revocantis esse sententiaro. Quonam enim moi:

XVII 6c] DE AMICJTIA. 47

quisquam amicus esse poterit ei, cui se putabit inimicum esse

j)Osse? Quin etiam neces^,(/erit cupere et cptare ut quam,.,.,.:„. • -cet amicus, qiio piuris detsibi tamquam ansas

;.dum: rursum autem recte factis commodisque

araicorum necesse erit angi dolere invidere. Qua re hoc 60

tiuidem praeceptum, cuiuscumque est, ad tollendam amicit-

iam valet : illud potius praecipiendum fuit, ut eam diligentiam

nis in amicitiis comparandis, ut ne quando amare

:..,-.-.-us eum, quem aliquando odisse possemus. Quin

tiam si minus felices in diligendo fuissemus, ferendum id

Sci]>io potius quam inimicitiarum tcmpus cogitandum

X\ II. His igitur finibus utendum arbitror, ut, cum 61

c .;corumsint,tumsit intereosomniumrerum

15 1 tium sine ulla exceptione communitas, ut

ctia:n si qua fortuna acciderit ut minus iustae amicorum

voluntates adiuvandae sint, in quibus eorum aut caput agatur

lUt fama, declinandum de via sit, modo ne summa turpitudo

ijquatur; est enim quatenus amicitiae dari venia possit

\'ec vero neglegenda est fama, nec mediocre telum ad res

-crendas exbtimare oportet benevolentiam civium, quam

blanditiis et assentando colligere turpe est: virtus, quam

^—jiequitur caritas, minime repudianda est. Sed— saepe enim 62

^cdeo ad Scipionem, cuius omnis sermo emt de amicitia

—

^uerebatur quod omnibus in rebus homines diligentiores

^K^scnt: capras et ovis quot quisque haberet dicere posse,

amicos quot haberet non posse dicere; et in illis quidem

parandis adhiberc curam, in amicis diligendis neglegentis

esse ncc liai)crc (iua.si signa quaedam et notas, quibus eos,

jt> qui ad amicitbm essent idonei, iudicarent Sunt igitur firmi

c' '

''

!i, cuius generis est magna

I!

ane nisi cxpcrtum, cxperi-

48 LAELIUS [XVII 62

63 iudicium tollitque experiendi potcstatem. Est igitur pru-

dcntis sustinere ut cursum, sic impetum benevolentiae, quo

utamur, quasi equis temptatis, sic amicitia ex aliqua parte

periclitatis moribus amicorum. Quidam saepe in par\

pecunia perspiciuntur quam sintlevcs; quidam autem, quo-

par\'a moverc non potuit, cognoscuntur in magna. Sin verc

erunt aliqui reperti qui pecuniam praeferre amicitiae sorc!

dum existiment, ubi eos inveniemus, qui honores magistrati

imperia potestates opes amicitiae non anteponant, ut, cu'

ex altera parte proposita haec sint, ex altera ius amiciti;i

non multo illa malint? Imbecilla enim est natura ad coii-

tcmnendam potentiam: quam etiamsi neglecta amicitia con-

secuti sint, obscuratum iri arbitrantur, quia non sine magr

64 causa sit neglecta amicitia. Itaque verae amicitiae difficillimc

reperiuntur in eis, qui in honoribus rcque publica versantur. is

Ubi enim istum invenias, qui honorem amici anteponat suo?

Quid?. haec ut omittam, quam graves, quam difficiles plcr

isque videntur calamitatum societates, ad quas non est faci!

inventu qui descendant Quamquam Ennius recte

:

Amicus certus in re inccrta cernitur;

tamenhaec duo Icvitatiset infirmitatis plerosque convincur/

aut si in bonis rebus contemnunt aut in malis dcscrunt Qigitur utraque in re gravem constantem stabilcm se i;

amicitia praestiterit, hunc ex maxime raro genere hominum

iudicare debcmus et paene divino.

65 XVIII. Firmamentum autem stabiliutis constantiaeqii

est eius quem in amicitia quaerimus fides. Nihil est cnii

stabile, quod infidum est Simplicem praetcrca et C( r

nem et conscnticntcm, id est, qui rcbus isdcm mo\

clegi par est; quae omnia pertinent ad fidelitatem. Ncq'

enim fidum potest esse multiplex ingenium et tortuosui

neque vero, qui non isdem rebus movetur naturaque co

sentit, aut fidus aut stabilis potest esse. Addcndum eodc<

XIX 69] DE AMICITIA. 49

est, ut ne criminibus aut inferendis delectetur aut credat ob-

latis, quae pertinent omnia ad eam, quam iam dudum tracto,

constantiam. Ita fitverum illud, quod initio dixi, amicitiam

nisi inter bonos esse non posse. Est enim boni viri, quem

5 eundem sapienteni licet dicere, haec duo tenere in amicitia:

primum, ne quid fictum sit neve simulatum; aperte enim vel

odisse magis ingenui est quam fronte occultare sententiam :

deinde non solum ab aliquo allatas criminationes repellere,

sed ne ipsum quidem esse suspiciosum, semper aliquid ex-

10 istimantem ab amico esse violatum. Accedat huc suavitas 66

quaedam oportet sermonum atque moruni, haudquaquam

mediocre condimentum amicitiae. Tristitia autem et in omni

re severitas habet illa quidem gravitatem, sed amicitia

;ebet et liberior et dulcior et ad omnem comi-

:nque proclivior.

XIX. Exsistit autera hoc loco quaedam quaestio sub- 67

lis, num quando amici novi, digni amicitia, veteribus

nteponendi, ut equis vetulis teneros anteponere solemus:

idigna homine dubitatio; non enim debent esse amicitiarum,

Mcut aliarum rerum, satietates; veterrima quaeque, ut ea

vina quae vetustatem ferunt, esse debent suavissima, ve-

rumque illud est, quod dicitur, multos modios salis simul

edendos esse, ut amicitiae munus expletum sit. Novitates 68

autero, si spem afferunt, ut tamquam in herbis non fallacibus

uctus appareat, non suntillae quidem repudiandae, vetustas

umen loco suo conservanda; maxima est enim vis vetus-

tatis et consuetudinis. Ipso equo, cuius mo<lo feci men-

tioium, si nulla res impediat, nemo est quin eo, quo con-

^uc\ it, libentius utatur quam intractato et novo ; nec vero

a hoc, quod est animal. sed in eis etiam, quae sunt inanima,

k''.montuosis etiam

: sumus.

\ inaximum est in amicitia superiorem parem esse 69

50 LAELIUS [XIX 69

inferiori. Saepe enim excellentiae quaedam sunt, qualis crat

Scipionis in nostro, ut ita dicam, grege. Numquam sc ille

Philo,numquamRupilio,numquam Mummio anteposuit,num-

quam inferioris ordinis amicis. Q. vero Maximum fratrem,

egregium virum omnino, sibi nequaquam parem, quod ;

anteibat aetatc, tamquam superiorem colebat suosque omn;

70 ])er se posse esse ampliores volebat Quod faciendum imitai;

dumque est omnibus, ut, si quam praestantiam virtutis i

fortunae consecuti sunt, impertiant ea suis communicc: .,

cum proximis; ut, si parentibus nati sint humilibus, si pr(

pinquos habeant imbecilliore vel animo vel fortuna, <

augeant opes eisque honori sint et dignitati: ut in f

qui aliquamdiu propter ignorationem stirpis et gencr

famulatu fuerunt, cum cogniti sunt et aut deorum aut rci;um

filii inventi, retinent tamen caritatem in pastores, quos patres 1$

multos annos esse duxerunt Quod est multo profecto mag;

in veris patribus certisque faciendum, Fnictus enim i;

et virtutis omnisquc praestantiac tum maximus rnpitDr.

iii i^roximum quemque confertur.

71 XX. Ut igitur ei, qui sunt inamicitiaec«>iiiun. uwiiixi

necessitudine superiorcs, exaequare se cum inferioribus di

bent, sic inferiores non dolere se a suis aut ingenio ar

fortuna aut dignitate superari. Quorum plerique aut qu^

runtur semper aliquid aut etiam exprobrant, eoque magis, >

habcre se putant quod officiose et amice et cum lal>ore aliquo »s

suo factum queant dicerc: odiosum sane genus hominum

otTicia exprobrantium, quae meminisse debct is, in quci

72 collata sunt, non commemorarc qui contulit Quam ob rem,

ut ei, qui superiorcs sunt, submittere sc del)ent in amicitin,

sic quodam modo inferiores extollere. Sunt cnim quidan

qui molestas amicitias faciunt, cum ipsi se ccr"

quo<l non fere contingit nisi cis, qui ctiam c<

arbitrantur, qui hac opinione non modo verbis, scd etiam

XXI ;6j DE AMICITIA. 51

opera le:andi sunt Tantura autem cuique tribuendum, 73

primum quantum ipse efficere possis, deinde etiam quantum

iUe, quem diligas atque adiuves, sustinere. Non enim neque

tu possis, quamvis excellas, omnis tuos ad honores amplissi-

:aos perducere, ut Scipio P. Rupilium potuit consulem

ctlicere, fratrem eius Lucium non potuit Quod si etiam

possis quidvis deferre ad alterum, videndum est tamen quid

ille possit sustinere. Omnino amicitiae corroboratis iam con- 74

firmatisque et ingeniis et aetatibus iudicandae sunt, nec, si

10 qui ineunte aetate venandi aut pilae studiosi fuerunt, eos

habere necessarios, quos tum eodem studio praeditos

dilexerunt Isto enim modo nutrices et paedagogi iure

vetustatis plurimum benevolentiae postulabunt Qui negle-

gendi quidem non sunt, sed alio quodam modo aestimandi:

15 alitcr amicitiae stabiles permanere non possunt Disparis

enim mores disparia studia secuntur, quorum dissimilitudo

dtssociat amicitias, nec ob aliam causam ullam boni improbis,

improbi bonis amici esse non possunt, nisi quod tanta est

inter eos, quanta maxima potest esse, morum studiorumque

.f. distantia. Recte etiam praecipi potest in amicitiis, ne in- 75

temperata quaedam benevolentia, quod persaepe fit, impediat

ina^r.as utilitates amicorum. Nec enim, ut ad fabulas redeam,

IjlroiamNeoptolemus capere potuisset, si Lycomcden, apud

juem erat educatus, multis cum lacrimis iter suum impedi-

fcntem audire voluisset Et saepe incidunt magnae res, ut

5iiscedendum sit ab amicis: quas qui impcdire volt, quod

desiderium non facile ferat, is et infirmus est mollisque natura

a in amicitia parum iustus. Atque in 76

. ; . cst. ct quid postules abamico ct quid

IBcUiareate itqpetru

XXI. Est etiani (iu.ictiam calamitas in anutuiis nimit-

endis non numquam necessaria: iam enim a sapientum

Bmiliaritatibus ad volgaris amicitias oratio nostra delabitur.

i 4—

a

S2 LAELIUS [XXI 76

Erumpunt sacpe vitia amicorum tum in ipsos amicos, tum in

alienos, quorum tamen ad amicos redundet infamia. Tales

igitur amicitiae sunt remissione usus eluendae et, ut Catonem

dicere audivi, dissuendae magis quam discindendae, nisi

quaedam admodum intolerabilis iniuria exarserit, ut neque

rectum neque honestum sit nec fieri possit ut non statim

77 alienatio disiunctioque facienda sit Sin autem aut morumaut studiorum commutatio quaedam, ut fieri solet, facta erit.

aut in rei publicae partibus dissensio intercesserit—loquor

enim iam, ut paulo ante dixi, non de sapientum, sed de 1

communibus amicitiis—cavendum erit ne non solum ami-

citiae depositae, sed etiam inimicitiae susceptae videantur.

Nihil enim est turpius quam cum eo bellum gerere, quocum

familiariter vixeris. Ab amicitia Q. Pompei meo nomine se

removerat, ut scitis, Scipio; propter dissensionem autcm,

quae erat in re publica, alienatus estacollega nostro Metello

utrumque egit graviter ac moderate et offcnsione animi non

78 acerba. Quam ob rem primum danda opera est ne quae

amicorum discidia fiant : sin tale aliquid evenerit,ut exstinctai

potius amicitiae quam oppressae esse videantur. Cavenduiu

vero ne etiam in gravis inimicitias convertant se amicitiae, ex

quibus iurgia malcdicta contumeliae gignuntur. Quae tamcn

si tolerabiles erunt, ferendae sunt et hic honos veteri

amicitiae tribuendus, ut is in culpa sit qui faciat, non is qu

patiatur iniuriam.

Omnino omnium horum vitiorum atquc incommodonim

una cautio est atque una provisio, ut ne nimis cito diligcre

79 incipiant neve non dignos. Digni autcm sunt amquibus in ipsis inest causa cur diligantur: rarum gent .

quidem omnia praeclara rara, nec quicquaxn difficilius quai!

reperire quod sit omni expartcin su >

'

Sc.i

plcrique neque in rebus humanis <; 'ninl

nisi quod fructuosura sit, et amicos tamquam pecudcs eos

XXII 83] DE AMICITIA. 53

potissimum diligunt, ex quibus sperant se maximum fructura

esse capturos. Ita pulcherrima illa et maxime naturali carent 80

amicitia per se et propter se expetita, nec ipsi sibi exemplo

sunt, haec vis amicitiae et qualis et quanta sit; ipse enim se

5 quisque diligit, non ut aliquam a se ipse mercedem exigat

caritatis suae, sed quod per se quisque sibi carus est; quod

nisi idem in amicitiam transferetur, verus amicus numquamreperietur: est enim is, qui est tamquam alter idem. Quod si 81

hoc apparet in bestiis volucribus nantibus agrestibus,cicuribus

: ris, primum ut se ipsae diligant, id enim pariter cum omni

j.nimante nascitur, deinde ut requirant atque appetant ad

quas se applicent eiusdem generis animantis, idque faciant

' um desiderio et cum quadam similitudine amoris humani,

uanto id magis in homine fit natura, qui et se ipse diligit et

ilterum anquirit, cuius animum ita cum suo misccat, ut

efficiat paene unum ex duobus !

XXII. Sed plerique perverse, ne dicam impudenter, 82

habere talem amicum volunt, quales ipsi esse non possunt,

quaeque ipsi non tribuunt amicis, haec ab eis desiderant.

•o Par est autem primum ipsum esse virum bonum, tumalterum similem sui quaerere. In tahbus ea, quara iara

dudum tractamus, stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cumhomines benevolentia coniuncti primum cupiditatibus eis

quibus ceteri serviunt imperabunt, deinde aequitate iustiti-

•5 aque gaudebunt omniaque alter pro altero suscipiet neque

quirquam umquam nisi honestum et rectum alter ab altero

ibit, neque solumcolent inter se ac diligent, sed etiam

— untur. Nam maximum omamentum amicitiae tollit,

li ex ea tollit verecundiam. Itaque in eis pemiciosus est 83

9» error, qui cxistimant libidinum peccatommquc omnium patcre

in amicitia licentiam. Virtutum amicitia adiutrix a natura

data est, non vitiorum comcs, ut, quoniam solitaiia non[X)sset virtus ad ea quae summa sunt pervenire, coniuncta et

54 LAELIUS [XXII 83

consociata cum altera perveniret Quae si quos inter socictas

aut est aut fuit aut futura est, eorum est habendus ad sum

mum naturae bonum optimus beatissimusque coraitauis.

84 Haec est, inquam, societas, in qua omnia insunt, quae putant

homines expetenda, honestas gloria tranquillitas animi atque

iucunditas, ut et, cum haec adsint, beata vita sit, et sine his

esse non possit. Quod cum optimum maximumque sit, si

id volumus adipisci, virtuti opera danda est, sine qua nec

amicitiam neque ullam rem expetendam consequi i)oss.umu<:

:

ea vero neglecta qui se amicos habere arbitrantur, tum sc

denique errasse sentiunt, cum eos gravis aliqui casus experiri

85 cogit. Quocirca, dicendum est enim saepius. cura iudicaris,

diligere oportet; non, cum dilexeris, iudicare. Sed cummultis in rebus neglegentia plectimur, tum maxime in araicis

et diligendis et colendis; praeposteris enim utimur consiliis 15

et acta agimus, quod vetamur vetcre proverbio. Nam, im-

plicati ultro et citro vel usu diutumo vel etiam officiis, re-

pente in medio cursu amicitias exorta aliqua offensione

86 disrumpimus;(XXIII) quo etiam magis vituperanda est rei

maxime necessariae tanta incuria. Una est enim amicitia in »>

rebus humanis, de cuius utilitate omnes uno oreconsentiunt;

quamquam a multis virtus ipsa contemnitur et \ '.

quaedam atque ostcntatio esse dicitur; multi di\

piciunt, quos parvo contentos tenuis victus cultusque delectat

;

honorcs vero, quorum cupiditate quidam inflnmmantur, quam

multi ita contcmnunt, ut nihil inanius, nihil esse levius ex

istiment! Itemque cetera, quae quibusdara admiraMli.i

videntur, permulti sunt qui pro nihilo putent. De amicuia

omnes ad unum idem sentiunt, et ei qui ad rem puhlicam se

contulcrunt, et ei qui rerum cognitionc

tantur, et ei qui suum negotium gerunt c... ,

qui se totos tradiderunt voluptatibus, sine amicitia vitam esse

nullam, si modo velint aliqua ex parte libcraliter vivcre.

XXIV Sq] MICIT/A. 55

Serpit enim nesclo quo roodo per omnium vitas amicitia nec 87

uUam aetatis degendae rationem patitur esse expertem sui.

Quin etiam si quis asperitate ea est et immanitate naturae,

congressus ut hominum fugiat atque oderit, qualem fuisse

5 Athenis Timonem nescio quem accepimus, tamen is pati non

possit, ut non anquirat aliquem, apud quem evoraat virus

acerbitatis suae. Atque hoc maxime iudicaretur, si quid tale

possit contingere, ut aliquis nos deus ex hac hominum fre-

iuentia tolleret et in solitudine uspiam collocaret atque ibi,

Mjppeditans omnium rerum, quas natura desiderat, abun-

(lantiam et copiam, hominis omnino aspiciendi potestatem

criperet Quis tam esset ferreus qui eam vitam ferre posset

cuique non auferret fructum voluptatum omnium solitudo?

\'erum ergo illud est, quod a Tarentino Archyta, ut opinor, 88

lici solitum nostros senes commemorare audivi ab aHis

•nifnis auditum: si quis in caelum ascendisset naturamque

niundi et pulchritudinem siderum perspexisset, insuavem

illam admirationem ei fore, quae iucundissima fuisset, si

em cui narraret habuisset. Sic natura solitarium nihil

: semperque ad aliquod tamquam adminiculum adnititur,

quod in amicissimo quoque dulcissiraum est.

XXIV. Sed cum tot signis eadem natura declaret quid

veh"t anquirat desideret, tamen obsurdescimus nescio quo

iBaodo nec ea, quae ab ea monemur, audimus. £st enim

r*t^rius et multiplex usus amicitiae multaeque causae suspicio-

num ofTensionumque dantur, quas tum evitare, tum elevare,

tum ferre sapientis est Una illa subeunda est offensio, ut et

'!'i!itas in amicitia et fides retineatur: nam et monendi amici

. :;c sunt et obiurgandi, et haec accipienda amice, cum

jnevole fiunt Sed nescio quo modo verum est, quod in 89

uiiaris meus dicit

:

Obsequintn nui!.:

56 LAELIUS [XXIV 89

Molesta veritas, siquidem ex ea nascitur odium, quod est

venenum amicitiae sed obsequium multo molestius, quod

peccatis indulgcns praecipitem amicum ferri sinit ; maximaautem culpa in eo, qui et veritatem aspernatur et in fraudem

obscquio impellitur. Omni igitur hac in re habenda ratio s

ct diligentia est, primum ut monitio acerbitate, deinde ut

obiurgatio contumelia careat In obsequio autem, quoniam

Terentiano verbo lubenter utimur, comitas adsit, asseniatio

vitiorum adiutrix procul amoveatur, quae non modo amico,

sed ne libero quidem digna est; aliter enim cum t)Tanno,

90 aliter cum amico vivitur. Cuius autem aures clausae vcritati

sunt, ut ab amico verum audirc nequeat, huius salus despe-

randa est. Scitum est enim illud Catonis, ut multa: meiius

de quibusdam acerbos inimicos mereri, quam eos amicos, qui

dulces videantur; illos verum saepe dicere, hos numquam. is

Atfjue illud absurdum, quod ei, qui monentur, eam molestiam

(juam debent capere non capiunt, eam cajnunt qua dcV/cnt

vacare. Peccasse enim se non anguntur, obiurgan

fcrunt: quod contra oportebat dclicto dolere, corrccuunc

gaudere. >o

91 XXV. Ut igitur et monere et moneri proprium est

verae amicitiae, et altcrum libere facere, non aspere, alterum

patienter acciperc, non repugnanter, sic habcndum est nullam

iii amicitiis pestem csse maiorem, quam adulationcm blandi-

tiam assentationem : quamvis enim multis nominibusest hoc >s

\ itium notandum lcvium hominum atquc fallacium, ad volup-

92 tatem lo^juentium omnia, nihil ad vcriutcm. Cum autem

omnium rerum simulatio vitiosa est, toUit cnim iudicium

veri idque adulterat, tum amicitiae repugnat maxime ; delet

. 'V!!i veritatcm, sine qua nomen ami< •

N. in cum amicitiae vis sit in eo, ut .

ex pluribus; qui id fieri poteritf si ne in uno quidem qtioque

unus animus erit idemque semper, sed varius commutabilis

XXVI 97] DE AMICITIA. 57

multiplex? Quid enim potest esse tam flexibile, tam devium, 93

quam animus eius, qui ad alterius non modo sensum ac

voluntatem, sed etiam voltum atque nutum convertitur?

Nfgat quis, nexo; ai/, aio; postremo imperavi ^omd mihi

nnia assmtari^

ut ait idem Terentius, sed ille in Gnathonis persona, quod

amici genus adhibere omnino levitatis est. Multi autem 94

Gnathonum similes, cum sint loco fortuna fama superiores,

luorum est assentatio molesta, cum ad vanitatem accessit

luctoritas. Secemi autem blandus amicus a vero et inter- 95

nosci tam potest adhibita diligentia, quam omnia fucata et

-!T!! ilata a sinceris atque veris. Contio, quae ex imperitis-

::;.i^ constit. tamen iudicare solet, quid intersit inter popu-

larci tssentatorem et levem civem, et inter constan-

i vcrum et gravem. Quibus blanditiis C. Papirius nuper 96

bat in auris contionis, cum ferret legem de tribunis

])lebis reficiendis! Dissuasimus nos: sed nihil de me, de

Scipione dicam libentius. Quanta illi, di immortales, fuit

gravitas, quanta in oraiione maiestas ! ut facile ducem populi

»0 Romani, non comitem diceres. Sed affuistis, et est in

- -ihus oratio. Itaque lex popularis suffragiis populi re-

aa est Atque, ut ad me redeam, meministis Q. Maximo

Btfratre Scipionis et L. Mancinoconsuhbus, quampopularislex

-^e sacerdotiis C Licini Crassi videbatur; cooptatio enim

ollegiorum ad populi beneficium transferebatur. Atque is

t in forum versus agere cum populo. Tamen.^. ...^m orationem reUgiodeorum immortaUum nbbis

defcndcntibus facile vincebat Atque id actum est praetore

j re magis

rjuod st in scena, id est in contione, in qua 97

nctis et adumbratis lod plurimum est, tamen vcrum

58 LAELIUS [XXVI 97

valet, si modo id patefactum et illustratum est, quid in

amicitia fieri oportet, quae tota veritate perpcnditur? In qua

nisi, ut dicilur, apertum pectus videas tuumque ostendas,

nihil fidum, nihil exploratum habcas, ne amare quidem aut

amari, cum id quam vere fiat ignores. Quamquam ista assen- 5

tatio, quamvis perniciosa sit, nocere lamen nemini potest

nisi ei, qui eam recipit atque ea delectatur. lu fit ut i

assentatoribus patefaciat auris suas maxime, qui ipse sil'

98 assentetur et se maxime ipse delectet Omnino est amanssui virtus; optime enim se ipsa novit quamque amabilis sit 10

intellegit : ego autem non de virtute nunc loquor, sed de vir-

tutis opinione. Virtute enim ipsa non tam multi praediii

esse quam videri volunL Hos delectat assentatio, his fictus

ad ipsorum voluntatem sermo cum adhibetur, orationem

illam vanam testimonium esse laudum suarum putant, NuIIa nest igitur haec amicitia, cum alter verum audire non vol-

alter ad mentiendum paratus est. Nec parasitorum i

comoediis assentatio faceta nobis videretur, nisi essent militts

gloriosL

Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihit n

Satis erat rcspondcre 'magnas.' Ingentis, inquit Semperauget assentator id, quod is, cuius ad voluntatem dicitur.

99 volt esse magnum. Quam ob rem, quamquam blanda ist

vanitas apud eos valet, qui ipsi illam adlectant et invitan:

tamen etiam graviores constantioresque admonendi sunt, i;

animadvertant ne callida assentatione capiantur. Apert

enim adulantem ncmo non videt, nisi qui admotlum i

cors : calli Itis ille et occultus nc se insinuet, studiose »

dura e^ nim facillime agnoscitur, quippe qui ettam

adversan(iosaci>c assentetur et 1'

' •• •

atque ad extremum dct mannqui illusus sit, plus vidissc videatur. Quid autem turpiu

XXVII I02] DE AMICITIA. 59

quam illudi? Quod ut ne accidat magis cavendum est:

Ut me hodU ante omnis comicos stultos senes

Versaris atque iliusseris lautissime 1

Haec enim etiam in fabulis stultissima persona est impro\ i- 100

dorum et credulorum senum. Sed nescio quo pacto ab

amicitiis perfectorum hominum, id est sapientum—de hac

Jico sapientia, quae videtur in hominem cadere posse—ad

levis amicitias defluxit oratio. Quam ob rem ad illa prima

redeamus eaque ipsa concludamus aliquando.

XXVII. Virtus, inquam, C- Fanni, et tu, Q. Muci, et

conciliat amicitias et conservat. In ea est enim convenientia

rerum, in ea stabilitas, in ea constantia: quae cum se extulit

ct ostendit suum lumen et idem aspexit agnovitque in alio,

ad id se admovet vicissimque accipit illud, quod in altero est,

<,x quo exardescit sive amor sive amicitia. Utrumque enim

dictura est ab amando; amare autera nihil est aliud nisi eum

ipsura diligere quem ames, nulla indigentia, nuUa utilitate

(jiiaesita: quae tamen ipsa ecflorescit ex amicitia, etiam si tu

cain minus secutus sis. Hac nos adulescentes benevolentia 101

senes illos, L. Paulum, M. Catonem, C. Gallum, P. Nasicam,

Ti. Gracchum Scipionis nostri socerum dileximus: haecetiam

magis elucet inter aequalis, ut inter me et Scipionem, L.

Furium, P. Rupilium, Sp. Mummium: vicissim autem senes

in adulescentiura caritate acquiescimus, ut in vestra, ut in Q.

Tuberonis; equidem etiam admodum adulescentis P. Rutili,

\ ^ ni familiaritate dclector. Quoniamque ita ratiocom-

;j.: iia L^t vitae naturacque nostrae, ut alia aetas oriatur,

maxime quidem optandum est ut cum aequalibus possis, qui-

buscum tamquam e carceril vis sis, cum isdem ad

calcem, ut dicitur, pervenire. ^ . iamreshumanaefragilcs 102

caducaequcsuntjScmper aliqui anquirendi sunt quos diligamus

ct a quibus diligamur: caritate enim benevolcntiaque sublata

6o LAELIUS. [XXVII loa

omnis est e vitasublata iucunditas. Mihi quidem Scipio, quam-

quam est subito crcptus, vivit tamen semperque vivet : virtutem

cnim amavi illius viri, quae exsiincta non est Nec mihi soli

versatur ante oculos, qui illam semper in manibus habui, sed

etiam postcris erit clara et insignis. Nemo umquam animo 5

aut spe maiora suscipict qui sibi non illius memoriam atque

103 imaginem proponendara putet Equidem ex omnibus rebus,

quas mihi aut fortuna aut natura tribuit, nihil habeo quod cumamicitia Scipionis possim comparare. In hac mihi de re

publica consensus, in hac rerum privatarum consilium, in 10

eadem requies plena oblectationis fuit Numquam illum ne

minima quidem re offendi, quod quidem senserim, nihil

audivi ex eo ipse quod nollem ; una domus erat, idem victus

isque communis, neque solum militia, sed etiam peregrina-

104 tiones rusticationcsque communes. Nam quid ego de studiis 15

dicam cognosccndi sempcr aliquid atque discendi, in quibus

remoti ab oculis populi omne otiosum tempus contrivimus?

Quarum rerum recordatio et memoria si una cum illo occi-

disset, desiderium coniunctissimi atque amantissimi viri fcrre

nullo modo possem. Sed nec illa exstincta sunt alunturque .0

potius et augentur cogitatione et memoria mea, et, si iili>

plane orbatus essem, magnum tamen a/Tcrt mihi

solacium : diutius enim iam in hoc desiderio ess<

sum; omnia autem brevia tolerabilia esse debeii;

magna sunt ij

Haec habui de amicitia quae dicerem; V( ortor

ut ita virtutem locetis, sine qua amicitia essc i.

ea rv <nfi r,\WA 111,;, itia pracstabilius putctis.

NOTES.

N.B. /« refertnces to passa^es in the dialogiu theJirst fis^tre re/ers to

tke small settum, not the chapter. Jn all quotationsfrom Cicero seclions

mct (kapters art rtftrrai to, unkss tke contrary is stated.

§ 1-

Q. .^fnatis.. C. Latiio: see IntroJ. p. 14.

memariter: not *by hrart' or 'from memory' but 'with good mr-morj',* like ^ijiwutwi (Xen. Cyr. 5, 3, 46). Madvig is right in saying

(on Fin. i, 34) stmper koe vocabtUum lauJem habtt bonae et cojnosae

memoriae.

nee JuHtart: =et (so/eiaf) non dubitnre. When duHtart means to

JiesUate about doiug somethim^, it generally takes an intinitive after it if

the sentence (as here) is negatrvt, or is an i»tterrogatit>t sentence whichimplie» % n^paiive. Occa^ion.illy, in such sentences, dubitare takes

'' i. More examples of this usage

; t.g. Leg. agr. 2,6<)tt ros nonIn a /Vw/»ir scntence the infm-

;. 15, 1 ta illi nubcrt dubitat ; Cic N. D. I,

I u\i dubitct omnia vtntrt mttiri,

- Inirod. p. 15, n. 6.

:i:tus ttt. : *had been introtluced to Scaevola on the under-

al etc^ For this sense ot dtductrt, to introduce a young roan

. .. or gtiaHian, cf. Cael. 9 ut huic viriltm to^-arn dtdit...hune atsse d^uetum. It was a common practice to

ic to the socicty of di^tingui&hed juiisls or orators;

it. II, II, 6.

Scaevol ve (line i) Q. Mucius, the same person : Lahmeyer'• - -' t,cs from Cic dom. 115; SaJL lug. 37, 4; Nep.

3 »nd 5.

i: cnlli-rl nlsfi A",i fiiiit fi»; in .\tr. t. .*?. t\ fn iJisfinr^nish it

6i DE AAflCITIA. [% i—^oaJ posstm et liceret: cf. Lucr. «, 850 quoad lUet ae fossis; Cic

Leg. agr. a, 19 qtioad fosset, quoad fas essrt, quoad lueret.

5 a senis...discedcrem: an cxaggcratcd cxprcssion, as in Balh. z

sator f.itetur hum numquam a Aiemmio discasisse ;' <

numquam a cotisule abscessi.

6 ab eo...dispulata: Cic. allows disp.' \em an nr 1

ncutcr pronoun only, in place of thc r., viz. de >

in 14, p. 36, I. 3 ; 16, 1.31. Hc • • V- .1. his U5C of 1..^ ,..,-..

thus he says in De Or. I. u 7 .' dispntiUa, ihougb he wou.

hardly say ran disputare iox de >,

Cf. 4, I. 14.

8 prudentia: this word usually implies not wisdont in gcneral haX. sl.

in sonic special subjebt; here Roman Law; cf. pnsdens in iure in 0,

p. 29, 1. I.

me...contuli: contrast this with a patre deducttu eram above.

9 unum...praeslantissimum: ihis emphatic usc of unus with the supc;

lative is common in Cic, e.g. Tusc. %, 64; 4, 55; 5, 66; so Vci:

Aen. J, 416 cadit et Rhipeus iuslissimus unus, and Homcr, II. u, 14

«ff o^wrot dpurrot. l""or ihe gcn. noslrcu civitaiis cf. Tu.sc. 3, 81 «m.omnium maximum. The strenj^thcning forcc of ««1« is also sccn in tlic

common phrascs quivis unus, qmlibet unus, unus aliquis, unus qwsque.

jo sed de hoc alias: nunc etc: the cllipse of thc verb (V ^ • --nmon;

cf. Tusc. 3, 10 j<*</ id alias, nunc quod instat ; ib. 3, iiitas

nunc...', ib. 3, 73 sed de hoc alias, nunc...; IJalb. i ego ',::•':.

alio loco; also l)ciow, 13, I. 18; 64, 1. 19; 31, I. 30. •

bcst writcrs alias is always cquivalent to a/io frmp^rf, •

Kor redeo cf. I)c ()r. i, 6j sed iJluc rede,' .-•

redeam ; also 75, \.ii.

fS-

1 1 cum safpe multa, tum ete. : there is a change of constniction in t1

scnt ' ' ' •' ' — • - :>e multa \v\-' -'

->-"•..

thii i>n». *I rc; it

he .- - - -:,

ly that rt"*-.' 'f

memtni Koby S \y,i s.iys ' mcmim is usc<i wiih thei

timcs thc ncrfcct) infinilivc of evcnts of which ih»-

witncss, with thc pcrfcct infinitivc '

'

not witness'. The rule mav be sci

H t''

:" -' ^.nnt ^^ ..

(a) . .^.;:: -^

«o •

t

Wlr.

>•'intinitivc ii> u.->cU. If hc ua;> nul a uili)c^.>, hc c\i..

the evcnt only in the lattcr of ihese two ways. .\

Verg. Ecl. 9, f' '

' '"'

Gc<jrg. 4, U5

$ -J KOTES. 6^

!ar(»e semicircular bench, not a part of the hoasehold

mnes in conspectu conseJtmtis.

nJmcdum: Lahmeyer is wrong in taking this wilh /ami/iares ; it

-•s pauci, as in Tusc 4, 6 nulla fere sunt aut /uttica admodumi monumenta, though Cic. neariy always says admodiim pauci

saihcr ih^in pauci admodum ; cf. Tusc. a, 11 ; Top. 3; N. l). 3, 69 ; Leg.

3, 31 ; Phil. 3, 36 and 14, 17. In 16, 1. 25 we have gratum ad.nodum.

In sensc, admcdum exactly corresponds with our phrase 'lo a degree'.

eum scrmonem qui:= scmionem de ea re quae..., like is timor=timornmon in Livy. So bclow, 3, I. 19 eam mentionem—eius rei

Cf. also i,-; I. 26; 32, 1. 14 haec concertatio; 88, l. 18 Ulamm, and n. on 38, I. 11 ex hoc nunifro.

; 'just about that time'; cf. 14, p. 31, 1.56 exlremum fere

: last part '; also 5, I. ii nemo/ere, * hardly any one' ; 72, 1. 31

non jere. Lahmcyer, Nauck, and othcrs err by supposingy<T,f to qualify

the words emt inore, and to mean 'gcnerally', 'commonly', like volgo,

t cf. 54, 1. 15. Fcre nearly thou^jh not quile always

1 1 which immediatcly precedes, and is often joineti with

( iLiuing to timc. •• ' '• time is not fixed with absolute

So Cic. Rep. 1, ;' annis ; Pis. 13 ijuinta fere hora;< .. 4, 23, I tertiiij. The Greek exprcssions urt (ro\

firtiw, un fiTJiV (which have a verbal resemblance to the Latin phrase

M/ ita dicam, but do noi rescmble it in their sense) correspond very closely

to/ere,

multis erat in «re: Cic. uses both constructions, esse in ort cdietd andesu in ore alicuius. Cf. Appendix on tum/ere multis.

P. Sulpicio: see Introd. p. 20.

f/.' • -yf •-.u.tum: *were much in the socicty of...*

16 cn tn : 1 1 ;/ ; in translating, these words should be takcn after the

I^wordsfrum ijuanta to querella.

^k is Iribunus plebis: not *that tribunc', Lut ' he, being tribune*, or

B*he, as tribune

W-' capUali odio: 'dcadly hatred'. The same phrase occun in a fragm.

of Cic. (Baiter, Xlii i, 7); cf. also Hor. Sat. i, 7, 13 »>«i capitalis.

1 7 quocum: so 15, 1. R and 77, p. 51, 1. 13, but in u, p. 34, I. 20 qiiicum.

Quocum \h aomxw'

'' ' '

' ' ' on is

mcant, as hcre :i 1 and

Ihc p.-'-." .:,,!. I be-

;wc»:;, 'n.

•stedfu. ...

than quen

weum...i- < talk of thal particubr fact', i.e.

faci tli lukt bis furmcr fiicnd; this led

64 DE AMICITIA. [§3—

Scaevola to the general subject of friendship. For tam mtntiomm »ee

n. on ?, 1. 13 eum sermonem,

I sfatm et atm: so 1 1, 1. 31 mtcum et eum, and oAen.

C. Fannio: sce Introd. p. 16. The young student should clcar'

realisc ihe fact that C. is an abbreviation for gaius, not r\Tf<:, thr Inv

form of the name having bcen absolutely unknown to •

Rcpublic .nnd early Empire. It appear* in an inscr

1178 of ^' s Corpus) of the time of Caracalia.

hanil, it immon to find in modcm books thc

writtcn Li > wf C (e.g. in Gcrlach's cdition of Salluit ....

and occa.sionaUy in R. EUis' CatuUus; so Kiiliner, Gram. I, ed. i

'C oder G. Gaiits'). But thc Romans always wrote C. not G.

carly times the Latin alphabet contained no letter G, v.-

presented two distinct sounds, the g\Utural tenuis and ;

Aftcr tijc intro<iuction of G ihc Romans still kcpt up iik- oki i.iviinn oi

writing C for Gaius and Cn. for Giueus; so thcy wrote K. for Caeso.

12 Africani- sce Introd. p. 17 sq.

P. 28.

I sententias: 'thc opinions cxpressed in the discussion*, »./. their pur-

port, not thc actual words.

exposui arbitralu meo : 'havc rcndcred at my own discrction'. Likevcry many othcr nouns whose stcms end in -«, arbitratus scirci iv

appcars exccpt in thc ablative singular. [The nnm. sing, an'

sing. arc also found, but only in Plautus.] The othcr cases of ti;

are supplicd by the corrcsponding cascs of arbitnum, and evcn in !

ablativc arbitrio is commoner than arbitratu (41, 1. 31). /tcgatu

4, 1. 7 is an isolatcd ablative.

1 quasi...loquentis: 'I havc cxhibifed thcm as spcaking in person, if I

may say so'. Quasi modifics thc too sfrong exprcssion if>sos ; cf. i;

P- 37. !• 8; f,^; 1. 17; 6, p. 29, 1. 5; 48, 1. ao: 50, 1. 6; 50, L 31 ; .

I. 16. A mmlem writcr would bardly havc thoi!;;ht it ncccsuuy to 1:

dicate that thc intcrlocutors cannot actually apj - n.

ne 'inquam' etc: this is dircctly and cl" 1 fmm the

introduction to Plato's Theaetetus, p. 141 (a du. <>»

elscwhcre, as in Dc Or. 3.47; Tusc. i, 8), whcre i ;h

rcgard to th<- '* •' a dialoguc /1^«. . .

-, tJ

oh fifni &ia\> , ... - 7/M*^ t^V 'ra^ . .

-: - J al

ftrra^d (cf. /w. ' ) twp \&ywf 8<iry^»if wt(i <.

i XuKpdriti, <

.

(<t>yii' {inquam) if Kal i-)u

ATOKpu>onir9v, 6.-4 'Li^n.ifiTf (inquil) ^ 01% wfto\iyti, T :. .• r

airoii iioXtydfttnf typar^a {fuasi ipsos indttxi U\ ^^> ia

rtM.vra,

4 eoram: adverb here. «s It Is almost throughoat the Republican a-

Ar ' - '"— rrpo«tioiuJ oseoccursin twopMaPr" • •

-•

Pi ram grntr» mt» fuae dken atau

w. >i/r0 and take rirritOT advcrbially) a:

NOTES. 65

6a, I. and in one or two of Xepos, but Tacitus is thc only writer whoiises the ytoxd/rtfly as a preposition. The grammars and dictionaries donot quote Livy for the prepositional use, which occurs in 35, 49, i.

? *

titiiin of cum in tliis senfcnce scem»c cs of the sort are not uncommon in

< , _; ; j :.. _,. , : i ! . 1. 3, also Fam. 9, 6, 3 cum videremui

cum...tum.

5 mecum afftra. 'pleaded with mc'; so tecum agereia 16, L 14; agere

eum populo in 96, 1. 26.

scriberem aliquid: so Cat. m. a cum de senectute vellem alijui.f

cribere.

frn iit frfiffSTem : I took pains to confer bcnefit. The c

ii Cic; cf. \at. ai invilus facio ut recordcr ; uat. m.

i L. Flaminiume ienatu euerem. Cic. often gives as his

ni-v)ii 10; \»ii ii^ the desire to serve his counfrymen; so Aca-i. !, 11 ;

Div. 1, 5; Off. i, 1. Son invitus also in 1«, 1. 4.

8 Catone maiore: sec Introd. p. 10.

qui ext...setiectH/e: 'which I dedicated to you...'; cf. Cat. m. ihunc/'.,,« .. .V ./,- !^T,:'ufe miiimus ; Fin. i, 8 libro quem ad me deiiriute

:s quem ad Atticum de senectute misimus ; Att. 8,

.j librum quem ad te miiit de coneordia. For the

to;ii«.aUoii of liic words cf. Tusc. 4, 66 eam ratiotum quae maxinu pro-balur de bonis et malis, also De Or. i, 61 libri qui sunt/ere inscripti de.

9 induxi...periona: both words are connected with thc stage. Inducere

is htcraliy * to bring upon the boards' (cf. 59, 1. 1<): penona pro{)crly meansa mask, hcre a /v/V ^rAar(7»7<T as we s.iy. Sceniyn.n:; * - • - ' •-

iio cf. Lael. 93, 1. 5 ; 100, 1. 4,and for tlie genenil sen

.\tf. ij II,, 5 haec Acadt-mica, ut icis, cum Calulo Lui Sane in fcrs,ynai non cadebant ; ib. 13, 1 6, t acc luc.c

irrone. Neniini lisa est aptior'Kmvxtiti. ratio.

".- Cic. uses loqui (more rarely other verbs of speaking) vcryA hcn thc subjcct is an al)stract noun, as here persona practi-

^. Jvj Fin. 1, 48 consuetudo loqmtur ; ib. 4, 4! iiutUutia kominisi/retur ; Acad. 3, loi coiiciusio loqutlur.

1 j.prmsset : ni f- '• •'* *'

• '••' '-' '" ''"• -'-vsical and

mcnul power» U>i >c-. how-

tv. r. fl.xrs not uv : rc is pro-

.; thc wurd lo aiiuilc to ihe gt:u«rai worldly pros-

! in Caf. m. 8.

mtaxtme mem ivei from n lare.

^l. 1. 16 wc 1, "; Cato li ella

e-ChusicaJ or Classicai Latin.

R. L.

66 DE AMJ^iij.i. [§4—

13 idotua : ' I thoujjht I^nffmq n Miii.ible charactcr to expound the ven-

vicws which had Ijccn n 'y him and rccallcd to mind 1

Scaevola'. Litcrally 'whii icd byhim, Sa had rccnllcd '. 1

is not ncccssary to supply ti^c w x> to make this a casc of th

ftnitive aftcr memiuisset. Disputare ati^uid (d. n. on i, 1.^

not to disciiss an opinion, but to put an opinion fonvard 1« aiscusn^ •

and so to dtfend or maintain it; cf. n. on 8, 1. 31 respondere.

15 f^i-nus autem etc.: 'discourscs of this kind sccm, somchow or ,-•'

to .n 'iuiie grcater dignity whcn they rcly on (lit. arc foundcd >

iiitlucncc of ancicnt charactcrs, particularly such as .uc ilh

Obscrve genus hoc sermonuin = sermones huius gewris; :

quo de gcnere mortis; 93, 1. 6 id genus amici.

iS nua: without scripla, as in Acad. i, 8 nihil magno optrt miwumniiror, So 7, 1. 12 omnia tua.

§8.

19 tenem senex : at the time the Calo maior wa- n u-. was ^5and Cic. 60. Notc the fondness of Cic. (as v .- Latins) f

bringing into juxtaposition different cases of thc So De Or1, 310 rehus res and Lucr. i, 359 ret rebus ; cf. aiso below, «5, L lo

iustitiam iustissimo,

iQ hoc libro: this corrcsponds to tum above; nunc wnuld hare beenmore formally corrcct; so bclow, II. ao, }i tum...nunc.

2 1 scripsi de amicitia : it is not oftcn that Cic leares > r

scribere ; alxjve in 4, 1. 5 aliifuid is addcd. Somctimes .\

takes thc place of the objcct, as Alt. 9, 15. 5 quo<i

quam mei patiantur mores de Dionysio scripsisse. I !

<7miVMm (imM-(Wm«.r softcns thc constniction. Cf. hov.^.^. ....... ^,.^,I : 14, 1, 4.

•ji senior—prudentior—sapiens—nmi.iii.if pi.^rLt fn-Af^nt r>.,tii-r tln-

order of the phrases, sapiens c

with amiciticugloria excellens; ai.

14 tu velim...ai<ertas: we have hcre an ini-

the apodosis only being givcn, while the1

qnoquevelis, or si libi idem cordi esset) is supprciiti ;u i.i J4, p. .;

possent ; also 51, I. 43 sciam : 47. 1. to videas. When Cic.uscs vjunctive constrr ' ' — '- '

' ' ' - ' ut, as nci

Kemark also t

.

^sed, &lwa>precedcs the wu: , , „ .:i the prcKipAssage; cf. alto Tiuc. 5« ao mot vtUem pracmw tUctrt ftttmtu^ tnFam. 15, 3, «.

55 J.nflium...piitf! : the omission of a conjunction to connect two i

'

totji-tlirr i-i i"riirul.-irly commnn in Cir. whm two clauaes are tmu>as 1 low, ah hu ',' LatHHt; c£ 49, l. 3:

69, 13. 1. 16; 0. I. 18. In U. 31, jho«' ' '•'• r!.T • • nrallcl.

§6] NOTES. 67

v; herc not * discussion ', but merely 'discoorse'; cf. Dc Or.-• -.<j - i -iiet quid smtias; also n. on 4, I. 13.

U ipse cognoscts: *you will recognise your own likeness'. Cf- 10«

fi n:f it-ft consolor ; also 59, L 70 ; 80, 1. 4. In these places ipu,

is put, bccause there is an implied contrast between the

;te verb and other persons, so that ipse= kox ovr^t; berc ' you\ ouradi, as well as otbers*.

5«.

«9 timt ista: ' what you say is true *; sunt ista (tm TaPra) and sunt ista

r-^t-.i i>.;n,r equivalent f»»'--—- '"- The phrases esto {' be it granted')

..lo are frc .;cd, as in Cic Flacc. 71, 71, 95

;

' i '. I, 60 qut

:

: : Acad. i, 134 ttim hoc mihi pro-idi..ius, (um iilud tnJttur, et ta»UH nisi alterutrnm sit, virtutem planeiaecre puto. In two pas&ages of the Academica containing esse or verumeiu, MSS readings have bcen wrongly tampered with by editors. In 1,

10 dicam enim nec mea nec ea in quibus, si nonfuerint, nan vinei me»,.

. ,.- .,.,,„ - •Tfre, ihere is not the slightest need to ir- •' - ••^? after

I I, 43 verum esse autem arbilror cor: .'cris

riam (sc. hane rationem).'\i\% z.\iogc\.he:T ry to

expuii^c ciiiter verum or aulem. the sense being ' I believe it howcver toIw \T\\,- fh.it the system should be looked upon as a reform of the Old

islimant: the repetition is a mark of careless writing.

ocid.^...cor.u:i!os: the causc is given at the end of § 7.

ht>c: i.e, ut sapiens et appellaretur et txistimaretur. For the tense oftribuebatur sec n. on 37, 1. % videbamus.

mcdo : • a little while since ' ; the expression is somewhat loose since

Cato died in 149 B.c ; cf. the use o{ nuperin 13, 1. 10; 14, L 35.

33 Z. AciJium : supposed to be the person mentioned by Cic. Leg.

1, 59 as a commcntator on the XI l tablcs, anl rary

cf Cato. By some he is thought to l>e the 40,

11, 1 as commander of the lefi wing of the R«.iii.i., .>..... .^i ^..<. ...iwo oflebura in 181 B.c. Some read in our passage Z. Atilius, a name about

'

''

-.nothing is knowo.

P. 29.

Mterque: te. s— "itus est or hahuit hoe nomen sapientis.

aJioqucktam t- mewhat diflfcrent way '; undcrstandinga/^«^tu. Cf. 1«,

!

/; ; 7, \. 6 and 74, \. x^alioquodam modo; 17,

p. 37, 1.1. I • in 3, p. iS, I. 7) i^oftrn »is<hI toindicate thal

Ihc w '. . •

tn «9. I. 16; 45, l. 18; 75, I. 11; 59, p. 4 's 01

iam used shcw that Ciccro cannot find tcrm^ andthe terms usctl arc only makc-shifts. Thc indtiiuiie rn u» uicd in

: sune two ways in (itcck.

5—»

68 DE AMICITIA. [§ 6—prudens in iurt: Seyflert riphtly points out that Cic. docs not tiw

prudms with a (jenitive. He might havc added that the f

frudcns (for iuris /<eritus or eonsultus) is not I.atin, thouph iw t

occurs, as in De Or. i, 156, and x\\<

dtntts. Cic. hxs imprudcns with gcn. i

pro Font. 43; a.nd /irud^ntia often bo;

a multitriim rerum usum: ' a manifi' o '. Liv. 39, 40, 4 sajt

of him nulla ars ntqiu privatae nequ^ ^rd gerendae ti defuit.

3 /i,i/',t<jt tt multa: for the rcading see Appcndix. There is a change

of construction in the sentence; the clause from Acilius to pulj'ii:tir

requircs to be complete<l hy supplying somcthing like ergo ap/

est sapiens, while thc clauses from Cato \.o /ercbantur, which arc|

to thc former claase, have iheir sense actually complcted by the wordsfrom froptcrea to sapienlcs.

multaeius...fercbantur • ^rcxz^v

the forum he dispiayed cithcr w

ness in rcply, were on cvcry toi._..^ . . ..^ ...... ....

to Cato's fame as a lawycr. According to old koniai

homc in the early moming, on nurposc to rcsolvc thc 1'

all who chosc 10 consult him. This was tcchnically callcd iui tts^mJ*i^

5 fuasi: ' almost'

; cf. n. on qitasi, 3, p. 38, 1. «.

iam: i.e. evcn bcforc his death.

sapientis: obscr>'c this diffcrence between Latin and rnirlivl) idinm :

the Latins always say nomen iustitiae, vox fortitudinis,

ete. where wc use apiwsition—'the namc jn^tice', 'v

•the title skdful'. Cf. 9J, 1. 30 '

in. 5 (wherc Cato is si^caking)

utir-— ' ""' -*••• 'fv vfs!-i, ,.

sai: i)licd to th'

th,

In latc i „:iiark ihc dialiuclion.

6 /!r <T«/'m...«r^ M/im/m.' this cKiuse was rr

on txistimant bclow. I. 1 \. but owing lo the gri

Cic. ' . .• . .

tO :

d. . . ._. , _ : „_ , .

iia.

ina : bere natura dcnotcs thc intfUirtuat cnlow mciwith wbich « man is Iwrn, and m<>rts his

'7' P- V^< ' ?• Stiidinm or dcvoiion tr> (!>

on '

twmr

tut „ . „ . „

§ 7]NOTES. 69

10 naturtte eeleritaiem ad distendum et menu>riam dahant morumaut.m ^u!:':>i! ' ' - • '"•' -'-'-•>- -- on thc passage)

,\' ... i; 'f fttisse ft sine

a^^iriri^ /:j.'.\.'... .. .. ,r <'/^., and Verg.

(|C<irLj. 4, 5 mores et studia. Stuaio et doctrina is not an instance of

Iv iia ivnir, and should not be translated 'by sai/ /or learnin^', but

•by dcvotion and cullure'; cf. Arch. 3 otium ac studium ; De Or. i,

43 otio studioque.

9 reliqua: this word is proleptic or anf icipative, since its scnse is not

fully seen till we come to Athenis which completes the contrast. So

eeterus is often used and Xot»-6t, dXXoi in Greek; cf. 16, 1. ai ceteris;

9J, 1. 34 eeterae; 54, 1. 17 antea ; 41, 1. 18 deinde : 55, 1. 3i cetera.

' ' tood, as in 59, p. 46, 1. 33.^

<£T. 3, 59, 60), and Asinius

iv^.i.-., ....^ V" ^'>-- ' "•"• -• j-' -/ XIV ordines.

10 suitilius: 'with more than usual accuracy*. Suililis is often the

exact equivalent ol the Greek dtpiP^

non kabent: Cic. in Ofi". 3, 16 denies thc title sapiens not only to the

scven, but to Cato and to Laelius himself.

1 1 unum : emphatic :' one only '. Cic. nearly always leaves the English

• only * unexpressed, but occn " *- - uses modo, and once ( Acad. 3, 74)

tantum, the occurremc oi w t on this passage wrongly denies.

et eum quiJcm: thesc \sumi-. iv...iy belong to and add emphasis to

sapientissimum ; cf. 4, 1. 16 et eorum ; 38, 1. 33 rf eorum quidem.

Apollitr- •"•'' '• <ocrates in Plato's Apology p. 31 A merely

says that t that no one was wiser than hiinsclf (m'J^^»'o

ff»putT€f>ov'. -m who put the cn<iuiry to the oracle, Chac-

rephon, a pupil of Socratcs, »as dcad whcn the tri.il took place, but his

brothcr bore evidence to the facts. Xenophon in hi* Apolopy § 14 ('f'J

bc his) makes Socrates spcak mor. ' ' '

' '

:\fi>6

'A»6XXwr nttiifa €ti>at ai>0pJnru¥ i. -(po»

,#M^por/<rrrpor. !•> -" -'i'- ,.;3 C)

te» says that th( m hy the

god taji it h t on Aris-

ue»' Nubes 114 ni^c^ llic-ic tlio actual woivis ol iJic answer to

py>hon : «0^% 2io<>oxX^t, co^rtpox h' V.ipiwiiifi, irSpiir 8' ardrritn'

'>(>o%. The latter of t! > is also prescrvcd by'» '• .*. I 37. Cic. s|.< othcr passo^cs of the.^ -,'.,.1

,.c-if I,. - -

' i^.

• hintcd at, that

it thc li;u>uincs5

:iCCS.

:! his

|^M>|>hy, and tu a\>\a:3.x c.irck:>;> aLuul ihc dcalh uf hL> li

.

Jp. posita in c£ 4, 1. 16; 30, p. 34. 1. 7.

virtute infcriores: 'of V ' nn virtue*. This (^cc pre-

ling n.) is not strong cno Stoic doctrinc.

70 DE AMICITIA. [§7—

criJ,> : mcrcly parcnthctic, and without influcnce on the constructiou.

Tbc vcrb to be supplicd for this clausc is qt^acrunt, not qwurtru

15 k<x. *our fricnd hcrc*; so 31, I. 31.

quonam pacto: liL *on what conditions*, /VTr/ttW {pac-

propcrly somcthing agrccd on bctwccn two pcrsons. Th<?;

to bc uscd in cxacily thc samc scnse as quonam modo ;^

'

'u:.. ..>

quo pacto with 89, p. 55, 1. 33 nfscioquo modo.

nit. Thc scntcncc from ^Wf/nnwnr N !s rcally

he ablalivc of exccss dcpendcnt on ma^it; liu

• ,w^..^ w; w..., .....V... ..... liat'.

proximu: 'the last*. Proximiu is used both of thc future and thc

past. Occasionally a word is inscrtcd to dcfine the mcaning mor'.

ncarly, as Fam. i, 9, 30 proximis supericfrihus dicbiis; Tac. A. I, 77proximo priore anno, and also whcn /rtJ.r«wi« is uscd of space, as Cic.

Orat. i 10 proximum tuperiorem pedtm ; N.D. j, nproximum in/eriorem

orbem.

Bniti: D. lunius Brutus, sumamed Gallaecus, from his conqaest r f

the Gallacci, consul in 138 B.C. ; cf. my n. on Arch. 37. He appears a^

augur only in our passage.

1; commentandi causa: *with a view to practice', i^. in the augural

art. Commentari is propcrly " — - - ' "' '''--- ' r

thc cu>tom cf. Cic. Div. i, 90 <•.

commentandi causa atifiie intcr sc i,

•,

'

/acere Nonis solebatis. As the augurs rc<]uired for their practice anopcn spacc whence thcy could gct an unintcm»ptcd vicw of the skythey usually met in some gcntlcman's park (horti) outside the ctly : cf.

N. D. 3, II ; Rep. i, 14 in hortis esse.

I"•' qui ...solitus esses: ' though you had been a

"^' '

'

use of the subj. with qui, to express an idea c

poscd to that of the prccwling clause or scntcnct, .... ...ui. .

in collegio sacerdotum esset, iudicio publico est condemnatus.

dili};entissime: ' most carefully '. Sec mv " "^ ^"i- ^, ', ..,.

19 obire: 'toattend to'; liL 'to go to mect .

§ «

20 C. Mition of \\-\c praenomen, not usual in familiar con-

vcrsalion, givcs form.-ility to thc addrcss: cf. 100, I. 10.

i\ id retpondeo, quod etc: *I state in reply \\\\\\ T l.avc observcd. th.T

ttc. Kor this use of respondere — Ko put

Amfl. 1. 9.^ fiilrris netfiu ultimum te fauct^'

. and thc commoi .004,^1.;

'rti: ntiifium r.: ' 37, p. 37,

1 I

Ai>all^jU. ..., iuiu Ui. .luu.i .. >..li...uu,^, .... -V. -, ...-

dcnicd that it govems a tiniple accusative a lert does; but h<.

wat wroiig.

§8] NOTES. 71

::m sumtiii viri tum amicisnmi: the natural order would h.ave been./;.• .uiiDni lum amiciisimu A word however which (like viri hcre)

;ne relation towards two other words or phrases, is often

vcen the two. The old ynunniarians called ihis usage

. cf. Comificius Ad Herennium 4, 38 cmiunctio est cum in-

: vcrbi et superiores orationis partes comprehenduntur et

n- . ;>./.-• .r, A(X modo: Formae dignitas aut morbo dcjlorescit cutt vetustatc

;

also n. on 15, 1. 9 quocum...communis ; 32, L 3i; 5}, I. 30; 61, 1. 17;

84, 1. 5; 05 I '": 4.'. 1. 23-

3j modn-. s, whom I.aelius followed, decLired (in oppositiontO the IV :^ I ordinary cmotiun virinus: st<^ Tusc., Dook IV,

particularly 5 4: cst utrum / approbcntan moJcratam . , moderalav. .m intempe-

rantiam. '1 he Sluic wisc man, however, cxpcricuccs ccr:ain/«r^ emo-tions («iVotf«aj), which have thcir counterparts in other men; onlyamong these there is nothing resembling /«/« {dolor).

mc potuisse...humanitatis tuae: 'that you could not remain un-^... ...I ^„.1 .1.,. ... 1... ,. /. / 1 ,i;.i .,.., „., .,.1 ..;,), yQ^r cultured spirit '.

'.» ith our 'cullure', i.c.

j gentleness and refine-

UicUL.

5 valetudinem: not to be translated by *ill-health' or 'sicknesk', butsimply by 'health', the Enghsh word Leing just as undefincd as thc

Latin, which receives its dcfinition from the context ; cf. ii, L 36.

36 maestitiam: this is the right spelling, not moestitiam; so maestus not

moestus, maereo not moereo.

7 recte...et vere: sc. respondtas. Cf. Academ. r, 33 nos vero volumus,in/Tuam. ttt pro Attico respondeam.—Et recte, inquit, respondes; also

' "psc I, 1. 10; 33, p. 38, L 33.

corresponds to munus in L 18 as usurpaxi does to obire, 1. 19.

Liurrajc ts to say or do something habitually or repeatedly, here 'to

perform regularly . Cf. 18, 1. 13, with n.

19 incommodo: notc the slightness of the exprcssion, as applied to the

d^th of a very dcar fricnd, and cf. n. on lo, L 15.

.. ,..,/. "'mini: 'a 1""" " "* •--'. r-. ..,,,... t,...

,

ae tenax.cl. Cu. !. :„

ind thc hkc) formcd an important part ot thc

..in. Cic. complains (Klacc. 36) nuUam con-

s!,iH:i,s>n tn (jraccii huuiinibus esse.

30 contitfrer-e: hrre di*tinc»!y if^rd of b:\d fortnne, thoufjh the old

Ht, eum ttitictt utitmt etscn!, quod picnsqtu centini^crct ^liat bcmg ihclatural lot of mnst) tum dei partem esse miscram; tu Fam. 5, 16, 3 and

II^hJL 14, 34; ah>o bclow, 71, L 33; 48, 1. 3<>

•J2 DE AMICITTA. [^9-

§ ».

trihui: i^. by people In general.

^i asptcsfo: sc. mihi trihui. NiigeUL^>... .,...n...v g a^ .,uj.|.<.cs tati'

quam dd'itum mihi.

/acis amUe: a polite exprcssion of thanks, like bene facis in Acad.I. «5-

ut vidfris: for the personal constmction takinij the nlace of tbrimpcrs(inal ut viJelur cf. Att. 5, 18, 3 consiliis, ut vidcmur, bonis utimuiThe usage is somcwhat uncommon. Scc also n. on 56, p. 45, 1. 30.

3j( nemo: the Stoics attachctl such superhuman excellcnccs to thcir

<ro^% or sapiens, that doubts wcre oflen expressed whethcr such a

person evcr exisled in the flcsh. Cf. 18, 1. 7 and Tusc. a, 51 in quvero eritperfcita sapientia, quem adhuc nos quidcm vidimus nemincm.

P. 30.

I si quisquam: like the parcnthesis commonly used in Greck, *l «oi ntoXXot. Su in Latin somctimes si quisquam alius, as in Brut. 136.

i fili: cf. Cat. m. \i and 84. He was praetor desitptatus when hdicd and had ser\'cd wilh distinction against Perseus, undcr 1

Aemilius Paulus, whtjse daughter he had married (Cat. m. 15).

mcmineram P,tuhim, videram Gallum : sc. tnorlem filiorttm fcrre.

Seyflert quotes Phil. 5 \- 'Vi.„ ,»; tii^rnini, 7-idi S- '"•- 'f ^i-> • »-• ' >'.

3, 133 memincrant . m ; Af\ v,

vidimus. In all pas-. //listlius! i

person there is an elliuM.- of au inriitilive. I <

sons, one immcdiatcly Lcfore, the other t

triumph in 168 B.c. Cf. Kam. 4. 6, i /,. /

filios amisit). C. Sulpicius Gallus scrvcd r

Paulu5, and was con.sui 157 b.c. He was ',...,, •>,^ ... .... .i... 1

was the first Roman who predicted an eclipse (Uv. 44, 37).

3 sed hi: sc. mortcmfiliorum, or rather talem casum ttUcrtir,:.

in piieris : literally ' in the case of boys'. Trans. 'but their sonswcre Iwys, while Cato's was. eic.\ For ihe u«e of j« <i' < >"v n .,1, ( \r

pro Ballx), §6; also cf. 18, L3; 41, L 14; 63, L 4; 41.

»4. i«3; 39. '-S'-

perfecto: this seems here mercly to mean 'adult' in f^:

puerit. I know no |>arallct I0 this use, hut thcrr arr v^^''

not '

'' cttu in th'-

(1) ' hc has/V'fectui .iT III iuis sense. (2/ 1 nc iiii;.uiiii,,

fecto et spectato a iiartpof wpirtp».

% 10.

4^- ••'-

frr.;

§ lo] NOTES. 73

cf. also 5t, I. 15. For the subjunctive immediately dependent on cave

cf. Roby. Grain. §§ 1584, 1608; Kennedy, Gram. § 197; also below, 47,

L8; 17,1. 31.

6 k::---- '- '-. UUusdicta: for hicyyxA to dcnote theone of two pcrsors

wh' time to the speaker, as comp.-ired wiih ilU, the person whois ni - ". in time, see my n. on Arch. § 16. \n fcuta...dicta wehave the contrast between the life of action, the Tpa/rrtKo» /3»oi, which

the Romans rcgarded as the only proper life for a man of rank, and the

literary or cor.icrnplaiive life, the QiwpyfT{.Km /3»oi. The Romans looked

oij all dopartincnts .>f thought and literature as graceful adjuncts to a'

'

ivity, but nolhing more. Cf. n. oa 16, L 19; also on 88, L 29.

7 v; on this form of the imperative, erroneously called the

jii:iit( laijierative, though it differs not a whit in sense from the other

form, see my n. on Cic pro Balbo § 17 ; cf. quaeritote in 14, p. 36, 1. 1-

8 y' V; Cic. loves to separate tam quam ita tantus quantus

by word, from the words they qualify. See my n. onAca ., ..; also cf. 11, L 17; 15, L 14; 17, p. 33, L 1; 23, L9: 53,

I. 6 ; ":,, I. 5.

9 vidcrint sapientcs: 'how far I am right is for the wise men to con-

sider'. The literal rendering of viderint would be 'shall by and hy

consider', viderint being not perfect subjunctive, but future jierfcct in-

dicative. Phrascs like this are carefully treated by Roby (Freface to Vol.

II, p. CVI and § 1593), who has a very full list of examples.

'r enim: Seyffert is right in supplying desidcrio from the pre-

.tence.

I ; ntare: the sense is rather stronger than that of ajfirmare.

1

:

€:cl. n. on 5, 1. 1%.

solacio: this, not solatio, is the rigbt spelling.

ij errore: 'delusion*.

<;:: • iccesiu: for the juxtaposition of ablatives in differcnt constnic-

l;jii:> uliicb secms to usan awkwardness, cf. my n. on pro Balbo § 26.

14 nihil mali ete.: the same opinion is exjx)undcd at length in Tus .

_, Di<|> Ix^.it I (r <'-i'ffially § III nostrum enim et nostm ..ifi^i c.,

k tef e debemus ne nosmet ipsos amar

b' JU<i dolore cruciat, si opinamur eos (,:.

lumui, t .o jittsu in eis malis quibus vol^s^o opinantur. b<

al»} the I : the dcath of Hortciu>ius in lirut. § 5, and Fam. .-,

'')5, 1. 25-

the word is here pointedjy contra«lefl with mali. Thcre

iujMtf.ci, fcauuuiU); abaolulcly Uiuii

' iih my na.

74 DE AMICITIA. [^'i—

§ 11.

\' ^ho wotild say that his destiny has not be<n"loiiuui.': lit. 'ihil hc has not bccn aealt wilh (»>. by the gods orfatcs) splendidly?' Cf. 15, 1. 3. also Academ. 3, 138 quatrtt nostcr

sapieni ut vtrf,:' '. . /

... ,similt quod sit .

ftndtrt legum 1..- -. ;.. .^ •

tsstf qui quam lcvissima fctna ab hae re pubiica disttsstrit; ib. 4, 5. ;

non ptssinu cum tis actum quibiu sim dolort licilum tst morlem cum vu.:

commutart; ib. 4, 5, 1 cogita quem ad modum adhiu /ortuna nobiscum

'S"''^! ^so >b. 4, 14, I ; 9, 14, 4; Acad. 2, 80; Verr. 3, 70; Scst. 51.

t; quod UU minime putabat: 'a thought that be was far from enter>

taining'.

iS optare: rightly used here of a dcsire for the impossible; s-

wouid have inipiicd that the fulfilmcnt of the wish was possible.

carefully drawn the distinction l)ctwccn thc words io a n. on pro L.iniu

S 9, whcrc sce cxaraplcs. Cf. also n. on 1 8, 1. 8.

^uod...esset: an instance of the restrictive or limitative or dcfining

subjunclive, on which sce Kennedy, Grani. § 206, 3; Roby, § 1691.

\() iam: strictly bclongs to habuerunt. The w^ri i= <.f'-n displace<l,

either, as hcre, to add empha.sis to it (which it g ^ put dos'.

\o pturo) or to makc thc sentence or clause more i _

10 puero: for this and other references to Scipio's iife see Introd., p.

17 sq.

adnlescens : this, not adolescetu (which is the partidple of adoUtec), is

the right spelling.

1

1

factus consul: some scholars wish, quite unnecessarily, t :

the word eonsul, on ihc strcngth oi passagcs like Mur. 18

una />etiit et sum ego faclus prior ; dom. 5 1 consulatum ei /cum factus esset... Cf. howcver Cic. Icg. agr. 5, 3 me essc

consulatum ptlitrim, cum primum licitum sit, contul factuj jirt,, <«vi

primum pctierim.

12 antt ttmpus: see Introd. p. 18. Tempus here^the proper or regular

timc = Ktup^.

sibi: a so-called datirw commodi; 'as regards himseir; io 34, 1. 15amicitiis; 18, L 15 sapientu

suo tempore: a man is said to gain oflTice suo tempevt when he is

electcd to thc ofTicc at thc cArlicst age which thc law allows.

sero: bccause the Numantine war had alrcady contimud ciidit vcir»

and had proved disastrous to thc Komans. See Intro<!

duabus: Carthage and Numantia.

( noH modo.,.deleint: 'extinguishcd not only the war^ then ex:

but also thosc which were likely to hapt>en* (i.t. from ihc action •

destroyed citics). It is of cour«e strictly incorrect lo spcak of Mout •omething ia ibc future, but thc incorrectnc» aas % thoi. —

I

NOTES. :porallcls in every language. Deltre bellum for the more usual confui'

ox profti;;'-- '^ - i aUo in Nepos, Alcib. 8, 6. [Mr Shilleto (in Msnote) ap; .^ares Thucyd. 6, 91 kqX 'tLOrftalijm r-fyf rt oCoom koU

rr.y iU\S.v ,» K.Q&i\yftt.\

facillimis: *most afiable'.

de pietate..Mberalitate: it is impossible to give general rules for the

inscrtion or onussion of the preposition in the second and subsequentplaces. If, however, the prcjxjsition had been repeated here before

liberalitate pietate and lonitate each of these qualities would have stood

out wHth greatcr prominence and distinctness; would in fact have beenmore emphasized; cf. n. on 95, L 13.

7 nota iunt vobis : 'you are well acquainted with all this '.

quam...carui: for the separation of these words cf. 10 L 8 quam iJ

rccU.

»8 maerore: the three words dolor maeror and luctus occur in onesontcncc of pro lialbo § 61. I repeat here my n. on that passage:' j\'!cr is - '-''• • •'-- 1 — ' -< expre&>ed by material signs,

in the (1: od by the condition or actioa

of thc su;: j . „ :i his countenance. The fol-

lowing is a s . ge—AtL it, 28, i maerorem minui, dolortm1: : f ••.!{ mc i. ..cm^.

:i...disserere: n. on ^, L ii. I^elius and Scipio are two cf

cutors in the Cato maior, and Cic. strives artfully here to give

oii .1:1 of reality to the conversation he relates in that dialogue.

31 fftn-um et cum : cf. 3, p. 7', I. 3i.

'titem: 'freshness'. For the metaphorical use of the word cT

:i. 6, 304 cruda deo viridisque senectus: Tac. Agr. 19 iuz-enth

(t pt:' iis cruda ac viridis senectus; Verg. Aen. 5, 195 viridis iufenta.

etiam nunc: even in ihe best writers nunc occasionally goes with apo-st tense, as Cic. Verr. 3, 47 quos Cip campos ^: tidis-

sem, hos ita wstatos nunc videbam ut. ..In that;

1 have

been ambiguous after antea, so in n.us /./«; migh: , .-:rcd bythe rcadcr to the time of the :i between Scipio, Cato ai:

'

Laelius; so in I.iv. 3, 19, 8. 1; le motive is merely the desii

lo make •' e vivid, as in Cati. l». G. 7, 63, 6 incerto nunc etia'

exitu ji^' nt; cf. ib. 6, 40,6; Cic. Cat. 1,9; S.illust, lu-

109, 3. /..'i.nniiutn, which some editions have hcre, is a word probably

not u*cd by Cicero.

' >f it as

loc. lame".

wc-

wh^Sci; • >t. Ltiori^i licic laii^tick vtrtus. /-ortufia aiiti :'i/v..

aic : ^>urtant attributcs of tbe Koman general; cf. pro Caibo ^

76 DE AMICITIA. [§ 12—

(of Pompeius) in quo uno ita summafotiuna cum nnttma virtutt terlai

.

ut plus komini quam dtae trilnuretur; F*m. 10, 3, j virtute duee^ tomite

Jortuna.

r. 31.

I'

:: sc. vcl adfortuttam vci ad ^L^ruim.

'..ii scttsum: moriendi is the act or process of dyin}»; mcr!"inu I invc a diffcrent m': ••--•

' rould not he hcr'- -' • • ' - •

Cat. m. 74 scnstts mori, esse potcst, /V ;

seusus attt oplandus aut >. ; Phil. 9, 13 si ./, . in

morte. On Scipios death see introd. p. 18.

1 quo de genere mortis: i.e. death so sudden as his; for the fonn of

exprcssion cf. n. on 4, 1. 15.

3 vere: there is a loose contrast with diffidU dietu cx/, which implies

nihil veri potest dici.

4 eeUberrimos : not 'most famous* but (litera"y) 'most attended bycrowds ', i.e. days on which Scipio was ihe centrc of the popular intercs'

Cf. my n. on Arch. g 4.

5 clarissimum: for the application of elarus to thinjjs, as well .-^

persons, Niigclsbach quotes Div. 1, 85; Att. 6, i, ai clarissimi iut:

iurandi. Notice the emphasis given by thc re|)ctition of diem from '

reduetus est: it was the custom at timcs of cxcitcment for

statesmen to bc escortcd lo thc * ''

' '

ogain by thcir admircrs. Forgenerally uscd, for the e^cort '.. — .,,

where the two words occur togcther, as thcy do m Vai. Max. 1, 1, 9.

(i 17. l Tffnum: with the prcpositions ad, sub, in, ihe accusative oflly uscd and not that o( vespera.

iino: iim}^\y = civitus, tbe burgcsses, as opposed to the

socn and Latini.

7 sociis et Latinis: thesc two words must bc takcn focthcr .n< forming

one mcmber of Uie enumcration, parallcl •• '1

populo Romano. Whcn an cnumcmtion r*

Cicero, exccpt in ci :

thcre are thrce or n

aft.T •'• ' • -- !

rati

thorougliiy discMSMrtl ihis mattcr iti a n. un 1*111. 4, 5<>

cuia I, p. 333 s<j. The practice of most othcr writers

Bgrecs un thc whole with that of Cicero in this ropcct. Ll.

8 tupfrvs.. drof...iftfrr,'>t: the word deot i« pnrpn«rlv n<''

mcl»t.l:

d40i .. .

§ 13] NOTES. 77

§13.

lo nuffr: not quite accurate (cf. n. on «4, 1. 26, also on mo,io in (•.

p. a8, 1- 31). inasmuch as the knowledge of the Greek speculati'-»:.

which denied the sours existence after death had begun to s: r- 1

an»ong the educated classes at Rome long before Scipio's {icith.

The Kpicureans are chiefly, but not soiely, hinted at. Some of the

Peripateiics and also some of the New Academics held or at least some-times advocated the same views.

13 mcrtu{s...iura: the principal 'reverent rites' paid to the dead are

mentioned in Cic. Leg. 3, 55 sq.; cf. especially 57 multa religiosa iura.

Our passage has also mucli resemblance to Tusc. i , 16 sq.

14 si...arbitrarentur: cf. Tusc. i, 11 cacrimonias quas maximis in;^-:niiis

pra/diti mc tanta cura coluissent... nisi haereret in eorum men'ibiis

mortriit tnut interitum esse omnia tolleniem atque delentem seJ quanJamqu : 'U-m. Observe the tense of arbitrarentur and haereret,

ibr m fcclinj wouM require the pluperfect. Cic. realises the

pa^-' t, and so looks on the condition as not

wh Theusageis infact similar tothesubsti-

tution 01 me prc-cr. t (for the sake of vividness) in historica!

narratives. Often - and apodosis contain a vcrb in t!

imrwrf-Tt where we ' '>" i iv,. rt,> t /,• -. Verr. 5, 89; Se-'f'

. it does not averb inthe pl

; :: . while the vcr ;;>erfect, as in C.t.

ui. 19 consilium rati) sentiniLi nisi tssint in sciiUtus, non summumconsilium maiores nostri appellassent senatum. Irregularities of the

aame sort are common in Greek conditional sentences.

eul eos pertin^e: cf. Aristotle, Eth. Nic. i, 10, 3 ioKfi yifi ttnal n ri^

TtffptJrri Kol ca/cdr coi dya&6ti.

15 fuerunt: 'lived'. The foHowers of Pythagoras are meant.

1 6 nunc quidem: * now, I admit' ; for the concessive usc of quidem cf.

IPI'ir ee^f \ Liscum retinet ; cL also n. on 5, L 45; f;

v/ix^/^rflft'<^/»>.' *principle<and maxims'; cf, M.ndv. Fin. 5, 7.

nis: in Cat m. 78 Cic. appeals just as he does here to the

Pytlu^^ureans and to Socrates as authonties for the immortality of tlie

»ouL

18 qui: cf. for the ellip<c !, I. 10 sed de hoc alias.

ncn ' ms dr h~,- r- J-.-rr.i.

1.

78 DE AMJCITIA. [§ 13-selves on not being obliged to support dogniatically anjr set of ricwwhile othere wcrc in bondage to doctrincs, thcy only were fr

to put forward *now this now that'. Cf. Ciccro's Academica /Vr.ffr

but particularly i, 134 lum hoc mihi prohabiliui, tum illud t

a, III modo ho< moiio tllud probabilim videtur ; aUo N. D. i, ^meus moJo hoc modo illud.

19 ut in plerisque: the oblique case of the neuter adj. used as substantiis uuusual whcrc thcrc is not somc word iii ''" .-..i.vt 1,., i...rK ;.>.i.,

the gcndcr. To avoid ambijjuity Cic. gcii

and the like, but occai>ioaalIy lets the ncu <

similium sui.

idem semper, animos ttc.: Cic. is thinking of Socrates .

in the dialogues of Flato, particularly in the Phaedo. Apology, l'hatdi.

and Timaeus. The principal arpuments in favour of the soufs i:

mortality which are put into S ' .njth in the Phac<Io arc manytimes rcproduccd by Ciccro, ai v in Tusc. i, Somn. Sdp. andCato maior. In the words esic ...A redilum •<• ..•^'„,„ *^-,tfre

Cic. rccalls those arguments in favour of the sours ewhich the Platonic Socratcs usually joins with his .. !iC

soufs life aftcr the death of thc botly.

20 ex corpore: uscd for corporibus, since (both in Grcckwhen a numljcr of pcrsons are mcntiuncil and thcn somc oiic ih.

common to thcm all, that thing is oftcn put into thc singiUar, where c

idiom would rcquire the plural. ScytTcrt is, I think, mistakcn in

undcrstanding corpore in the alwlract scnsc of 'the Ixxiy'. Cf. Tusc1, 40 animos, cum e corpore e.vcesscrint ; ib. i, 71 animorum e ,.^> ^•^excedenlium ; Cat. m. 8i ; on the olhcr hand Cat. m. 80dum in corporibus essent mortalibus, vivere, cum excessissent

emori.

21 optimoque...expedUissimum : cf. Tusc. I, 40 sq. ; also Plato>, Phaedo1 14 B. Diog. 8, 31 ; Scn. Suas. 6, 6; Sen. ep. 86, i,

«14.

2j praetagiret : on this word cf. Cic. \k -f

acute est : ex quo sai^ae anus quia mullum sci

canes. /s igitur qui ante sagit quam obiata t,

id est, futura ante scire.

Philus : see Introd. p. 19.

54 M.itiilim : see Introd. p. 19.

<7.., 'ct : observe the singular afler et...et, and cf. Mur. 15 d ftwi:Murctiae et avm praetor/uit; Phil. 11, 17 et Brulus el Co' 114 , tnti.

iam in rebm ittse tibi senatus fuil; Att. 4, 17, 4 et e^ et </.<-»<' w,/iagitabit; also sce bclow. 70. 1. 19 eon/ertur.

aJii plures: cf. Brat. 36 Hyperides tt Aeschir.!){,... !.... •'jue plures.

55 sseruit: ihe discourse is rcprcscnted by Cicero'

5 i-il NOTES. 79

''uMua: •conceming the commonweallh ', i.e. the ideal or

<f commonweakh.

um: this neutcr adj. b used as a noun frequently by Cic.

as iKi ,w, 20, p.341 L 6; Div. 2, 91 and 103, also by Lucr. i, 960, Liv}-,

Tacitus, elc.

fuit Je: 'trcated of*.

animorum: ol)scrve the plural, where we use the singular ('the

soul') in ihe al>»lract sease. Imnwrtalitas animorum also occurs in

Cat. m. 78, Leg. i, 68; aetemitas animorum in Tusc. i, 80.

qii-!'- -•- -^-'-'i- '1"^ last book of the De re publica (comprising the Som-niw ;>sed the immortality of ihe soul, ihe neuter quae

refci - .0 work, but nierely to the cxtremum. Quod wouldhave bccii corrcvi L.ut inelegant. Quae is a sort of explanation o( extn

mum 'thc conclusion, I mcan such matters as'. For the plural relativr

referred to a singular antecedent cf. the not uncommon phrases ex eo

genere quae (Fin. 3, 70) and ex eo numero quiwwh. plural verb (.\rch.

31, where see my n.); also n. on 70, 1. ()ea. The usage is frequcntly

found in Grtt-k, as Plato, Rep. 554 A drtooMpoxoihi acijp, ovi Sij »ca.

iTix-.vtl t6 rX^dot.

-somno, a somewhat poetical usage, but occurring pretty

y in Cicera

visum: here the neut. participle used as noun, not the accus. of

visus, wr. The latter word occurs in Cic. only in one doubtful passage,

viz. N. D. I, la.

A/ricana: sc. maiore.

id si ita est, ut: 'if the truth really is, I mean that'. For the ex-

planatory ut cf. 70, 1. 8; also 15, 1. 18 hoc ita necesse est.

:it morte: *upon dcath'; i.e. immediatcly after death; cf. Lucr.

1 1 aetemas quoniam poenas in morte tiniendumst [i.e. punishmenici>5umg upon or after death).

facillime evolet: cf. reditum expeditissimum above. Volare and it-

compounds ad- in- <•- prcuter- volare, w'' '''

favourite words with Cic. ; sce many exx- i:

1. Evolo implies very rapid and sudden i. , -.. -,-

processus facuSai ut evolare hoh excurrert vidtretur ; Ur. 1, 209; ib.

». 3'7-oiia: cf. Rcp. 6, 14 ei vimtnt qui e corporuin viiulis

e carcere evolaverunt; Tasc t, 75 cum illuc ex his vinclnciiiiii jcremur, minus lardabitur cursus aninwrum; so ib. i, iis,

De Or. j, 12.

rrr- e: thcfbrm -<• •* = - - ':'"•'-• --..- -

L -3 :ir etc. (wi!

/esl: nii ttc).

in I. r passagcs in the «pccchcs ot Cic. i do nthji. . II censemus once occurs. Cf. Fin. 5, ;o qu,

enim arajrfm j,'u li iinsclis fuitse in Archimedet

muurere.. eventu: for ihc constr. cC Tusc. t, 30 nemc .u

8o DE AMICITIA. [§ 14—imommoth. If the ablative follows on doUo, mafree, the occurrenceis regardcd as ihe occasion for ihc exprcvsion of the sorrn»- • \( thcaccusativc, thcn as thc oliject of thc cinotion. Evcntti l s

in Vcrg. Acn. 11, 758 diuis txemplum rvintumqtu ucuti, ... mLivy and Cacsar.

31 sin...veripra: the omtssion of the verb (here sunt) i> t ii.n. n «irhCiccro in short emphatic clauses, especially whcn thc pronoun ».'

or hie forms part of the clause. Cf. Acad. a, 86 iam illa praetlaraN. D. I, 20 iam illa palmaria (.so Bait. rightly rcads) ; ^ ' - ^

si {sc. taces), qtiia obscura, eoneedo ; Fani. 5, lo, lo .(

sij^ia ; N. D. i, 15 W ha/c vestra ; Fam. 11, j, j W /i<;

tV/W «0« ferenJum ; also Lael. lo, p. 34, I. 6 heliusrum hoeextremum; 78, 1. ao; 19, 1. 14. For theconstr. vericrauici. n.

p. 44. 1- 5-

,: illa:= haie oi il,\. 10.

r. 32.

"risu eniin amisso etc. : the idea is followcd out in Tusc. t, 87 sq.

letaiitur: ' will exult' ; laetari is stronger than gaueUre.

% 15.

CUiii i.,ii...rtt uiiil iij-iur;!- f.U : U. On II, 1. l6.

5 fuerat: not put iot fuisset, and thcrefore not to be compared withIloracc'» me tnincus ///:-'••- ' -. • .. - -- i .1.- 11 -ih .

plupcrfcct stands hcrc wl; \

have l>ccn morc usual ; y.

in our cyes more reasonabie to cxpcct '. i he sui»titution is

common in I..itin rome»Iy, as Plaut. Trin. itg ri rri rf-rmmfuei.. Terent. Adclph. 685itis n in lM.-»ut. and Tcr.Obscni: iu.u uiL n .11 MiKject Ko fuerat isthc \viim<

de vila, and that in vitam must be supplicd after //.

fi/a bclow. [Fin. 3, ii<; rrti/ acquius; lusc. :, i:. ]

7 videar: se. mihi ifse videar ; so io L 16.

8 quocum : n. on i, L 17.

publiea re: uses like this shew that the phrase res puhHca reprf

to the Romans two words, and not one compound word. Cf. 1

I, 9, \i res ipsa puhlica ; ib. 1, 8, 4 rei totius publuae ; 64, L 15 r.

que puhlica ; res priveUae and res puhlica arc oftcn cuntrastcd as in .A','

9< 7t 5 ; ib. I, 18, I. Cf. n. on 41, I.

9 quoeum...communis: 'with whov i ommon honvscrvcd a common scrvice'. For i' ".' worJs i

n. on 8, L ai eum summi viritum ar. § 100.

in quo...amicitia*: 'whcrein lies ihc wiioic csscncc ol friendship'

Cf. 9», p. 56, L 31.

10 voluHtatum...consmsio: *the fullest «grecment in policy, taste, »nopinion'. Tbe word tvluntas in Cic. frc({ucnily mcans imliHOtim .

W>] NOTES. 8i

'. ! .>r thc dcfmition of friendship here given cf- § 91; also

'<!, 11. I4, 15, al.>o n. un 30, p. 34, 1. i.

commtnwravit :=praedUavit, not recordatus est; see my n. on Arch.

339.

fals« pratsertim: briefly pat for praesertim cum falsa sit; cf. Off.

I. 137 deforme est de se ipso praedicare, falsa praesertim; Tusc. 5, 19

f 'riis argumentis tractanda qitaeqiu res est, tanta praesertim; Lael.

:6,'l. 17.

quam quod spero: if the fonner construction had been carried onvre ihould have ! ' spcs fore etc. The change, however, is of

a sort comnion >, as Fin. 3, 25 sapicntia enim et animimai^nitudinem <.. et iustitiam, et ut oninia quae hominia^itJai:! mfra se esse tudicet.

li co ritthi ma^s: for the separation of «» from magis c£ n. on 10, 1. 8ruam id recte; for ihe phrase eo magis cf. 7, L 16.

fit cordi: for a fuU discussion of the predicative dative and a list

of cxx. sce Roby's Gram., Fref. to Vol. 1. The name 'predicative*

-fciTi^ Hri^uitahle hcre, for cordi is the one dative on the list wiih regard

e substitution of thc nominative (in the predicative sense) is

'.e. Cf. 43, 1. 8 curae; 70, 1. i J honori.

so Fin. I, 65 quod quam maptum sit,ftctae veferum: in quibus tam muitis tamque variis, ab ultima an-

/.-. , ,,. -- V,..-. ...... Ajria reperiuntur, ut ad Orestem

ee pair» are Theseus and Piri-

- and Pylades. The fricndship

ot a luunli (lair (Danion aiiu i'iiiiiiia>, of whom pcrhaps Cic was think-

ing in our pxssagc), is ccicbrated in Oti. 3, 45; Pin. 3, 79.

nominantur: *arc quoted'.

quo in genere: sc. amicitiarum.

16 sperare videor...fore: this clause simply repeats the sense of the wordsamicitiae..fore xa 11. 13, 14. The taulology is illustrated by Scyffcrt,

wl . 'lu. Brut 313 quoniam totum me, non naevo aliquo aut crepundiis,

. iorpore omni viderit velle cognoscere. For videor— miki videor

\u), 1. 3i) see above, 1. 7.

§ 16.

18 i'Ju: itci necesst est: the ita is really not pleonastic in phrases of this

v.rt, tijough oftcn regardcd so by «jditors. The scnsc hcre is isluc

i:< :e est, et eo modo quo tu dicis necesse esse. Cf. Arch. 1 hoc ita dici,

u.:ii niy n. A numl>cr of similar passagcs are quotcd by Madvig onFin. 3, 17. So in Plato, Pbilcbus 30 l» ivuh^ rovO' ourwt drtt.

19 sumtif cfififi : the «ime rra^on for Xhr di«iCour«;c is ^vcn in Fin. 1, 14

I and II and alto of Fin. i: 3. 1. 6. In Acad. 3, 6

«ays restat ut eis r. n^bus eius modi nolint

fL 6

8a DE AMICITIA. {% i6—

perionai tam gravis illi^ri. Quasi vnv clarortim vironim aut tatit

ctmgresnts esse oporleat aut ludicros sermcnes aut rerum coUoquia levioruti:

pergratum mihi feceris si etc: cf. Att. r, ?o, 7 per miki, fer, in

quam, gratum feceris si in hoc tam diligensfueris quam totet.

20 sf<ero item Scarvolae : cf. 7, 1. 14 creJo ex hoc item SeoivoicL

31 solcs: sc. rcspondere.

cctcris: cf. n. on 7, 1. 9 rcliqua.

eum cx te quaeruntur: for rcading see Apptndix. For the [ -

auitcruntur put in the place of thc impcrsonal quaeritur sec n. .

1. 32. Trons. 'whcn qucstions couceming thcm arc put to you'.

11 disputaris : cf. n. on 1, L 6.

qualem existimcs, quae prcucepta des: these two clauses are explana-tory oiquid. Taking with them the words de amiciHa quid sentias thc•whole may be translatcd, 'your opinion ' ihcory aii i

practicc of fricndship'. In cc. V—vil, 1 to quaUrcxistimcs, Lachus givcs his vicw of the nali,,^ ...... ..,,„...,1-/1 of frieni

ship; in cc XI—XXVI he lays down prcutical nilcs and maxims couccming it.

11 mihi vcro : this form of emphatic assent is common in CiccTo*sdialogues; e.g. Acadcmica i, 14; ib. 35 ; ib. 41.

id ipsum tccum agere: 'to make the same request of \

1. 4 cum enim saepe mccum ageres.

^4 antcvertit: lit. 'tumed in front', or 'thrust in front', i.e. his requestor his specch. Hcre trans. 'anticipatcd me'.

5 gratum admodum:—pergrcUum of 1. 19.

§ 17.

36 non gravar. .'.1 raisc no objcction'; *" n.ir.n» f^r^ ^t-iito

g7\2-,\:ri i ocpit quoJ. .

.

37 pracclara rcs : cf. 4, 1. 5 digna mihi res visa c:.

38 quis ego sum aut... : for the almost tautological form of the quc^tinn

cf. Acad. 3, 32 nec vero satis constituere possum auod sit eorum cjti-

silium aut quid sibi velint ; Nepos, Dat. 0, 6 cum quid agerctur aut (fuare fieret ignorarent. For the scnsc, cf. Fam. 9, 18,

ipsa illa st qucufuit in me facultas orationis ; Arch. t^ortUio etfacuUa^"rhc yiord facultas implics readincss acquircd by praetite.

doetorum: hcre y"< by professioD u ia 11» 1. 13; cf. thc

words bclow, eis qui tur,

39 caque : X.niirk ri^^hJy : t Graecorum b • •oV' \

not imrcly .tii ri.itlut <il thcrwisc Cic. would !

eorunique iux eaque. / a.

ut eis...sul'ito: tli •d first to the «ophisls and rhet-

w/^^ 83

tm^liaiium. diii ns, nisi hoc institutum fosiea transla-

ium ad t! esset ; Dc Or. i, lOj quid? mihi nunc vos

tamquam c. ioso et loqttaci et fortasse docto atque erudito

quaestiunculam Jc qua nuo arbitratu loquar, poniiis ; so ib. 3, 137.

j quamvis tubito : 'however suddenly';= /;fl»i j«^//<7 yi«iw w.wu^um opus est: so in De Or. i, 103 Cicero sa^-s of Gorgias/Vr-

md^Hum quidem suscifere ac projitcri videbatur. For magnum opus - a

great task, cf. Academ. 1, m ; Tusc. 3, 79 and 84; Orat. 75.

31 quae disputari de amicitia possunt: this refers to Fannius' words'

:' f-utaris. There is a contrast lietween dis-

;s at first declares himself unable to give

.. -.^..v. .^ .>., , .... ., ....a.1 discu.ssion of friendship; he can only give

some practical directions conceming it.

31 censeo pctatis : censeo is wrongly explained by most editors (as

Sej-ffert, Lahmeyer, Nauck) to be parenthetic, petatis being supposed to

be a subjunctive used in the hortative sensc. Pctatis, however, is

directly dependent on censeo, ut being suppressed, as it often is with

curo, cazeo, sinere, hortari, and many other verbs ; cf. also n. on lo, 1. 4cave; 47, 1.8 netesse. Sometimes the ut is inserte».!, as in C" V '".

I, 67, 1; Cic Phil. 3, 37.

P. SS.

r c'' '^natis etc: for the sense cf. § 104.

»;../. est enim : note enim, third word in the clause; had it stood

second est would not have been so emphatic. Cf. 50, 1. 7.

tam naturae aplum : for the separation of tam from aptum cf. n. on

10, 1. 8 quam id recte. The phrases naturae aptus, ad naturam aptus

are common in Cic. (as Fin. 4, 46; Off. i, 100) and arc of Stoic origin.

Thc Stoics defined virtue as being rp ^von ofioXoyovfiivtin f^K (naturae

coHvenienter vivere). Cf. below 19, L ai naturam optimam bene vivendi

ducem.

1 vel secundas vel adverscu : so Cic. says of litcrature (Arch. 16) ucun-das rts omant, adversis ferfugium ac solacium praebent.

818-

nisi tm htmit: 'except in the case of good men*. Cf. 65, p. 49,'

' boHos corrcsponds to 1« bonis here.

'.• 'nor do I probc the question to its roots*. i.e. the

qiir ;i mh wh' t.^cr only good mcn can Ix: fricnds. Th- '^- - '•^d de-

cbre<l that only pcrfcct men (sapientes, «(ypol or <rToi since

„lionc but the ao^x is ffrovioioi) could l)e friends. .S" it. r.

ri4 rifr 0<XiaF iw (t6imn rott rwovicdoit (Ireu Xiyovai, and Ai

lic 8 and 9 prirrim : also Socrates in Xen. Mcm. i, 6, 70. i

't'i rally 'to cut back to thc quick ', is herc idcuucal in

t/ius disserere that follow», and with thc subtilius

'ftuerere 01 7, 1. 10.

6—

a

84 DE AMICITIA. [§ i8—

5 ud eul eommuntm utililattm parum : sc. disserunt ; 'bat scarcely soas lo promote (lit, in thc direction of) ihe gencral good'.

6 sit ita sant: this is a common formula atf^t conctdtniis. SoAcadcm. a, 84 ne sit sant ; ib. a, 105 sint falsa sant.

7 tam safientiam inltrpretantur : se. tsst (cf. 50, 1. »5: ft^, 1. :.

bclow, l. 11); *ihey undcrstand wisdom to be a thinR which...' ; tu

is by atlractioD for id; for similar attractions of gender see n. on tc

1. 10.

8 nemo: cf. 7, L 9 and 9, p. 99, I. 3.^. The leading Greek Stoic p)i

losophers hardly evcr vent :- ' - * any actual penMi M havir,:

attained to wisdom. I\> ;, 94) seems to have all v. 1

that Socrates, Diogenes, ;. . . , had made siomr advm ; ,-

wards it. Seneca allows Cato thc youngcr to havc bt-

ta qucu...tlc.: 'such things as form part of the c^,

of all; not such as are objects of imagination or asptration'.

losopher who propounds wild theories is often said oy Cicrrocf. Acad. 3, lai somnia Dcmocriti non docentis ud •

30 oftart hoc quidcm tst non docert ; N. D. i, 19 r

inventa; l^g. agr. t, i cogitata safientium an optaia junoiorum . \

n. on II, 1. 18.

10 C.Fabricium: C. Fa}-"-- ' -- '•- -"- --

'--^' -

ccnsor in 275 B.c, commintegrity. One of Pyrrhu-cius to |>oison the king; Kabricius mcrely sent to inform ihe king tii

there wos a plot against his life.

Jtf\ Curium: M'. Curius Dentatas, consul in »90 B.C., conquer'

thc Samnites in the third Samnite war (cf. Cat. m. 55) and al

commanded against Pyrrhus.

1

1

Ti. Coruncanium : the close friend of Dentattis (iee 39^ L '7) •

commanded wi;' linst the Etruscans in a8i B.C; in Cat.

m. 37 hc is II of tbosc qmrum ttsqut ad txtrtmumspiritum «//; ^ .,,.,. ^ ,,..,,,..,,;.

iudicabant: tsst omitted as with inierfrttasttur in 1. 7.

12 ncrniam: 'standard*.

j;,'; haheant: d. the formal expression used by a Roman husband 1

ilivorting his wife

—

luas rts tihi kabtto.

\}, t /fz7'</wMin r/<>^i<-Mrum; 'arrogant and uninteUigi'

thv

§ i9l NOTES. 85

/; a diithta eotnmodi—^^ar the benefit of ihc wisc man', or

:.s the wbe mau'. CC 11, !• 12.

§19.

a^mus etc. : Met us proceed then with our gross wits, as says the

proverb'. Another form of the proverb is crassa Minerva; cf. also invita

Minerva. Mimrfa in these phrases stands for *wits' or 'intellect'.

The expressions ut aiunt (ii, 1. 30), quod aiunl, or aiunt simply (Hor.

Sat a, a, 64), also id quod aiunt (Terent. Phorm. 506) and ut dicitur

(Lael. 97, p. 5>S 1- 3. and 'O'. J- 3°) 1*"^ dicitur (67, 1. ai) are often

insertcd parentheticaily {Hke ro Xtyofifyov) to indicale a proverb.

1 7 fide%...liberalitas : these words must be taken in two pairs with a pause

{y.{\v— '^ '' ••>'< '' '' •^("'••r i/i.v '/;/,7a- I, in nrc(ir;iance wiih a fa.shion ex-

cee^; '. loyalty and upright-

nesv. iralitas, reasonableness

an<i Cf. Scsl. i cos qta oinnia diiina et humana violarint

Trr irint everterint, where the words violarint vexarint go' ' ' last two words refer to humana.

.or's n. on Phil. 3, 89. To them

.. , , ..,.., >h is probably not an instance of

cllmax, as is c poscd.

cupiditcis /..... .<J. 'passion, caprice, temerity'. Cic. gene-

rally {e.^. Tusc i, 10) translates iriQvtila. by mpiditcts or cupiditates.

Hc ahvays u>es audacia in a bad sense; cf. De invent. i, 165 audacia...

7 :/:itr! ,-jt. Its usc in a good sense is very rare in other authors.

iS io>! itntia : 'strength of character'; cf. n. on 8, 1. 29.

ij ut: = quaJes; so in 5, 1. 23 sic enim est halritus, sic-=talis.

. .'V diam : cf. Cat. m. JO ut sunt, sic eiiam nominantur senes.

m ducem : cf. n. on 17, p. 33, 1. i. The sentiment isan echom. The Stoics all said that the true hfe was life according to

itAlaie, but they were not agreed as to the mcaning of the word naturc.

Some took it to mean the natural constitution of man : others the con-

I\

stif..' ' ' ' < ' . ' \,^^ thg ^.i^,.

I dr> • cf Arch.' mti.:.. - j Jjctrina et !

ipsius h per se ipsos et motiercUos et graz>is < 1

/itteor ; 1 ' sa.-f-iiis ad laudem atque virtutem ti,: .

sine docl' ' doctrinam.

'ir-- ..e of an object to/wjr/iVw, such a

%/fyyr: a modest way of sa.yiog perjptao; cf. De Or

II tcic tni'11 hjc . ciurtts; so above, I5i !• 7 and 1. 16.

ita.ut: 'undcr .. a, that...'; so i, L 4; Tusc. 3, 59 m /<.,

u.ttos ut....

it: ihis ii the doctrine of Aristotle in hit Politics {^vu Mfij. ii<n'), which Cioero repcftU «nd expands is « hundit

86 DE AMJCITIA. [§ 19—passages. Cf. especially OfT. i, 50 and 51, whcrc thc (lifTcrcnt rratlc^

of social union arc set forth as hcre; also Acad. i, : .:. i

61 ; Fin. 3, 66 and 5, 66.

ut quisqtu proxime aecfderet: u. nobii, not or ad not (all lliree con-structiuns l>cing found with proximf arffHrrf jn f 'ircro). Cf. Off. i, 50optinu societas liominum cct: ue eril con-

iunctissitnut, ita in eum i also for u:

quisoue Verr. i, i, 19; 4, i.,j, ^.... i, ;..- , ...... .^.«.,, a6, L a» ;

«9. l- 3«; 46. 1- 30-

^\ cives etc: •fcllow-countrymen are prcferablc to foreigner»'. Forthe omission of sunt cf. 14, 1. 31 sin tila veriora,

alieni: 'strangers', whcthcr of our own or any other country.

Ol)servc that alienus is never used in good Latin wilh the sense of thc

English 'alicn'.

natura ipsa: i.e. nature and nafure only; her effort'

seconded by those of men. Cf. Arch. 31 naturae ipsius /. ' ., 1

and 51,1. 17 amor ipse.

76 ea: sc, amieitui, not natura; illa would have been clearer and morcusual.

hoe: =-hcure: 'herein'; cf. 23, 1. 4.

7 propinquitati: 'relationship', jncluding thc relalionship of citiien

to citizen as well as that of the mcmbers of a family one to another.

^ «0« potest: observe that I.atin idiom requircs the rcpeiition r>f•'

vcrb potfst in the netjative cl.iusc, whcre Enjjlish idiom would 011

[So also whcn tli ''

'.

' -

eam Ciipiunt.\

147 otnnium tj:.:.^ ......,

radices stirpesque non ilem; but non cotiid not stand wriiboat Oem; cf.

6j, 1. «7 ; 73. 1- 5-

>propinquitatis: for the omitted adversative partide \fed or the like)

cf. n. on 5, 1. a j.

J20.

30 maxime: this qualifics hoc, not intellct^i.

3 1 ex infinita elc. : ' starting from that undcfincd union of manonly nature has knit tojjcthcr, the institutinn ! is l.<(n so t :

and confmcd within narrow limits, that all a' bond coonecungeithcr two individuals or at lcast a small nun.

3J res: as in 17, p. 31, 1. 17, and 4. 1. 6.

angustum: adjcctive for noun, like extremHm, abc >, andbclow, p. 34, L 6.

33 duos: so rifjht, not duo. Sec Appendix.

r/•: rc (;'^'cn are »0 ri,i;u-u;t 01 fulfil-

mc: ' caritoj (as above inter duM autpuui-

I

§ 2o] XOTES, 87

'.• in 15, L 10 it is said that the whole pith {omnis- in the consensio voluntatum studiorum sentfitti-

criim. I- '

' -ccls towards which the 7'^/««/rt/fj,

studia an i are so dcscribed as to inciude all

things in ; i>ion of all things info res divinae

and res humanae belongcd to e%'er}'day talk and has no reference what-

ever to any philosophical system, as SeyfTert tries to make out. Cfthe title of Varro*s greatest work, Antu/uitates rerum humanarum et

divinarum. For the genitive rerum after consensio= de rebus cf. Roby§ i.V;' ' •> § '63 B, also 86, 1. 19; 37, 1. 10; 34, 1. II.—Comparewiih tion of friendship the following: Aristotle, Rhet. 1, 4/(TTa' '.-, : - ^. .-.Ip Td ^ovXfoSai Twi d oUtox dyaOd, iKtiyov tvtKa, d\X4 nr\

auTov xai Td «ara 81*0^*»' rpaKTiKOif tlvai toi/twt. (Cf. Eth. Nic i, 7, 13.)

Cic In%'ent. 1, 166 amicitia, voiuntcu erga aliquem rerum bcnarum illius

ifsiut causa qu^m diligit cum eius pari voluntate; Planc. 5 vetus est lex

tlla iustae veraeque amicitiae ut idem amici umper velint, nec est ullum'

'as comiliorum et : '

iiolle, ea dcmun::_ : ^. s and 9, nor in 1 ._ - _

1 \ -;>, i^ any very exact definition of friendship attempted.

2 lc>u~-clentia et caritate: 'kindliness and affection'. These wordsare oftea thus joined, as in Sest. 6; Phil. 1, 107 and iii; Off. i, 54.

Cf. 31, 1. 19 benez-clentiae caritatem. OI>ser^-e that the words cum bene-

tKilentia et caritate qlialify consensio; cf. 3, 1. 10 sermoium de amicitia;

66, l. 11 in omni re severitas ; 51,1. 15; 61, 1. 15.

3 •//; in Cic. and the best writers this phrase is affirmative,

iii !)iy'; in later writers negative, with the sense 'pro-

l>aiii> u )L . Cic never uses after haud scij an either quisquam or

ullus, but always some negative phrase ; cf. 51, L 23.

f^..t.i, ,,/....<., .<',i.,fff. (.f_ piato, Timaeus 47 B ^i\o<To<t>lat fivoi,

Ov i- r oud' rj^n vori Tif $yrfT(^ yivti iii)pi}$iv Ik

9t^i

,

nis in his translation, at the end of the frag

ment of it which is prcscrved : quo bono nutlum optabilius nullum prcu-

staniius tuque datum est mortalium generi deorum concessu atque muneren^u^ dabitur. Cic. frequently imitates the passage, as below, 47, p. 43,U. a, 3: Academica 1, 7; Tusc. i, 64; Leg. i, 58.

divUiAt alii etc. : cf. closely § 86.

itlmasmm: 10 ri^^htly written, not belluarum.

f '. f. n. on 14, \. 31. ex! ' re

= ' T summum bonum. ! :c

i iii» jMi..jv\ers who pecudis et kvminii lucin

.6). Cf. 3J, 1. 14.

;<'.'.. ..cting uid unstable'; cf. pro dom. \^,f» eitdtua

ici! t katc tsst duxi, nvn virtutis sedjortunat munera.

; :. n. on 7, L 13.

9 prariJaiy /.// quuifn : s../uiunt. Cf. Academ. 1, 94 ti kabes quc

liqucat neque reipvnJes, supcrl^e, tc. facit (sach is tb'- mss ri-adiii ;,

wbich 11U17 be hght, though editon change it).

88 DE AMIC/TIA. [§ ao—10 gtj^tit (t eontitut : 'produces and upholds'; cf. loo, 1. lo virtm et

condhat amititias et conservat.

nec sine virttite etc. : cf. 1 8, 1. 3 nisi in bonis amicitiam esse non fvsse.This matter is touched on by Aristotle Eth. Nic 8, i, 7 rirtpo^ iw wSurilitnTai f) <fn\ia 7} ovx ol6f re fioxOripoin orrat ^iXovt el«u ; cf. 8, 1, 6 6q.

1 1 esse : emphatic ; trans. ' exist '.

§21.

iam .- = '10 proceed ', as often.

eotistutudint sermonis: cf. Vcrr. 4, 109 eotiJiana iicendi conttutu-dine.

I j nec eam...metiamur: SeyfTert rightly says that this claase is not in-

tended to contrast strongly with the first part of the sentence, otherwiscncn would havc bccn written for nec and eam omitted. The (^lause is

really explanatory = /w/i ttutientes. For th? con-truction o( me/iri cf. n.

on 97, L 7, and for the expression fttT),- 1 Aristot. Eth. Nic. 8,

14, 10.

13 doc/i: cf. 17, p. 31, 1. 28 doctoriim.

mapiificentia : cf. Plato Symp. 110 D KQ>ioin\irfw% leal fieya\owpt-T«r». So mapiificum in 32, I. i.-.

viros bonos : cf. 18, L 6.

1 4 Paulos etc. : the plural in thc scnsc of ' men like P.

'

-

Paulos, cf. § 9; for Gallus §§ 9 and 10 ; for Philii* ^ 14.

omnino nusquam reperiuntur : cf. 9.

§ 32.

I 7 opportunitates : the word opportunitas is ' opportuneness * rather than

• {ucntiy tlian any utlicr autiiur.

^ vix aueo: Cic. always says ' ",

'

though he uscs othcr parts of ilic vcrb m^ui \

afhrmativc clau.«c cf. 71, I. )6.

principio: ' to l>cgin with '.

vita xntalis : it is not known to what work of Ennius the auotation

bclongs. Thc words are an imitation of piot (iiurit. In his ownstyle. Cic would have writtcn vita fotest esse ulla ; cf. 86, \. 33 vitamesu Hullam— piof tlrai A^ivrow.

Juae...conauiescit: ' which does not find peace in an interchange of

ness witn a friend'. Cf. Aristot. Eth. Nic. 9. 9, 3 iroroir bi

toui Kol rb nofuirrir wonir r6r ^iacaptof' oii^tit yip fXotr' dr ratf'

ai/rir ri «our' Ax*«»' aya$a : Sen. hen. 3, 1 ), 7.

70 fuid dulfius : thc omission both of enim and esi giret ao abruptemphasis to the qucstion; alsos^. I. 10 : ?o. i>. i^*. I. ; ; ao. n. 4"- 1. o ;

3«, 1. I a ; 99, 1. 33. CC n. 00 I :

§ 22] NOTES. 89

racum: cf. n. on », L 17. For the sense of this passage Seyffert

compares Sencca de Tranquill. animi c 7 quiintum bonum est

uhi sunt ' .'.'ra in qucu tuto secretum omnt deseenJnf.

quorum c us quam tuam timeas, quorum sermo sollu

tudinem i^-. .; ^jnsilium expediat, hilaritas tristitiam dissi/a,

(onspectus ipse deleetet ; Plin. Ep. 5, i, n.

i\ qui esset etc. : lit. 'what sort of enjoyment of such importance?*

Qttis would have meant merely ' what enjoj-mcnt?' (Ct n. on p-cmis

aiiqui casus in 84, 1. 11.) As Seyffert points out, tantus is here only

a rhetorical variation for mapius, and as tantus implies quantus tht;

u really an ellipse. For the context cf. Aristot. Eth. Nic. 9, 9 througl.

ont, esp. § a «far* ^iip y\ rapovcla aOrr] twp 4>i\(i)t> ijSfta «a2 ir ra

tCrvxlais koI ari-xian" Kw^forro* yap ol Xvrovfuyo^ an-aXyoi/Wwi' tu.

if>i\(.nf.

i cetircu: cf. n. on 7, !. 9 reliqua.

' which are objects of desire'. Cic. common!u^i^- ••.''( to represent the Greek alpttr, alptrd., whi.

art- . ...1 ..ommon to all the later Greck philosophical schooi -.

Ai)

.

1 forms part of the summum bonum '\salpvrbv. Cf. 46,

1. : ,f/ 80, 1. 3, expdita; 31, l. 13.

ituu etc: 'are suited, for the most part, each of them to

i ; riches, that you may enjoy them ; influence, ihat you may Lc

, eU.\

iJo:=\\m the bona v. of 20, 1. 5 ; cf. n. on 8, 1. 35.

rmicitia: for the omis&ion o{ autem or some such word (adversative

.. .;ideton) cf. 5, l. 15; 13, L 16 ; 49, L 3».

jy loco: obscrve the simple ablative with excluditur. Nullo loco m^,,..,..... »,,,-.. ,„ n.i. ...^i.; ,1 c....... -."livalent to \\\:>.\.oi nusquam. Tl

ise makes this probable, and ti

.. locis bclow, multis locis in 47,

Ip.

43, \. 4 ; hoc ioio in 67, L 16.

intemfiestiva: ' out of season '.

ut aiunt: n. on 19», L 15. Fire and water were fi.xed upon as the

fir»t necessaries of life in the aqua et iipti interdictio, whicTi was equi-

valcnt lo a scntcnce of exile. Cf. Off. 1, i,i ex quo sunt illa commun.

(officia); non prohibtre aqua profluente; pati ab igne igtum capn

/> qui velit.

qua£ tamets a sidclonc protcst against the theory (§ iS)

that oi»ly ihe (Toy«» ucjc (..ip.iblc of mendsihip.

' dclectat et prodest: so Horat. A. P. 333 aut prodtsu volu>.

PlidtUclare poetat.

vera et perfecta: 'pure and faultless'; the riKAa, ^tX/a of Aristot

(Eth. Nic. .\ (5, 1) aI»o i» u>f iXijtfwt «^\la (ib. 8, 5, 3) and dXi;^»}» ^.V

in Flato, Ly!.i» 114 u; cf. vera amicitiaya. 33, L 6; 58, L 16.

jj pauci: cf. | 15.

90 DE AMlcrrr i[§ "—

P. 38.

I secunJ<u...advtrsas: so 17, p. .',7,, I. i; 11, p. 34, II. 5i, :

3 f\2rli(ns communicaMsaue: thc two participics diflTcr vtry li-tlc in

iiHaimv^— no more widcly than 'dividing' and 'sharing' in Knj^lish.

lii parUcns thc notion of mcrc divi&ioa is morc promincnt, io com-municans thc notion of comradcsbip or partacrship; cf. 34, L 33 in

pcriculis communicandis,

S 23.

3 commotiitates: very little difTcrcnt in sensc from21, 1. 17. Of^portunitas exprcsses rathcr the idca cil

propriatencss, commodUas rather the chiuacteristlc of iuefuia<:»6 as aoordmary fact.

<um contineat...tum fraestat: the normal construction with eum...tum is for both clauses to have the samc verb or for the verbs (;l

diffcrent) in both clauscs to be in thc same mood and tcnsc. Tlic

rcason for thc variation here is the dcsire to point out that ihe fact

contained in the clause cum...contincat is one which h-"' '-'" -<!•.. iv

mcntioncd and disposcd of. ' Secing that fricndship fur

and important advantagcs...'. Contmct would have bcci. ...thc fact now bccn mcntioned for thc first time.

4 iUa...praestat omnibus: I take illa as ablative {se. eommoditate), cnm-paring 19, 1. 36 hoc praestat, and make omnibus ncutcr= omnJ^ts r

the verbs ^rarj/a/ and praelucet havinj» thus the same subjcct amMany cditors, in or 1 r • > • •

rebus, makc ilia (sc.

= 0. commo.iitatibus, v._,

,.

ncuter omnibus uscd as substantive, though rarc, is v

N. D. 3, 36 quae quoniam talis est ut et praesit ommres possit impcdire; ib. 3, 133 ratio est enim quae praciUt owmius

;

De fato 14 non valere videtur in omnihus ; Liv. 1, ^t^jormatis omnihu

:

3, 33 omissis omnibus; cf. also n. on 50, L 7 simiiium.

spem prcuiutet: the vcrb praelucere \% rare evcn in poetry and vervrare in prosc. Thc transitivc use ('holds up the light ' ' '

may pcrhaps be allowcd hcrc, though the only pas.«ages

i( by thc cditors and lcxica arc Auson. Idyll. 4, 95 (/». /.

1'lauL Casina i, 30 (p. faeem). Tlin. Nat. Ilist. 31, I4I h.i

Ifaculum, i.e. 'scts on firc'. TTic on!y othcr pnvi.igc I havc i

Amm. Marc 18, 6, 15/. y. ,5 prcubHxre tuncnumaiieui.]

i.iere: cf. the phrasc ca<fcr( a>nnu\

rum amicum: so 54, L 1 1 the word rems is to 1 a lctw

strict Mrnsc than in 33, p. 34, I. 33 vcra amicitia,

exemflar aliquod: ScyflTert well quotes ihc JAr^c

uaw€p oror $f\ufup atTxU aiTvr rh - '

'''

ittfiXit^mt tliotitp, ittolm KcU orou-

tlt rir pl\op /M^cf ypuipltaifttP dir l^ . ,_, _. , _,

iy^. Cf. also 80. L 8.

§24]

absmta adsuni ttc.

NOTES. 91

i

7 atfsmta aasunt ac: for the intended contradiction in tenns (oxy-

moron; d. n. on 85, 1. 16) cf. MiL 97 ghriam: esse hanc unam quae

^teret ut absentes adessemus, mortui viveremus, where edd. quc.e ihe

epignun of Siinonidcs on the heroes of Thennopylae—ovSJ TtOfo.ai.

tfowrret, ixti c<f> a.p*7~ii KadCnrtpdt Kvdairovc iydyti SiOnaTtn i^ 'AiScu.

egentes abundant etc.: St Paul, Corinth. 1, 6, 10 'as havint;

nothing, and yet possessing all things'; ib. 5. 9 'as dying and behoid,

wc Ilvc'.

ius dictu: 'a harder saying'. The Latin like the Engli '

- strictly inaccurate, since the statement is not hard to mak<,

.

but liard to bclieve. Ct Mark 2, 9 'whether is it easier to say to the

sick of the palsy...' Cic. often has incredibiU dictu; cf. Liv. 3, 5, n•..ifidem est affirmare,

,, ..,- eos kcnos: for the separation of tantus from honos c£ n. on

qujin iJ recte in 10, 1. 8.

10 ex quo: the antecedent to quo is not dtsiderium, but the whole

preceding clause; thus ex quo = ex qua re.

beata mors...vita laudabilis: note the ehiasmus (inversion of the

order of the words in i>arallel phrases) for which cf. 5, 1. 32; 47, 1. n ;

65, p. 49. 1. i; 70. l-'i; 57. 1- 7-

1

1

laudabilis: ' worthy of praise ' ; because the survivors do well in

rcmembering their friends.

rerttm nalura: 'the constitution of things', i.e. the universe.

13 benc:\?Ientiae coniunctienem: ' the bond of goodwill' ; benevolentia,

the " -^,i M.i^d and weakcr form of affection, is here contrasted with

am 1 4, its more concentrated and intense form. Bencvolcnt. .

hci' -S oM^roia in Elh. Nic. 9, c. 6.

13 nt...quidem: 'no, nor'; simply a stronger «^f.

id: explained by the clause quanta...sit.

minus: beie (and often) scarcely difierent in sensc from non.

vis amiciticu: cf. 15, L 10.

percifi: a strongcr word than intellegitur ya&i befor

quac enim ' '-'' '--"•-:;, lug. 10, 6 co>u,',ui.i j„,.uc ns

eresiunt, dise, ur ; Matthew la, 25 taaa, wi\ii

^ of.ia ii./.i(7i"'

.

•'jcrfrtt*.

16 . nol dissidiis. Most scholan now agrce

ul'. .//» to be a Latin word.

8 24

i.v^iuce a statr-

,iw.„. .«< B,c.). Cicero>: ao acquaintaii

92 DE AMICITIA. [§24

valicinatum : * sang in insptred strain '. The vaUs is dhfitu quodampiritu inflatui (Arch. § 19); cf. also vaiicini/urorts in Ov. M"' -• '^'.'^

i \!:.,tnari is soinctimcs uscd by Cic. in a bad scn&c— to taU.

t.. irivcl, as in K.-im. 2, c^, 6. Thc grcat philosophical pr«

j>r.l kIcs, w€pl ^Ootun, thc tille of which is horrowet! '

.-. lor

Ins ["-K-m 'De rcrum natura', and which he grc.itly iin incil

r '..it seemcd to sober-mindc<l rcaders to i

:, 14 isti excLimant ntente incitati, Em, ,,,,,.i furere liJeatur ; also Liicr. i, 'i~ "•

(Uiiii pectoris eius voci/cntntur. As the wordiii. .uis *to prophesy', thcre may l)e a rcfcrcnce to

duclcs claimed to posscss prophetic and magic poweri».

20 totojue mundo: this is merely explanatory of rtrum tuUura, whichh.ts the same meaning. Trans. ' in the coostitutioQ of things and tbe

cnlire universe '.

constarent...discordiam : the passage closcly corresponds with the well-

known lines of Empedocles : koI TaiT' iWiaooirra Siafirepit ovSafiA

Xi77<iIdXXore fiiif ^iXott/ti avvipxofit» tls ly araira

|aXXore 4* aS iix'

lisaffTa <f>op<vfj.fva ptiKtoi ^x^"- whcre ovptpxofnya corresponds with con-

starent herc and ipoptvpitva with movermtur. Kmpedocles heM 'Inr i«<i

firinciplcs were perpctually at war in the universe, one the;

ove or friendship (allraclion) constantly tending to unite tii<

portions of thc four clemcnts, hre, air, earth and water, .so as lo biiii^

tliings into existence, the other the principle of hate or enmity (repul-

sion), tcnding to decompose bodies into thcir constituent parts.

ta: of course the objcct, as amicitiam is the subject, of the verb con'

trahere.

11 hoe: * this principle ', 1. 1. that friendship is a aniting force, hatied

.1 destructive force.

omnes mortates: here= simply emtus hamines. Gcero nerer usa..f _ /...,, ,..;.!. '"'-Mte, though the usageis very com-

I^atin prosc. Caeiar altogether

18, I. 7.

et intc ' nut only understand but approTe bytheir action

53 si quamio aliquod : Cicero, likc the other Latin writer», of^en teems

cipricious in his use of quando and aliquando, quid (qiiod...) and aliquid

{aiifuod...) after si. For si qttanda aliquid (aJiquckl...) cf. Verr. 4, 126;

De Or. I, IJ4. For si quia [quod...) aliquando Cluent. I40; Fam. 9,

17,1. ¥ot si quando '' ! ' :)-, Caes. B. <"

Suct. Aug. 43. For ido Acad.

67; S"' '; Tt is L :ie words V

used are more c forms ; t!

bowt ; alwaysbc^ir Cf- 47, p.

exstitit: * bas been displaycd '. Cf. n. on 17, p. 37, I. 6.

.4 admndis: i.e. f-rj am:,i>: in ihc onc case the amicw c

<I.iri^;cr alone, . ! ; in ihc othcr both friend» facc it

lojjcthcr. Thc i . > that in 9, p. 30^ 1. 3 M /iMru.

§ =4] NOTES, 93

»6 M. Paand: Pacuvius, the grcatcst tragic writer in Latin {summus/rajpcus—Cic de opt. gen. dic 7) was born at Brundisium about ajo

and lived till about 130 B.c. Since Pacuvius probably exhibited noncw play aficr his eightieth year (Cic Brut. 129), and Scipio died in

IJ9 B.C., the word nu/icr is very loosely used, as ia 13, I. 10. Pacuvius

probably never became a Roman ciiizen, hence Cic calls him hospes as

well as amicus. So Fam. 9, n, a hospiti veUri d amico (of king

Deiotarus).

tuva fabula : commonly supposetl to be a play called the Dulorr^^^cs

(thoagh Ribbeck and some other scliolars dcny this), of which a ni; .. r

of frnrTT>.n!s nr.- iir.-^.TV.^d. Ci. V\n. ^, 6^ clafHOreS Vol^ aiqUC il>!/'tr;-

t.yru >, cum illa dicuntur ego sum Orestes cott-

tra:: tim vero ego sum, inquam, Orestes ; cwnauiem eii.im cj^itui uo utroque datur conturbato errantique regi, amboergo igitur simul una enicarier comprecamur ; ib. i, 79 aut

jyiades cum sis, dues te i'

• . ut moriare pro amico, aut si esses

Orestes Pyla>.itn refellcres. . et si id non probares quo mimtsamt^-> "••' " '.,',,! ,1 . ... The story was often handled by

Gk ; Pacuvius were all palliatae and dosely

co; . it is not exactly known on what Greekplay ihe Dulc.ccstc-. '.. It certainly did not follow the Iphi-

pfni.-i in Tauris of \. ich treats the same stcry. The rex wasIng of the 'lai:ric v.,iicrsoncse.

plaudebant : •they (the audience) rose to their feet andtr.t-M.:-; . It has bccn p

"'

' t Cic here is guilty (

f

a small anachronism, hec . .t theatre at Rome w.i

erec- i ' v l',:!i ,. , i • .. . .lieved ih-it the audienc

sto ys. The teniporary booth .

how s; cf.Tac Ann. 14, jo wit

NipiAJiiicy"» n. Wiih Cictru» worili cf. Att. 2, 19, 3 Curioni stant.

plauurant ; Phaedr. 5, 7, 38 in plausus consurrectum esl ; Suet. Aug. ;:'is adhuc adsurrcitum ah universis in theatro et a stantitm

r, est. Mr Shilleto (MS notc) : 'j^^/aM/^ Chr. \Vord>

„ .... ..i. Tac XIV. Ann. 20; Val. Max. 11. 4, 3'.

arbitramur: n. on censemus in 14, p- 31» !• ap; cf. also arbitramur

in 48, 1. 15.

31 f»«i...iW»Var«i/.- • inasmuch as Ihey pronounced'. Possibly, how-evcr, the right reading is iuiiitarunt.

fotsent : te. sifacto opus esset. For sappressed protasis cf. n. on 5, 1. 2.4

.V. V t',„i f,. )-. ,l,.»,!y takcn with iudicarent.

> case'; tbe preposition as in 1. 39 in re fict^i

kactenus : ' up to ibis point ',' within these limits ' ; contrasted with

si queupradcrea ^unt.

de av: -ntirem : for thc arrangement of the words cf. \a

L «6 de 1' .'.V animorum nuiU ; al>o 16, I. 31 de amidtia qui

tentias. 01/»cr%c ilie tcDsc »f 1 notc the difference to llie

aenK which would \k madc \>y v; semissem.

i

94 DE AMICITIA. f [§ 24 -

I'. 2S.

i ah eis fie. : cf. § 17.

ista dispulant : n. on i, 1 f>.

qtuuritott: n. on 10, 1. 7 iuibetote.

§ 25.

3 v: ,uif,-m: sr. quaeremus. It vcry seldom happ«ns in Latin thaf

a vcrb in thc indicative or subjunctivc, or indccd a verb at all, has to 1

supplied from one in the impcrativc or viee versa, See an example •

an im)x>rative of one verb to be supplicd from tbe imperative of anothcin Phil. 1, 118.

4 site/^ quaesivi : se. quid stniirent,

non invitus : as in 4, 1. 7.

5 Jilum: all languagcs have metaphors rescmbling this. Cf. 1

3» 103 filo et genere ipso orationis ; ib. ?, 93 omnes erant .

filo; Orat. 134 arf^mentandi tenue filum ; Fam. 9, n, i munuuu.umerassofilo; Hor. Ep. a, i, 155 tenui dedueta poemata filo.

6 tum...si: used here like the commoner ita...si; cf. 53, L 5 si farttceeiderint tum intellegitur; 51, 1. 18,

si nuper affuisses: but in the dialogue De re publica r, 18 F""""-'appears as one of the listeners. Ile inay not havc Ixcn repr^

as prcsent at the discussions in the subscquent books, which apprescrved in a fragmentary state. In § 14 Cic. seems to indicate ti.

absence of Fannius.

8 patronus iustitiae: ' advocate of justice'. The question was wbcth<justice was an absolutely neccssary foundation for a statc.

10 iustitiam iustissimo: cf. 5, 1. 7o ad amieum amieissintut.

1 1 quidf For the punctuation sce Appendix.

nonnefacile: sc. est defendert. For omission of «/ cf. «j, 1. «o.

13 iustitia: Mss and edd. iustitiaqtu. I have struck out the qtu asbcing against Ciccro's usage. See n. on 13, 1. 6.

1

4

ctptrit: note tbe diifcrent sense which cepit would here have had.

8 26.

15 vim...afferrt: *why, this is violence yon are applying to me'.A forra of answer oftcn uscd in rcply to very prcjuing cn<'-i'i'~<- •-'

Terent. Adclph. 5, 8. 19 (I. 943) non omittitisl vis tst i.

Suet. lul. 81 ista quidem vis tst (said by Cacsar when first

his assassins).

16 studiii...ohistere: the same kind of excuse for a nhilosophical Al

cus*^ n in Orat. t negare ei qnem uniee diligerem cui

eari sentirem, praesertim et iusta petenti tt praeclara ci

durum aamotjum mihi videhatur; cf. ib. i^a

17 in rtbcna: cf. I7t p- 3», !• 77 pratc/ara res tst.

5 2 7] XOTES. 95

f':ihi...co^tanti: so the De Oratore begtns

—

co^tanti mihi sae->-ur,:,-rn ft ritftHoria vcttra repetenti perbtati fuisse, Quinte frater,

So the second book of the De Divin.

—

quaeretUit ditt cogitanti...o{currebat.

':m atque inopiam: cf. 13, 1. 8 e^tes abundant,I. Eth. Nic. 8, I, 3 i» irtvig. li...iu>tnfv olom-ai

tiaraipv^iir raLi <fK\Mi' kcu -rptff^uripoit rp6s 6(pa,V(lap koX t6 iWelroPrip vpdiMts Si dadifttar ^orfitiax.

"ii nuritis : = cjiciis, bcneficiis.

quod quisque minus: cf. n. on 29, I. 31 ut quisque minimum.

foxstt: sc. habere, to be supplied from acciperet.

33 vicissimqut redJeret: ' should repay the lavour in his tum '.

esset: wab, i.e. from the beginning.

24 t^roprium amicitiae: 'inseparable from friendship'. Amicitiae is

ve, not dative; it is doubtful whether Cic. uses the dative after

.tu at alL Cf. 47, p. 43, 1. 11; 9 1, 1. 31.

sed ete. : 'whilc anothcr ground of friendship was more venerablc,

more noble, and more derived from nature herself. SeyfTcrt calls

attcntion to ihe sLx successive words ending in the same vowel a.

amor...amicitia: the same statement in Fin. 3, 78; N. D. i, 133 andIjelow 100, L 15.

princeps ad: so Arch. i hune video mihi priruipem ad suscipiendamr tt:.'n<rn hi^ruin studiorum exstitisse ; Phil. 10, 24; SuII. 9. Trans.' k.. ^ !•> thf c ;ablishment of goodwill'.

eis pcrcipiuntur: 'are oblainedyr<>»i thosc ', not '^ oy tliose'.

'tulatione...causa: n. on 57, 11. 6, 7.

tcmporis causa: ' to suit the occasion '. Cf. § 53 fl</ tcmpus.

fictum: opposed to verum below, as simulatum is to voluntarium.

• sce on 30, p. 38, 1. X suaque omnia.

luntarium: 'sincere'; i.t. the real exprcssion of the will or

ecliag.

§«T-

istdigtntia orta: Cic probably did not uxortus with abl. without'*'

'^" i^tances). Lahmeyer's note,

. here by supposing natura

rcnce in sense bctwcen these two words is

- 1. but fjfir/s strictly means better, and there-

that of tw cs one is preferred by some-, whilc r: . . means more, and ought to

Cf. alio 76, p. 51, L 4 n.

•• ftblativcs arc not dependcnt on orta,

uf ihc iiicani or instrument. Trans. 'raore through

mind influcnced by ^cum) a feeling of affcction than

96 DE AMICITIA. [§ »7—through meditAtion y\\wn the extent of the advantage such an attacbn{i//a rti) was likcly to bring*.

a^pluatioHt animi: lit. *bending of the mind towards «omething'.Ncithcr lcxica nor «lifors quotc ony f>ilur !.:is^ac;e where applitati»

is used except in the lcgal phrasc ius ; but the (thrases

atplicart st or animum ad aliouem or < "/ are common; cCciosely 48, 11. 1",—19; also 3:, II. 10—u; 100, 11, 10— la.

33 quod ttc. ; ' the nature of this principle may be perceived in tlre

case of aninuils'. For quod quidtm qucdt sit cf. Acadcm. i, i

quod intclU^ quaJe sit vix /vttst.

37.

I quth ' ' iimitni;fiii uor which «cc n. on 6, p. 79, 1. 1 1 1«; <nic

to the : \ on in N. D. i, 129J tbat many crcaturcs abanduniheirci;^ -.J.

animadverti: n. on 8, 1. 2 1

.

1 tx se natos : Lahm. quotc:> N. I >. : ' - • Hs natos liberos :

camus.

ita amant: cf. Arist. Eth. Nic S. i, .^ ^ '• ' ('mrdpxtw totK* rf^tTO ftyftvTiu^PO» Tt^ ytfrrijarTt (7 ^Xia)' «oi oi) ti6»or ip at$p<iwoit,

ttXXa «o< (f ifjvioti, Kol iv roi% wXtlffrott Twr ^iiur, Ktdroit OftotOvtji

r^ot aXXi;Xa* Koi^dXcffra Totr drOpuiiroif.

cui quoddam tcmpus: N. D. a, 119 usque ad tum fincm dum /.^

st ipsi dcftndtrt; so in 53, 1. 5 ad tempus,

3 sensus: •feeling', or 'impulse*, i.e. as opposc<.of advantages mentioned alx>ve.

j quae dirimi ncm pottst: tbis is contrasted with tid qmddam temftit

abovc.

6 similis stnsus amoris : i. e. unsus amoris earitati partntum timi/it

;

ihe brevity (common in compari&ons) cf. n. on 33, 1. 26 quam a^ irn-

becillitate.

txstitit: 'has ari«cn '. Note that txsisttre does not mean t» exist

but lc comt into CMstcnce.

uiquem: si h.i8 almos! *' bere, and wa»used becausc ihe rcp< ocn awkward.

j.,.;n after si is pcrhaps ii. _.~>. 'sorne actual

j>rr»on '. Cf. 88, L 18; 14, 1. 13 n.

7 moribus et natura: the coUocation natura et marihMS is more nalur.-il

and common. Cf. 7, 1. 6 with n.

8 qucui: serves, as usual, to soften the metaphor (n. on 3, p. 98, 1. :

which howevcr is a vcry common one; cf. Parn. u, 5, 3 vtrtutit tuae

iumtn; OfT. i, 103 probi inj^eni lumen : also I.aeL 100, L 10 virtmnUtuiU suum lumen; 48, L 48 si quati signi/catia eiuctat.

|S&

9 n'hil...amabih'ut: the Hune words are in N. D. •> wSidi

cC Off. i,5j; ib. a, 17.

^ 29] NOTES. 97

; r qiu>s numfuam vu/imus: cf. N. D. !. iii virfu/e, quam quiadeptus

crit uincumqut erit gentium a nolris diligetur [a Stoic utterance].

1 ; Fabri£i...Curi: for Fabridus and Curius cf. nn. on § 18.

ij m«w<?n<z« «Jirr;^: 'goes over his recoUections'. Usurfare ( = usu-

rip-are, implying a mom usu-rip-us) is strictly ' to seize on for use*;

hence=to constantly put a thing into practice, or of thoughts, to con

them over. Cf. 8, 1. 38.

viderit: subjunctivc becaase the dause is concessive :—' though he

is never seen Uicm '.

Cassium: sc. Vecellinum (cf. 36, 1. 32). Consul in 493 B. C. and

>nduded a treaty with the Latins; consul for the third time in 486

-nd admitted the Hemicans to the league, but in the s>ame year,

having brought forward a lex agraria was suspected of aiming at

despotic power, and tried and put to death (Liv. 1, 41).

Afaelium: also suspected of aiming at t)Tanny, because he gave

away com to the poor. In 439 Cincinnatus having been made dictator,

scnt his magister cquitum, Ahala, to summon Maelius. When Maelius

refused to obey the summons Ahala had him put to death (Liv. 4, 14).

altero...alterum: in Off. i, 38 Cic. makes the same comparison

twecn Pyrrhus and Hannibal. The traditional Roman view of

ianiiibal is expressed by Horace's abominatus I/annibal, yet the

larges broo^t against him can be thoroughly disproved even from' iie information preserved by Roman historians.

18 odait: here fiiL ind.; above subj.

!»•

maius: * a more difficult matter '; cf. maximum est in 69, p. 49, L 33.

etiam: this would naturally come before in hoste, but is thrust aside

-. ordcr to get completed as loon as possible the construclion vii tn...

l m.

quid mirum est: lik* quid magnum est, as in Academ. i, 6.

rrf...si moveantur: a common form of the conditional sentence in

; cf. Academ. i, 7 srve Zenonem sequare, magnum est. Theicre is *if the supposition be made that etc. '. Cf. n. on 13, 1. I4;

^i>'> 104, 1. 43.

ij coniuneti: here no participle but a mcre adjective: so many other

r>ast participles in Cic. lose their participial force; particubrly com-

lendatus.

A, ,.,.,/. ,!,„ ,.^.,„r, c»>„i,.r,» c^^,^..!,! r,.r><;;der how the changc to

the sense.

^ ,. .. . 1 :i1 stract sense, for which

ural migbt have been expected. ' by tbe recciving of

-. amici.

> :ine: ' familiarity '.

98 DE AMICITIA. [§29—

11 molum animitriapplUaticnem animi in «7, L 31; « nairower fensc

than that in 48, 1. 17.

€t amoris: for amor is pritufps ad bmevoltntiam commHgendam

,

see 36, 1. a6.

1 6 adhibitis : in sense almost= additis.

37 imhtcillitatt: 36, I. ao; 33, 1. 8; N. D. 1, ni w homines quidemcensftis, nisi imbecilli essent, futuros beneficos et bcniptos fuisset

38 ut: *the puriK»e bcing ihat *.

sit pcr qucm: for the omi&sion of ihe antecedent cf. 33, IL 3c. :

also 65, L 19 est quatenus.

39 generosum: lit. 'high-bom' and so the metaphor is modified byut ila dicam, for which see n. on 49, L 33. So Ttuc. a, 16 quaedamgenerosa virtus.

30 natam volunt: 'are pcrsuaded th.i! '. In 48. L 30; 9^ L 33we have the csse inscrte<L For thc liich is commoa in Cic.

with volo, cf. Fin. 5, 13 Strato physicunt jc ^nmi.

31 u/ quisque; n. on 19, L 33.

/ . c: cf. 36, L33; 46, L 30; De Or. i, 12'

quc / esset ; ib. 3,131 si quid est in me.

*lhc i^..^. .... . a man supposed hinw. !f t., 1,,....,.^^, thc ; .......;

would he be for friendship '.

§ SO.

33 ut enim etc: this question is discui.-cJ Ly Ari>t l.. . .j, 9, 9,

l>eginning dfi^optirtlTtu 54 koI vtpl ror ri>d<U/4ora tl itifaeTat ^ikurij fi^.

V. 38.

I sic.ut. notice this comparison wittiin the comparison introduced byut quisque.

munitus est: d. the e.!:'

.• templa of T

quotcd in Cic. Div. i, 4 munitum* breastplate of rightconsi.i.-. . ....;. Ep. i, 1, ^ ,... ....c,..«.

alo nil conscire sibi, nuUa pallescere culpa.

nulto: Cic. uses thc abL n".l "-" r,f „„'?„! 0« tiiJvi»TnfU«! «.-i

rcpKice the abL and gen. oi ti

howcver, the use of nullus, /;

prefers nemo homo, sapiens and liic hkc :

Kor dor» Cic. writc nulli (nom. phir.) l

thc''

'

"-I.1I1 «rUi ;

wi' othcr cxjt.

jc^: ^- ••'

•-••

. .; for the sensc cf. 7, L 13. For que aftcr t!

ncg_...^ ...... wh«Ti- ^ m.x!< m would have bccn incUncd to Uii;

M^ cf. 36, \. 39 mhiJ sini:. .'; al>o nec...et...tt ia 80, L 4.

• (juiA ftiiin? I.ikc oiir a ' why, now !'

3o] NOTES. 99

.'Ifn-amt- imiiff^ns: the votpot or sapifits of the Stoic systcm wasc t for himself. Chrysippus (Scneca Ep. 9) drew at :i.it there was nothinsj the wise man needed, thoughtii' r • wcrc n;..!!y '

'

*'

' le for him to have

—

ttuUa re

>n!!;^re et tamo: . esse. Cf. Plato, Lysis 3J5 B

TiJt <H'i' ol a^ot^ji _,_ ... .,_- ^^\oi, Ifforrai ttji» dpxvy, ol /tii^e

drorret ro^fivoi ci.XXijXoct, icvoi ^dp iavroit Kod X^^P^* tirrts, ^iriTt wapomfsXptiof aCrTwi> Ixovai

;

indigms: the omission bolh of an interrogative particle and of erat

rcnders the queslion more emphatic For the latter omission cf. n. on3 2, L 30 quid dulcius ; for the former De Or. 3, 376 quidi ego noncognasco vocem tttam t

4 ae...ne...quidcm etc: 'and assuredly neither was I in nced of him'.

Ae or atquf at rh^ o«?set of a sentcnce often introduces a statement em-phatically. ' mt Cic. and the othcr writers of the bcst period

never use /, ihe place of which is often taken by ac, or ct,

or o/yw folluwcu u_v nt...quidem.

tgo: sc. diUxi to be supplied from dihxit. Cf. Phil. 3, -»,9, sed et

fi^o quid tlle et contra UU quid tgo stntirem tt spectam :.

bclow, 73, L 3.

tutis eius: the use of a gcnitive dependent on anntlRr is cdin-

: in Cic. whcn, as here, ihe dependcnt genitive is a pronoun.

«_i. ^;, L 13 illiusfuroris.

ofnnione...habebat: for the somcwhat roundalxjut mode of expressioncr ^" - ' ^ "it \epistuld) dt re ptiblica, de opinione quam is vir habe-

at: de bentvolentia qtuttu osttndit co strrtioiu qutm

6 /.rrtasu non nulla : remark the show of modcsty.

haI>tbat...dUtxit: the change of tcnse should be ohscrvcd; the im-

perfect denotes that Africanus was some time in comin^; to his conclu-

sions about Lacli'''; -/,••,./ ,,.,;„tc t,> 1',,.. ,,,,.„,..,,, i,;, .1...;.;,,,, .....i-

eflect.

8 mii'''

;vcs nrc i!i i.nc

same < .: with et, \ ;i<mi

would .... by sidc. \ .^ oneof 1-..V adjcciivcs thc is rarcly lcft out lcJ. tjrecli usage

—

T-Wi «rai Koxa), Init : .. onc o\ thrtt adjcctivcs the tt some-cars. Cf Vcrr. 5, 119 multi tt graves dolores, but F^am. 5,/ /ortissimis atqtte optimis viris ; Tro imp. Cn. Pomp. 6

f/. , ....nuiipia et gravia bella. Cf. howevcr bclow, 49, 1. 30 multts in-

antlus; 54, L 13 multorum pratpottntium.

<•" havc beencnoii ,[>€. Cf.

b • :,.„,.„,<.„. ./..,,.. j ,, ,,ii.^,4,i,ur a voIuP'I, 39 inilio catdis orlo; Liv. 3«, 34, 7 ab(.

7—2

loo DE AMICITIA. [§3i—181.

II famframur: thcre is cvidcnce for this spclling, and some cvid ;

{cn fenerator, but none iot foeturator. For thc scnsc cf. Aristot. I .

Nic. 8, 6, 4 1) bi lih rb XP^^^' i^t^la) rC)» iyopcUtj^ {i.e. bcloi

mercenary pcrsons); Fin. «, 117 ftee enim si tuam ob eausam cu.

(omnuxies beneficium illud habendum est, sed faeneralio ; N.D. i, iii

nulla est earitas naturalis inter bonosf... quam (amieitiam) si adfructum referemus non ertt ista amicit: • •' —-•> • •

•' '-

litatum ; Scn. l>cn. i, 1, 3 turpis jferrt (to makc kindncss a niattcr <•;

, „ . . > '^

negotiatio est non amicitia quae quid consecutura stt speclat.

13 in ipso amore: for the changc herc from amieitiam to amorect. loo,

I. 15 srve amor sive amicitia ; for the gencral sensc Fam. 3> 13» 3 mihtproponofructum amiciticu nostrat ipsam amicitiam.

expetendam: n. on 31, 1. 24.

§ 32.

his: ncuter; -^his sen/entiis ; tf. 13, 1. 19 ut ttt j ,,r mpte; also n. on50, 1. 7 similium.

I (* • 'um ritu: n. on 10, p. 34, I. 6; Parad. i, 14 quae quidem mihi

Uitem esse summum bonum) pecudum i>idetur esse, non hominum.

.... ...uptatem omnia referunt : 'judge all things by the standard of

plcisurc'; lit. 'carry back all things to plcasure'—a form of exprenioacxceedingiy common in Cicero's philosophical works. Cf. also votup-

tnte omnia mttiri (Fin. «,56; De Or. 3, 6j), dirigcrt omnia voiuptatt

(Fin. 1, 71).

1 5 nec mimm: est omitted, as often (n. on 14, 1. 31) ; e.g. Academ. 1, 63/// etiam manus satpe tolleret : nec mirum, nam... In 19, L 3i howcver,

quid mirttm est.

magnificum: fityaXorprrit; a. on Ji, 1. 13.

ac: cf. n. on 54, 1. 1 1 atque.

if> sufpicfre: Mook up to'; for the mHaphonml ««i<* cf. Off. », 36 e.

virc rf; Orat. 97 "' ; Fam. 10

9, 1 lemiaque r quoqu4 1.

dttui u,,4u.< lyuam ut id Uiij „,.;,i ^,,,,., ,„,j,,,., .. ,.,.„,

abiecerunt: 'have dcgraded'; cf. Lcg. i, j6 nam cum ceteras amniantcf inatura) abiecisstt ad pastum so/um Aomintm erexit ad eo<'>

, ,'.' .'. .'nm excitavit.

17 ijittcmptam: hcri, as ofkcn, not 'despiscd', but 'despicable'.

I s ab hoe sermont removeamus : ' let us dismiss from our coovetsati<>n '.

I ,

- •'::yndi: cf. 37, p. 36, 1. 3J settsu amandi

:c: sce jo, p. 34, 1. 4 benevolemtia et •

,„-...-.. .,...,..,; henevola.

jo facla elc: ' whcn intimation hax bcen given of moral

dokcly § ?- !-"•' -'•"'. >i.-o; aUo | 48. last imtcnce, also | ic_

^ 3i] NOTES. loi

appluant: cf. 17, p. 36, 1. 3» appluaiione animi ; 48, 1. j8 sc ani-

mtus applicat.

usu: ^MHswtuJint ' £uniliarity, ' •society'; c£ above, 1. 6; 76, p.

= J. 1.3-

paru et aequaUs: so 56, p. 46, 1. t panter aequaliUrque ; Orat. 113' jr et aequalis oratio ; De Or. i, 83 virtules esse inter st aequalis et

iris. The word aequalis means properly 'even', or 'on the same;

,.!• *,_ 'V,,, ;„ , ti.,. same quantity or size'; but in their secondary

a rds become convertible; cf. Orat. 205 imparibus

expression in atnore parts cf. Propert. i, i, 32

silis et in tuto semper amore pares and for the sense § 69 sq. with the nn.

?;, bene merenJum : 16, 1. ai meritis.

harc concertatio: kuius rei or cU hac re coneertatio ; cf. n. on 2, 1. 13

um sermotum.

io quam ah imhecillitate : -^quam si ab imbecillitate esset; for the brevity,

of the expre-o,i(>n cf. n. on 17. p. 37, 1. 6 simiiis sensus amoris. Quani

not scldom in Cic. precedes the comparative; e.g. Off. i, 75 quamvis sii

eiui nomcn quam Solonis illustritis.

p-avior: 'more dignificd'. Cf. a6, L 14 antiquior et puUhrior et

macts a natura profecta causa.

r of which Cic is extremely fond; so con-

II, 1", j); rem dissolutam (De Or. i, 188);

,. .,,„c-.. ,. ,*i. .... ,. itias (as here in Att. 7, 8, r); cotuordiain

(.\tt. I, 17, 10); also 1'hil, 3, «8 totus ex vitiis lont^lutituitus ; Cictoo alone of L.-»tin writers uses conglutinatio. The simple verb gluti-

nare is found only in silver Latin.

eadem dissolreret: cf. Aristot. Eth. Nic 8, 4, 3 oi 3^ 8«4 t4 xP'J<''»-

/wr firret ^iXot iua ti^ Wfi^poirri iuiXiJOirrai' ov yap dXXTjXwf ^acu- ^iXm,

dXXd roS XwrtrfXott.

18 tvra^ amicitiae: cf. «, p. 34, L 31 w:th n.

30 niri /piid ad haec: sc. dirrre 'nnlcss you have anything to say onI '. Laclius ' now let us tum to another

subject' \Ni Cf. closely Tusc 1,42. «t- <-.' - ^tu dixi. Age sis nutu de

/.•'•.,';,

ib. 4, 46 exspecto quid adib. 3, 78 :. .

,: est ante dutum ; N.D. i,

19 loifgum est ad omtua. Sec othcr cxx. of cliipses of verba duetuii in n.

un I, L 10.

31 tu vero pergt: 'ycs, do go on'. So Acadcm. f, r8 tu verv, inquit,

perge, Varro; De Or. a, IJ4 tu vero, inquit, Antoni, pergt ut instt-

luistu

pr« hy...respoHdeo: w AcaH. f, 33 nos vero volumus, ut pro Attico

I:..Et rette,i': ' ndes ; Brut. iJi ' ' ' :,*

( nunter qu:. ct) ut pro Brutc

\qui miiur est natu: ci. ,'\r.i<i, j, 6f te, homtium arnuinimum d m:-

mtt annis miiutreii natu lum dubitabo monert.

\ mof iurt: 'as I have a right to do'; lit. 'by a right that b minc'.

loj DE AAflC/TIA. [§33—

§ 83.

33 recfe tu quidem: tbe same elli{»e in 8, 1. 37; cf. also tlie pastagesquotcd on 1. 31.

P. 39.

I audiie vero: 80 De Or. 1, 18 et ille: audite vei \ 'nit.

rffimi viri: a form of address which is con. ...al, thoaghnot so here. In Cat. m. 39 Cato addresses bcipio and Laelius asoptimi adulescentes.

7 quamquam ille quidem: Kolroi iKurot 7«; cf. 97, p. 58, 1. 5. Quam-quam secms to imply that Laelius did not altogcther aj;rec with Scipioon this subject.

expediret: se. utrique: sentiretur: sc. ab utroq

(> saefie: ]— ' -' ' '-< bc t.iken with mutari, not «uh ai.nujt in. i. 9saepe depci th.it alias...alias is an expansion or explanationoi saepe. 1 . . jc n. on i, 1. la

7 aetate ingrcroescetUe: 'as age grows burdensoni

earum rerum etc. : 'he obtaincd an instancc m suj)ji<in ut s.jcii

changcs by comparing thc carly days of lifc, sincc etc.\ In exemplmncapicbat ex similituJiiu ^crc is the samc kind of plconasm as above,I. 8 sunt causcu dtligendiprofectae.

9 practexta toga: u. on 1, 1. 4. [Cf. Ar. Eth. 8. 3, 4 and 9, 3.]

§ S4.

10 pcrduxissent: sc. pueri amicitiam : cf. Cat. m. 60 nte esetas impedit

ijuo minus a^ eolendi studia teneamus. M. quidem la/erium Corvinumaccepimus ad ccntesimum annum produxisse (sc. stutiia agri coUndi).

1

1

contentiotu condicionis: for the construction cf. n. on x'. 1. i^.

Condicio (conditio is a mistaken spclling of the word) oft<

proposal or agreement to marry ('a m.itch') even without •

oiuxoria; Ncp. Att. n, l nullius condicion:

1 3 quod si etc: ' but if they had lived on in i

.

14 /aie/actari: sc. amicitiam, which is probably al>o ihc iuhjccl of

dirimi above, though Scyffcrt makcs the subjcct of bolh infinitivcs to

ic as thc subjcct o{ perduxissent. It would be possible to use

crsons, but scarccly labejcutari with thc sense to be reodeted

15 amicitiis : a 'datrvus commodi' like sibi in 11, 1. ai. Cf. Off. 1, 9(flns<i-''<' >,.>«., f.,f,-Hi ab uiUitatt ucerHeHs...qua nuUa ptrmtiex maiorkoin: iffcrri,

p. Mi Arch. «6 optimus quisaue s-Liria maximeis 'the last tnfirmit) In

1 vcrt- mrc «>:•(;'*. T) o-.!y

ihc tuutcr pUu.ii uf'

67, 1. 10 veferrima q:»

(pUtUng aside Fam. 7ras ungisstmas ^uasi^ue as cxccpuonai

§35] NOTES. 103

b«<an«!ff litterrie Jn the sense of aa epbtle has no singular) we have<

.

'vsage like the present, viz. Off. 1, 75 Uges, et proximaelores. A glance at that pxssage will shew that the reading

: leque makes poor sense ; I propose to read proxima— ' laws,

, each of them, than its predccessor'. In our passage qui-

y be used as i%i<iTOi% is often in Greek, to mean ' each set

iple ' ; or the plural may be due merely to assimilation with

•'if. It may further be mentioned that Cicero does not use

like honus eptisque, or melior quisqite, except when the

.' is preceded by quo {quo quisque tnelior).

§ 35.

i3 discidia: n. o-;

iusta: i.e. with gooii rcason on one side or the other.

\ ) cum...postularetur: for this subjunclive see Roby § 1721, Kennedy

; III.

libidinis ministri: I ;'' minister decemviri libidinis,

adiutores ad: the common construction of adiutor in Cic. is with a

genitive of the thing wherein aid is given (but dative of the person to

whom aid is Rivcn, as in 4J, p. 43, 1. 1); cf however Flacc. i adiutor

aJ rcm pcrjicun iiim. Adiirvare ad, adiumentum ad often occur.

quod etc. : ' since those who decHned, however honourable their

action was, were by those whom ihey refused to obey charged with

disrcgarding the -' - ^" ''- '' • '•-' :-, Km. Liv. p. 417

ci. :2, seems to n 1 taking quod as the

ncutcr pronoun, 11. , . ,. , .jrs, Haiin included.

2j desercre: for the infinitive dependent on the personal ar^uerentur

iri-.tcad of the impcr^onal construction argueretur eos deserere, cf. n. on 9,

, 1. 31 ut videris ; also Rosc. Am. 37 Roscius arguitur occidisse

•! ; al-so quaeruntur in 16, I. ai; constituendi sunt in 56, p. 45,Uciuntur in 63, 1. 5.

.' anything and everything*.

omma: not different in sense from quidvis ahove. Cf. Att. 9, 18, 3id omnia de^cfnfurum ('would slick at nothing').

;,;' ; often used with ira, odium ete.

r.ist to amicitiae sempitemae in 31, 1. 19.

haec etc. : ' these almost destined cnds threatcn friendships, he said,

in such numbers that etc*. Quasi mcrcly modifics the metaphor (n. onp. 38, 1. 3) ; fatum is used very much in its poetical sense of mors or

teritus.

jilace of m^/, which would:. Cf. De Or. 3, 178 illud

... . ! .1.....f uxorem sunm

:;ly common in

. . ., . 4.17-]

104 DE AMICITIA. [§36—

39 qnaiatus ete.: thls paragraph is reall^ inconsistent with 8 18 whereI^elius says sentio nisi in bonis amiritMm etsr ncn f><<t'e. Tmm. here

*how far affcction should lcad us •

Cf. f6, p. 45, 1. 30 qui sinl in .

and for/r<7fr^</« 34, 1. i-iinamiciUuj,v^ii.i. i.iv. ••.... ^^ ^ji i..<.i...._, avi..v.c

are discusscd also in Off. 3, 43.

30 numne: a rarc form, found in N. T>. i, ^^ -^nf/f (f^?'"' .*'....)

nunine vidisti ?

31 \',iiliuuni \fii,litim nn- .in § l8.

§ 37. P. 40.

I vexanlem: Cicero aniformly speaks of the Gracchi as traitors «ndiure ceusi.

Tuberont: son of a sistcr of Africanns minor; plebeian tribune in

133 ; a great opponent of Gracchus ; a slrict Stoic.

aequaltbus amieis: * thosc of his contcmporaries who were his friends *.

Carbo and Cato, mentioned at the end of^ g 30, were only prvpt tuquaUs(llrut. 96).

r r--^

1 viJebamus : thc imperfect because referred to vexanlem ; *we sawhim during the whole of his seditious actiun'; cf. 6, p. 38, 1. 32 tritnte-

batur. [Cf. my n. on Cato m. 49.]

3 Cumanus ..hospes : Cumae did not receive the Roman franchise till

aftcr the Social \Var. Thc Blosii or Blossii wcre a ;

' ' * ily at

Cumae (Cic. Icg. agr. a, 93 ; Liv. 13, 7, S ; 7-,, 3, 5). Tli -f thefamily was a hloic philos«jj)hcr and pupil of Anti{)ater l :

4 aderam...in consilio: 'was prcscnt as one of the adviscrs to...* Theconsiiium was a most important mstiiiitinii botli in ilu- imlilir .tikI nri-

vate life of thc Komans. Thcrc wa-mind a feeling that no person having ^

thcr private or ofhcial, ought to proct» .^

thosc bcst qualihcd to advise him. 1 Iw

tium. Thr • - •' '

standing 1

gcncrally i_ :..... ... 1 „ . ,.. . ... __ ....c

mcntioncd, as tbe triais were poiitica.1, statcsmen of ezperiencc werercsortcd to.

Laenati...Rupil%o : consuls of the year 133 when the r

the acts of Gracchus and his followers took place. For I

I 73 and Introd. p. 19. Uf I^clius Val. Max. 4. ^cHiiho auseotuuies {RupUius and Laenas) praeeipue utebantw

6 fecisut ' ': have bcen wnitcn iw

''

chus was ' nce txKm carricd tmck '

il U pemu......... .v. ...^ .... ....,.v,.v. ... tv/Ut and putartt to Uv

•o loog «s Gncchus tontinued to Uve, tbe (^ioion of Blouius ttuimtuj9M bere described.

5 38] iXOTES. los

ttiamm: sc. koe putaresJ

videtis quam nefaria wx : for the omission of sit cf. Off. i, 152 com-^aratio cU duobus, utrum honestius. Seyffert, and after him Lahmeyer.md Nauck, makes thc words quam nejaria vox interjectional and notdependent on videtis. Cf. also n. on 96, 1. 14.

D dixit: sc. ufuissefacturum.

' temeritati: ' infatuation '.

comitem...ducem: cf. 96, II. 19, lo; Fam. 10, 3, 1 duce natura comitefjrtuna; haih. g non dtues sed comi/es ; Flacc.5; Marcell. ii.

illiusfuroris : n. on 30. p. 38, 1. 5 virfutis eius.

kae amentia etc: observe that in this sentence the claoses are notconnected by particles. The omission is intentional, suiting the hasteof lilossius. JJac amentia = 'in this mad state'.

J3 quaesti,me nova: 'special court of enquiry'. For nova is usuallywritten (with quaestio) extra ordincm, or extraordiftaria.

in Asiam...ad hostis: he joined Aristonicns, the pretender to thethrone of Pergamus, then in arms against the Komans. When Aristo-

nicus was (inaliy dcfeated, Blossius committed suicide, as his Stoictenets permitted him to do.

14 rri fnllicae: the country is the offended party, and the penalty is

r< .;.-.r ic i n.s a debl due to it.

f-xcati: a stronger word than culpa ; a translation of the Stoic• ua^ r T^tarot = sin.

si. . .peccaveris : ' if you have sinned in the interest of your firiend,

'hat is no justification of your sin'.

I» coneiliatrix : Cic. is particularly fond of these feminine nouns in

trix, many of which he manufactured himself; he frequently applies

them, as here, to inanimate objects; cf. 89, p. 56, I. 8 assentatio adiu-trix. ConciJiatrix occurs in Plautus in the sense of 'match-maker'.

virtutis opinio : cf. 98, I. 11; 30, p. 38, 1. 5 opinione; also §§ 18, 19.For virtutis=^de virtute cf. 34, 1. 11 contentio conditionis ' also n. on 20,

P- 34, I- I.

tat.

iS si statuerimus...ti simus: ii>" i^; less awkward here thanin many passagcs, bccause the ^;.- . out the second proiasis asdi-stinctly suhx>rdinate ' ' '

. *- r. j>ro imp. Cn. Pomp. 59 ^mi rwwiex vol>is quiurcrct, si :. Pompeio omnia poneretis, si quid eo!.i.:um esict, in quo sp^: jJjituri...

'fecta sapieniia etc: c£ closely $§ 18, 100.

^^j. ><..' etc: 'the practice woold lead to no wrong'. r i.iun^ iicrc almost

^^^^ilirtf communis :' everjday life', as in 18, I. 8.

^^|Hr koc numero: =ex horum numero, thc lattcr being a form oT ex<^^^K»"n "1 1' I' < ic. vcry rarcly usct. In Dc Or. «, 56 wc liave ex eorum

io6 DE AMICITIA. [§38—tiuntfro qui ; Vat. 41 in iibrum numero. For ihc attraction cf. n. on 1,1. 13 eum ifrmotum.

.', et...quitUm: hcre concessive, not affirmativc; 'though especially ofthose...'

34 qui aecedunt: these are the persons mentionc<l in 19, 1. ip a^ virosbonos qui secuntur fuantum komines poisunt naturam optimam ienewvendi dtuem.

8S9.

videmtu: here, as in 56, p. 45, 1. 31 and oficn, = sen'/<fum -v.'

Cf. Academ. a, 129 n,>bUis discifiina, cuius, ut scrifitum video,frti:Xenophanes.

35 Aemilium Luscino: Q. Aemilius Papus and C. Fabricias Luscinuit(see n. on § 18) were colleagucs in thc cons!!'-'' -^ ^" "«j and «78 nr! in

the ccnsorship in 375 b.c. Familiaris, i , takcs awhen it is treatcfl as an adjectivc, and a g- n it is a sui

tive. Cf. 60, p. 47, L I. For Papum Aanihum, ihe cof^nonien jnst

l)eforc the nomen (a practice cxtremcly common in Tadtus and hls

contemporarics), cf. Q. Fr. i, 4, i A/acer Licinius.

sic: the clauses bis...censura are explanatory oi sie.

patribus: = w<Tior»'^j, though in 6, p. 58, I. 33 {afudfatres n<.^' >

fatres has the strict sensc. Note the omission oXfttisse.

'^i tum: this prolKibly hxs not a tcmporal mcaning here, haX.t^dcinJe'next in order . as though /n>wM/F» had prcccded.

Curium...Coruncanium : nn. on § 18.

r:emoriae: =ad memoriam in Verr. 5, 36. The best writers seem10 viy ;/. //

( = to be handed down by traditionk, memoriacfro,:i < 1 down /or ihe reeollection of postcrity) and menu-riac p:.^.:.-., ..... ... memoria prodere.

igitur: hcre (likc our phra.se 'well thcn') scr\*es to introduce a newftep in tlic stntnn.nf. 1 hc position of i^itur as firsl word in the «en-tcn< n\ Cic. though regular in Sallust and very coounontn bi:

nt nuptcari quidem: this implies the contrast 'Q]|chJlfiaL0yO[_webelJcvc'.

fisse: fcr the construction contenderr ' a/iqito 'to• one for »r.Tnrthing' cf. 1'lanc. 12 r/. tm ad eum

/ V. 'iderat; Verr. 1, 131 ki. tn '^puJosuii: ::ur. A clausc wiih «/ ofti: place0fll.v..^vu^.>,...

r> ficUm : *a promise', or 'a pledgc'.

31 hoe quidem: 'a rcqucst of this kimi', dcpcn'

;;,•;.•.•,

not on duere.

ir '"1. 30, I. 3 in piteris.

tx eis; for the oraission of the subject to thcVCrl/ V... .. V... ;.y. .. ..y.

i

§40] • NOTES. 107

f •'.'-.'/ .. — . ':he pnrest of men'.

; nol in agreement with aliqmd, bul with the nnexpresscdr.um —Tiua) of the infinitiveyai^^r^y cf. rogati bclow.

P. 41.

ai vero: *but truly*. Laelius intends this sentence to carry with it

the inference ihat the friendship between Gracchus on the one hand,and Carbo, Cato etc. on the other, was no true friendship.

Varbo: cf. §§ 41, 06. C. Papirius Carbo became, after the death ofTL Gracchus, one of the commissioners for carrying out the agrarianUw. He was tribune in 131 B.c and introduced vote by ballot at the

nsul in 120 he tried to reconcile

. In 119 he was prosecuted for

1 -^ i. „..„.. , „..i commitled suicide. Cf. § 96.

Cato: a grandson of the censor, and also of Paulus Macedonicus,whose daughter married the son of the censor. This Cato was consulin 1 14 and condcmncd for corruption in connexion with lugurtha.

r:.r.'.f):e...a(crrimtts : a difhcult passage, thoroughly dealt with by>ptisc. 3, 281. with whose interpretation, viz. th.it minimecr to be suppliH from acrrrimuiy I agree. If minime quali-

:tur to be lubantur then Cicero makes the

:hat Gaiub the principles of Tiberius while'

. ..:,'i I !..\ 1,''•

r his brother's death—

a

: have kn<' nce Gaius (then only

jjled from 1 _. .c of commissioner for

exec X agraria. Cf. aiso pro Kab. perd. \^ fratris quocumccn: xerat (Gaius). Madvig illustrates the supplying of the

u the superlative acerrtmtu by Livy 37, 41, 3 quae nihil

nis Uc. incommoda) eadem per-incomnioda re^is erant

;

.' ' ''

-'. '- :>n esl

sen-

- - -- - - - , --- '- -arbo,

C * 1 brother Gaius, who ihen was not very zealous,

thou, .;ly so'. In the word acerrimus there is a hint at

the t»u»picion thal C. Gracchus bad a hand in Scipio's dcath. beeIntrod. p. 18.

Caiiu: n. on 3, p. 77, 1. :i.

§ 40.

fr/^^...>Mr.' common in Cic. for nec...n -^ma howevcr, U<. 19). CC 5J, p. 44, I. 31-

' accipienda: 'not to be allowed'. So fp^^acw or »$^vdwQCtx((Jt'ai Twoi,

eeteris: n. on 16, ! 9-

e» loco ete.: 'we aic nuw placed in such a position that it is ourdnty to keep a vigilant (lit. distant) outlook for troubles still to comenpoo oor couotry . Not ^Komani; not Laelius and his ion»-in-lavr.

To8 DE A.Vr^ [] 4°—

alii/uanfiifn • iitfe critical noXf-

maiffrum: all the edttors seem to makc this depcnd on consuttudo :

but surely it is aln<ir<{ to ^ny *th<? prarticc of our anccstors bas swervedaside from its c I prcfcr to makc maiorum de-pend on spatw cu dinjj the collocation) and so con-«true 'wr prir-Li

-- •' — '-- - " '

out liy our ai • i. . \rin Cicero; il.f'^-. A^aiicm :, ;:

_. / , :

.

' oratio, cur eam tantas tn angustias et in Stotcorum dumeta.. I :r,-UimusT Cf. also below, lof, 1. 19. That there is little or nodifTcrcncc in meaning between spatium and curriculum is shewn bypassagcs likc Orat. 12 Academicu sfalia sunt curricula mulcifliciuhi

variorumque scrhtmtim. ['' \ ' " : >'

''' ''

]

f 41.

ir rcpium occupare: *to c^i.iiiiish a monarchy'. In VcUeias 3, 4, 4Scipiosays of Ti.Gracchus * si occupandae rei publicae animum kabuisut'

.

vel: =velpotius, 'orratber'.

is quidem: =:iKuw6i yt, ot S yt vi m Homer; not needed for tl»«

sensc, but added in order to point attention more closely to the subjectof the vcrb. Cf. 66, 1. 13, n. on i//a quidem.

12 ««»1 quid etc. : 'h;-' •^•- !'"m.in nation r^-'--— •--->:•:— — ?——:.

ence of anything rest The m<>.

of such a mattcr woui >i;^ ahout it : , ,

say iKoOofi*' *we know from bistory'; arijKoof 'a man ignormnt <rf

hi«.tory'. Cf. 45, 1. 17.

' :i-'ne: I agrcc with ScyflTcrt and I Jihmeyer (afprr«on to ly not Afrirnniit minor btit I'. <

lor, I. 30.

^, thcrcfore

gavc liiui a ic^atto lo Pergamus, a form o( huii<jurul>le exite, in oidcr lo

withdraw him from the fury of the democratic party. He committedsuicide at Pcrgamus.

effecerint in P. Scipiont: for the corutmctlon cf. 9, p. 30, 1. 3 M ptitris.

^"^

' ' out k\\^\ fccerint could not stand here, lioce theot itsclf </<7n<' anythiQg to Nasica, bat bad forced

t--, .. ..jm.

non queo: n. on 3i, 1. 18 ; cf. also n. on 71, 1. 36.

1$ nam: this is ellintic, as often; so in Greck too f^ Tbc full »en«ewould be 'I ncctl nartllr mention Carbo, for etc* Cf. 45i L 17; also

104, L 15 nam quid ego liuamf...

fnommfm muthfotuimiu : 'as besl we could '; ' we ' hetcaithe aristo-

cnukp«rtj.

—§4i] NOTES. 109

16 fr: ';* 1:

:

sould have cxcited the populace too much to

1 Carbo so soon after TL Gracchus' death.

'we have bome with*.

C. Cnuthi autem: but in 69, p. 50, L 4 Q. vero Afaximum. Thelatter collocation is regular : here autem is postponed in order to makethe contrast betwcen Ti. Gracchi and C. Gracchi more exact.

1 7 tribunatu : this was still in the future at the time when Laelius is

sapposed to be speaking ; Scipio died in 1 39 and C Gracchus did notbecome tribune till 123 B.C.

18 serpit: ci. 87, 1. i. Serpere means here 'to make progress im-perceptibly or insinuatinjrly'. Nagelsbach, Stilistik § 129, has broughttogether a good many '.

f this use, and of other words or phrases

similarly used, as ma . fluere, often with longe and laie. Forserfere cf. Fin. 5, 65 ./...> .-.rpit settsim ; ib. 1, 45 honw profectus ataritate domesticorum et suorum scrpit lon^ius ; N. D. 3, 51 ilia autemBalbe quae tu a cculo astri>que duccbas quam longe serpant, non vides?

dandt : the interpretation of this word (which Lahmeyer does not

notice) is very difficulL SeyfTert (as I understand him) explains it by areference to dcflexit iam consuetudo above. Putting a full stop at augu-rari, he makes the genfral drift to be this : 'our political practice has

alrc.i

'

/i>j/ Ti. Gracchus has tried to

estal position {res) is making progress

of a >'.t 1...11 .111.. road to destruction, w! " •" • it

ha"; taken a start '. I .c supposes to bc the ir

of Carbo (131 B. c)..

; tenses are whoUy incx. s

applied to events disposed of iwo ycars before. (See, however, n. on1. 10.) I therefore prefer to take the remark serpit...labitur as perfectly

. and as intended to give the reason why Laelius dreadedfuture course of Gaius Gracchus. Deitide here is used

yvv.,, ; a./r, t.t. it prcsupposcs semtl which comes after; cf. n. on 7,

I. 9 reliqua. Trans, 'affairs soon move on, for they glide readily downthe path of ruin, whcn once they have taken a start '. The sentence

vidcfis...Cassia simply gives an actual examplc of this general principle.

procVris: hcrc has an adverbial force; 'readily'. For reading see

Apl-

39 r I he omission of the infinittve is exceedingly commonl)Oth wiih CMpi axKi debeo ; so with opinari in a passage quoted on 10,

L 14. Cf. Cat. I, 10 perge quo coepisti. Obscrve that Cic. and Caesardo not, like Sallust, livy and later writers, use coepi absoluleiy; i.t. aniofinitive is always eithcr expressed or implicd.

in tahella : ' in thc mattcr of \'

' ' of the voting ticket '. (/«as aljovc, L 14 1« P. Scipionc.) i <>cation in tabella quanta sit

^cf. 14, p. 35t L 33 deamicitta qu...

iam ante: 'cven before', Le. before the time ofC Graccbus.

'corruption', i.c. ' ' • • n».

Hnia Ifge : thi« law, ' 'ratibus mamiandis (I^. 3.

carried by A. Gah • n 1 introdaced into

iio DE AMICITIA. [:s 41—elcctions vote by ballot (i^. by writing the name of the candidate on aticket or tablet).

Cassia: this law was carried by L. C.T^t^in^ T.nn^^lnus Ranlh, trHTOne

in 137 B. c, and extendcd the ballot ti>

Ca&sius was aftcrwards a judf^ and for 1

hc W.T5 thc author of the s.'

«.>/ (;.<-.

thc offcncc). Thc lex taJnL-. .<} introduc

on laws proi)oscd to HMcovi. 1... I^w iscomnn,...^ , .,

but thcrc is no direct evidence for tbe date, and it may bave been several

years later.

3 1 f><>f>nlum...multitudiHis: the change seems made mercly for tbe sakeof varieiy.

23 quorsum hatt: u. dispulo, as in post red. ad Quir. £ quorsum igiturhaec disputoJ Cf. also Cat. m. 13 qMtrsum igitur Amc tam muJta deMaximo; Phil. 7, 56 quorsum haec omnis spcctat oratu); Leg. i, 62 scdquorsus hoc pertinet t

igitur: note its position as tbird word in the scntcnce; and cf. mimin ;o, 1. 7.

ms:=honis viris, as in «S. I. 3, and clscwhcrc.

:iri casu aliquc: notc ihc two reasons ignari and casu aliquoby side unconnected by a conjunction. So 3, p. 48, L 3

..: coram.

tu: in /inal clauscs as hcre and 43, 1. 5; 60. 1. 8; 6t„ p. 49, 1. 1

;

f8, 1. «7; whcrc a ncgativc is nprHH tie and ut ne .ir- use>l indttferrnfU'

oy Cicero; in consecutive i.. i^cs ut M4>n ^

Cf. lin\ry 9 1636. 9 tf>q^. ' r my n. on

ai/iga/os: possibly Cic. wrotc u.i^atos, whicfa hc aiuay» uscs in a uaascn&c—'enirappcd', or 'cntanglcd'.

- " :f:l>us: «whor ---- '- ^.1 «:- . . , r t _

.isc sunimi:

j n. on I J

.

,

) bc rcad, >m the ui.

/>eccare in >

.

>i docs not '

1' ..;i.i ulicu, 05 in Att. 7, i. 3. Ihc accusative is cvtn in olhcr cxiucs-.sions rare; Cic. gcncrally says peccart in aliqwt, not aliquem; cf. Tusc.1, 11.

}8 net vere: this phrase, which occurs also in 65. 1. 33, corresponds lo

the po&itive cxprcssinr -' ---'-^n (cf. 7, 1. 11), the phrase nte...pudtmbcing unused by goo<l c n. on 30, p. 38, 1. 4.

30 quis clarior: for ot..i~-....i ... ,iat cf. «i, 1. 10 quid duleitu... tnd 30.

p- .t^f L 3 A/ritamu» indigint mtit See also n. on 14, \. 31 tim ilia

t/eri-^ra,

ThemiitocU: so Acad. t, % TktmittocU qutmfatiU Crattuiponimus.

t

^45] A'OT£S. III

,I irr/^a/ffr: = ffTpaT7iyos of the Athcnians. The whole Grccian fleet

at >.ilamis was commanded not by Themistocles but by Eurybiades the

>, .::.i.n.

iJiam:= Sia^\ifi', 'nnpopularity'.

. ..^ralM etf. : 'did not bear with the injustice of his thankless country

as he was in duty bound to do*.

P. 42.

I :.\./.'// annis ante: the ostracism of Themistocles happened in

471 u. c. while the banishment of Coriolanus from Korae is assigned

to the year 491.

3 Coriolanus: he is compared with Themistocles in Brut. 41; Att.

p, 10. -J. Varjing accounts were currcnt concerning ihe death of

both the<« mcn, as Cic. himself states in Brut. 41 and 43, where hercfers to Thuc. i, 38. In Att. 9, 10, 3 he assumes that Coriolanus

died a natural death.

nemo: the inference intended is 'so much worse are the Romansnow ihan their forcfathers, and than the Greeks of Themistocles' time '.

§i3.

3 talis: ue. such as that described in § 41.

5 tupplicio: a strongcr word than pcena abovestrict sensc supplicium means ' summary executiuu ". l\-r i;^^^.u.io

omni = iummo cf. pro imp. Cn. Pomp. 11.

concessum : ' permissible '.

^Hod etc. : ' now thi';, considering the course aflairs have b^iin to

aboul'. In Cicero haud scio an always.'i probable ; in some later writers, howcver,

- jiiitdiui^ .>iii>.i. 15 i,:j ffiiiL-ic; cf. n. on 20, •;;- • ' ".

curae: n. on cordi in 15, L 14.

of § 40. N•ide without

the w.

no conncQO, I. 10 cutui

,it.

§44.

ii— .,. words almost exactly repeat the first

'.\ this scntcnce the clauses are putparticles. Many edd. rcad vero for

1 evidence. The fact that the other

'os is in favour of Trrum, for the sense:ur^s ciausae veritati sunt, ut ab amico veruni

'with .ill freedom of speech'; cf. 91, L %t.

;jtly the meaning of rixpp-i^iok.

' ' ' ' • " '. Cf. 91, L i\

m liifo^e /dcere.

i 43.

«j this, for ' ; sHghtly clli;

iia DE AMICITIA. [§45

^MM atidio etf. : cf. n. <>n 34, 1. 18 doctum qwtidam, and for aiM//«

n. on 41, ]. 13. Ubscrvc ihat Cic. writes habitos, not haberi,

18 placuisse : 'I think that some...have hcld as dogmas'; tbe wordpiaeere has often a much stronger scnse than our 'plcase'.

mirahilia: wapdio(a, a word which Cic translated sometimes bymirabilia (Acad. i, 136), somctimcs hj admiraiiiia (Farad. proocm. 4;Fin. 4, 74), sometimcs by admiranda.

sed: in contrast to mirabiJia—' paradoxcs indeed, but*.

/ quod etc. : ' which thcy do not rcfinc upon (lit. Irack out) in their

subtlcty '.

t>artim: there is slight anacohithon here ; the sentence is closcdwithout the ^tcovA fartim which sh' •'

' \ • 'his, and iis

place is taken by afios at the l)eginii noe. Bothfartim and cdii refcr to qutbusdam. ^ rc onlv om-of a pair of words such as ailer alter, aiius aJius e/c. is cxpresiMthe other replaced (in anothcr scntcnce) by some other cxprc -

are very common in Cic. ; cf. n. on 73, 1. 3. Madvig has collected a laxgc

number of exx. in the first cxcursus to his De Finibus.

Jufiiendas etc: that a man shoul

'

fricndships* (lit. * that too-much t;

are to be avoided'). Through not &c<....^

is to be supplied after fui^endas, somcusage forced nimias into mcaning nimis >

bclow. In the words that follow, the empha!,i:> 410 i. f-ro

fluribus (for it is assumed that each man will have i; thnnone) but on soUicitum. Cic. is evidently here imitatin^ a cli"r

the Ilippolytus of Euripidcs, 1. «53 sq. Tbe nurse of I'!.

speaks:

XP^' 7<V ^erplat th aXXiJXovt

pi\la% dvrfToin dpnKlpfaffOat

Kai fii^ Tpit djcpof fiVfXop '^'vxiji,

tC\\'Ta i' «ri>a( aripyifOpa ^/xrwrdro T tiffaoOai ical avrrufai.

ro S' vrip 3i<T<ru5p ftlop uiiiiftr

Ci>';»' x^i^^r'"' •'^dpot, oJf coyJ

01 7 w 7 \tu4' i)jaop ireupii

ToC firfiip dyapKoi vvpjpifaovai. ao<f>ol fioi,

The tentiment is the same as that in Sophoclcs' Ajax 680 .

ri» ^Xor|roaavd' vwovpyiip u^Xttp (ioi/\^oftan

| m oU» 06 fUPoCria.

XI satis superi}Mt etc: 'each man has of bis own busineas enooghfor himsclf and to spare '. For the almost pleonastic sihi cf. Tnsc.;, 4 1 omnia sM im u patita censebit, and the use in comedy of suusiibi.

las hnhenas: a representalion of 1. 4 of the pasnge qootedM/ra 4' <Ii«4 ffripyiiflpa ^pf ri^. llic cuUocatioo ka^auu hsivte

Us] XOTES. 113

SMms intentional; cf iia vitalis. Lucr. 1, 1095 has quis

kabertprofundi indu mmiu liHiaasfotis at miaderanttr kabaias.

quas: here= t/a uteas.

addMas...remittas : aro r ucaffOou Kal evpUfOL, For addueere 'to

;raw tight' cf. Verg. Aen. 9, 587 a. habenas; Liv. 9, 10, quin adducis

lorum T For the position otcum velis see n. on 8, 1. 3i cum iummi viri

tum amicissimi.

eafiut: 'the chief mattcr'; cf. maximum est in 69, p. 49, 1. 33.

beate vivendum: in the Latin of Cicero's time there was no oneword to represent the Greek «Weu^o»''* = happiness. Cic himsclf in

one passage (N. D. 1, 95) coined beatitas and beatitudo, but did not

again use the words, though they became current later. Cf. 84, 1. 6 beata

vita.

securitatem: as Seyffert remarks, Cic. uses tbis word as wcll to express

the cMvnia (cheerfulness) of Democritus, as the dratfcta (absence of

emotion) of the Stoics, and the ^6orJ) of Epicurus.

qua frui r.?n fcsit: in \\\e oratio recta this would hcquafruinonfolfst. In : ^' in oratio obliqua clauses wiih a relative whichis «-imply c ui=.et is or nam is) Cic. allows himseif a certain

1 'A\c construction with acc. and inf. {qua frui non;;(J the subjunctive construction which we have here.

\. - 11 Acad. I, ^i...scientiam nominabat : ex qua exsis-tertt ctiam opinic ; but in Fin. 3, 64 mundum autem censent regi

numinc Jcvrum eumque esse communem urbem et civitatem hominumet diorum, et unum quemque nostrum eius mundi esse partem, ex quotllu.j natura consequi, ut... The subjunctive verb in the one passage

initive verb in thc other would cach of them be present

1 . oratia recta, and their constructions would be exactly similar.

Li. .11-7 iusc. 3, 69 Theophrastus accusasse naturam dicitur quodcert-is et cornicibus vitam diutumam quorum id nihU interesset,hominibus, quorum maxime interfuisset, tam exiguam vitam dedisset

;

Acad. I, j8 ex quibus effutum ase mundum, extra quem nulla parsmattriae sit; Fin. 4, 16 aiunt nrtis requisitas quae naturam adittvarent,

ea numeretur... ; N. D. i, 106 hoc idem fieri in deo, cuius

facit pellantur animi. Cf. also below, 88, 1. 18 fuisset.

bc scen that the nr '• - -' -,•' —.rn by Mr

Jby (g 1781) 'thf/sc rel.i h qui=etor nam is, cum~et tum

^^sentences

ctaoscs], are put in the mliuitivc', rcquircs considcrable moditi-Thrre ii a vcry «iimilnr, \mi 1«5 common vaciliation belween

iis of the form quid faciofsee Roby § 178» n. [The

P*-.^^j,-. iiu^iit be rcgardcd as really in

cla, thc l)ccn abandoncd. Cf. Fam. 5,^taepistime ! mali esse in morte; in ,i:ia i

resideat f tiia pottus quam mors ducenda' fumssus, nulia .riadebtat quat non sentiatur.]

8

114 DE AMICITJA. ,.,4. -

36 tamquam farturied: a hesitattng tninslaUoa of mikfu» in tbe passage

of Euripides; dL n. 0^49, L 33.

8«.alios: the Cyrenaics «nd Epicureans; cf. 53, L 48 hotnines delidii

diffiunttes.

di(cre aiunt: phrases like dieere dicunt are exceedingly rare in Cic.

,

but Stucrcnburg on Arch. 10 is wrong in saying that Planc 35 sapplies

the only instance; sce Fam. 3« 7, 5; 9f i6, 5; 1 1. 10, i.

•'iiinius: cf. humanius in Fin. 1, 8j whcrc Cic. >"=

1 vicw of fricndship put forward by Epicurus 1.

iriL- j^tmier vicws of his latcr ronowcrs.

quem etc. : 'a topic which I havc briefly touched on already *.

18 ante: § 16 sq.

praesidi adiumentiqut: 'protcction and assistance';

19 expctendas: 'choiceworthy'; n. on 33, L 24.

30 ut quisque minimum : sce n. on 19, L 33.

haberet: in quotations Cic. oftcn puts the past tcnse where we should

cxpcct the present; e.g. N. D. 1, 40 idcmque disputat aethera esse eumquem homines lovem appellarent. The change lo quaerent is odd.

31 appctere: =.iTifivfuif, i^taBat; diffcrent from expetere == Tpoaipeia9aL

Mu/icrcu/ae : this diminulive here expresses pity: oftcn howcvcrcontcmpt; cf. yvyatof,

§47

I 'rram: ironical, as often; cf. Auul. 7, 94; Tusc. T, 49.

cnim elc: cf. closcly §§ JO, aa, and for the metaphor Att. </,

10, 3 is^/, ut est in tua quadam epistula, e caeio cecidit,

4 a dis: sc. daium.

3 quae: almost =quanti, as often; 'ofwh.it worth?'

4 b/anda: 'cnticing': an epithet oftcn applicd to the Epicnmui ^Sorti

(tv////.'.:).

rc.jp-c: cf. the common contrast bctween X5y^ and f/xw* Corssci

11' 847 (juotcs from Fcstus a fragmcnt of a spccch by Scipio where requ

eapse ocrur*. \Vc h.ivc i-p-se an«l in Plantu» eo-p-ie, mm-f^-ie, eam-p-s:

All !-•

••

qui

decl.....i

Grcek. I

re is onc«o8, 31.]

mu/ti. • liifrercnt in «cnse froni

Ueis cf. 71, l. 2i^ nulio/aco; 72, l. i6*'

. ,, i(» htt iot».

5 ccnsentaneum : 'conMstent', Le. 'v»i, i y ;r ..:1,.t .- m ns'.

6 rem: mwpaytiai aetiattem ''VfS^ 'coune of action'.

§4S] NOTES. 115

7 fu::-.mus: 'intend to aToid'; the coniinuotis sense of the presenttcn^ frcquently borders on a future meaning.

8 mceist est...asp^mttHr: ut omitted, as often in Cic. after necesse est,

oportct and othcr impersonal pbroses; cf. n. on 10, 1. 4 cave; also on17, L 32 censeo fetatis.

9 iomtas: 'kindheartedness', as in 11, 1. 16; 39, 1. 33 etc, Little

difierent from ienevo/entia in 19, 1. 37 etc.

malitia: 'evilheartedness', 'ill-wiU*.

temferantia: au^poavmii, self-control, particujarly with regard tobodily pleasures.

10 f:.:r.:j : sc. si odsis, OT something equivalent. For the missingprota^ij cf. n. on 5, L 14.

1

1

dolert: n. on 1 1, L 38.

imbellibus...mo<icstcs : note the chiasmus (for which see n. on 33,1. 10), and cf. n. on 5, I. 19. Afoiiestus is not 'modest', but 'law-abiding'. It is here almost equivalent to our 'respectable'.

13 er^ etc: ' it is therefore characteristic of the well-ordered miad'.

§48.

13 si ((id:t...qtti prcfecto eadit : cf. 34, p. 36, L I si quae praeterea sunt—credo autcm esse multa,

cadit in : 'bclongs to', 'affects', 'falls within the province oV; afavouhte phrase wiih Cic. ; e.f^. Acad. i, 43; Tusc. 3, 13 cadere, opinor,

in sapientem aegritttdinem tibi dixisti lideri; below, n. on 100, I, 7.

knmanitatcm: 'tbe milk of human kindness'.

arhitramur: the present indicative as in L 1fugimus ; cf. also arbi-

tramur in 34, I. 39.

16 ajifujs: note thc '^n^-'-'"- •- •»— '--«^e which u//as for aliquaswould make—thc diti ^' rid of .r<;m^ o^/wa/ troubles{aii .'uaA T^ni allpossit.

, ,.

:imi: to be takcn in a wide scnse, as the context shcws, both.<; and intellcctual perceptions. The Stoics taught that the wise

man sttuuld be unaffectcd bjr ordinary emotion, which they r^arded assinful. Cf. Tu«c. iv, pti"im. anH n. on § «. !. iy

>8 «.'- hra.se inter pecudem ttkom: :i invertcd commas, asalso ;..t ..... .u ,..,...._ 11. ..n ,„.i, „.,fii,.c,r, i.i cutidem. Sometimes Cic.ttses non dicam for non dico in sucb tentcnces. Cf. also n. on ne dicamin 83. 1. 17.

19 .'' ' saxum: no doubt Cicero wa« thinking whcn he wrotc

ihi»

'

^ the Odyssey (19, 163) ov ^Ap i.th ipv6t ieot raXai^rov,oC-i' drw rtTf>m, which hc imitatcs al*o in Acad. 3, 100. For truncus cf.

N.D. I, 84 (jui potest esse in eius modi trunco sapientiat Seyffcrt copi-" *^ illustratcs thc u.se of truntus sajcumferreus aod the likc to denotc

lity and inscnsibility.

8—2

ii6 DE AMICITTA. U 4^ -

20 isH: the Stotcs.

quasi: 'almost'; cf. n. on 6, p. ^9, 1. 5; 3, p. a8, 1. «.

31 vclunt: cf. 49, 1. 30; volt aiealio m 98, 1. 33.

cum...tum: 'as...so'.

57 /. Mjr ..ifuommodis: =rtbus statndis...athersi* hK n 57, l, 1).

'.itur: sc. virtus, put hcre, aftcr Cicero : t vir prae-.ttt. Nagclsbach makes the subject to .,

• to be am:-eus supplicd from amici; he then says that cither this amtcus is equivalcn".

to anitnus amici or else animo must bc undcrstood with thc two vcrb^.

This interprctation sccms clumsy. [It is possible that the snbjcct of

diffundatur may bc quis understood ; cf. n. on 1. 11 contraMat.] Whcnihc mind is txpandtd it is supposcd to fccl plcasurc, whcn contrMltd,

pain. The Sloics uscd the tcrms diax((«rtf<u and auariWtffOax, bidxv<ji%

and avaroK^i.

non plm quam...rtpuditntur : the scntcnce is elliptic for non plusquam angor qui capimdus cst tx virtultbus valtt ut etc. The non before

plus would not bc rcquired by good Engiish idiom, tbough in vulgar

English 'not...»w more than* is common for 'not...a«>' mote than'. Cf.

n. on 103, I. II nttmquam ne minima quidem ; also n. on 10, L 4.

57 conlrahat: what is thc subject of this verb? Seyffert (and aftcr himNauck; I^hmeyer has no noie) says the wholc .-;

he and most edd. rcad against the Mss, si q.-

tluctat, but thc • •— ' • •"" '— 'ircly uiinivv. ^j.<:s. Ji i-. i>...io

likely that the ^ De Or. i, 30 qua veiU^quoquis vclU. For '

^• cf. n. on 59, I. 19.

supra: an exprcssion inadvertently uscd by Cic, for it implicswriting and is inapplicable to a spttck. Cf. howevcr 15, L 3. In 8,

1. 3o we have ut tst a Fannio dictum.

-H quasi siptificatio virtutts: cf. 31, 1. «o. Quasi indicates that signi-

Jicatio is a trani>lation of iome Greck word such as oigyuMr ; for wuichcf. n. on 49, I. 33.

tlu^ftit: cf. n. on 17, p. 37, 1. 8 lumen aliquodprMtatis et vis^tutis.

ii) oi-flUct: cf. «7, I. 31 ; 31, 1. ai.

id cum contigit: cum hcrc simply = 7«w/»V»«j. On contigit see n. on8, 1. 30. For cum with pcrfcct tcnsc ct. 94, I. 9.

§4».

30 absurdum: «/omittcd as in 31, L 10 quid dulcius; 14, 1. 31 de.

multis inanibus : n. on 30, p. 38, 1. 8 mullae et magnae.

31 corporis...animante: adversative asyndeton, for which see n. <

' - •;. 1. 16.

'.>.' as animans is exccntionally uscd of man, it is necessary

..... ... ...ake it masculine, but whcn it is applied to the lower aniiDal»^.

•s in 81, 1. 13, it is generally feminine. So quadripa is feminine (Para>i

§ 5o] NOTES. 117

eo qui: 'of such a kind that' ; so 8a, 1. 53 cupiditatibus eis quilrus.

33 reJiimare: coined by Cic here to express in'Ti<t>i\(t9 and used byhim nowhere clse, nor does it occur again tili very late in Latin litera-

ture. Ut ita dicam is used to soften the harshncss of this new word

;

ct 69, p. 50, 1. a; 55, 1. iy, «9» ^- ^9-

P. 44.

I remuntratione : this applies to redamare only, while vicissUudine

applies to both amare and redamare,

§ 60.

1 quidt ThJs little anticipatory question, lilce rl Si in Greek, serves

to draw special attention to what follows. Its meaning really is 'Whatdo you think of this that I am going to say?"

3 addimus: n. OTifugimus, 47, p. 43, 1. 7.

nihit esse etc. : it will be seen that the comparison is not quite per-

fect, there bcing two members in the first branch (nihil...rem ullam)

and three in the second \amicitiam...\homines\...similitudd).

4 s;n:i.itudo .* propcrly this should be similitudinfm in the same con-

-•r.ictiiin as «»-4//, but it is attracted into the same case with qtiod.

>uch atiractions of case are common; for attractions of gender see n. onI. 10.

5 verum esse ut: cf. 14, 1. 31 sin illa vericra ut; also 8r, 1. 11 apparet

ut ; 68, 1. 14 spem affcrunt ut. When the clause after verum est is aninfinitive clause, it is regarded as embodying a fact, when an «/-clause,

a uonscquencc or result The meaning here may be represented thus:

'thi^ roult will bc granted as true, so as to lcad to the fact that the

^'j^A love the good'.

6 oiciscant: 'adopt'.

quasi propinqnitate : 'a sort of relationship'; opposed to actual pro-

pinquitas (19, 1. 37). For quasi see n. on 3, p. 18, I. 4.

8 natura: 'natural affinity'.

^«1« .• third word in ihe scntence; cf. 18, p. 33, 1. 1 and igitur in 43,

L 15-

appetenlisu: when present partidples lose the notion of time andbecomc adjcctives they takc a gcnitivc casc.

simUium: the ncuter plural of the adjective in the genitive case

uscd as tubstanlive is rare. Cf. De Or. a, 161 gravium autem et

iacorum unam esse materiam; also 31, 1. 13 hts ; 13, I. 4 omnihus; 13,

1. 19 in pierisque; 55, 1. 15 istorum; 58, 1. 15 datorum ...acceptorum

;

,0, p. 38, L I nullo; 89, 1. 10 libero.

ut opinor: 'such is my opinion'. Sometimes opinor alone without

ut stand^i parcnthclically betide « tabjunctive, as in Att. 9, 6, 1 stJ

fuieseamut, opinor.

bonis inter bonos : more emphatic tbon honis inter u, which wouldhave bcen murc usuaL

u

i

ii8 DE AMICITIA. [§ So—

neeestanam: tt. esst; to Cic. often leaves ont the ettt of the perf.

pass. inf. aftcr cotukU; e.g. pro Balbo 5 quein comtaret ah impercUere

dtvitaU donatum.

10 qui: the attractim» of the relative in scntences like thia is almoregular in Ciccro, and indccd in most othcr writcrs of the bcst pchoe.g. Pis. '" '" "' -' • ' .,....., ,..,; est fructtis vct

virtutis ' 10 fatre, qui .

imperip; ^ , , i. ao; 18, 1. 7.

amicitiaefons : cf._35, 11. 18—34.

ij inkumana: 'unkindly'; immuui- 'nnqf-rvI.-oTVU.' niipnliv fr,(.

from munia or dutics towards thc

last word is difTicuIt to translatc, as it >

'proud', 'difiicult of approach'.

guae: =cum ea; so in 70, 1. 15 quos = cum eos, aod often.

§ 81.

1 5 atqtie etiam : * and agaln '.

utilitatis causa : cither thcsc \vor>is arc mr ' '

citias (' imaginc fricndships •which arc h.-ised 011

usagc cf. n. on 10, p. 34, I. 1, or clsc tiicre is an v ^ ^.

fricndships to l>e based on cxpedicncy '), for w ct 18, L 7

64, 1. 24. tin^nt as in 18, l. 9 quaejinguntur .. .vr.

if) amabilissimum : n. on 4. 1. n maxime memorabiiem. Tnuu. 'the

tcn-krcst link in the chain of fricndship '.

17 amor ipse: n. on 19, I. 35 natura ipteu

18 tum...si: cf. n. on 25, 1. 6.

ah amico est profcctum : thc word proficisci is often thus used i

Ciccro's lcttcrs of serviccs passing Ixjtwi n fricnds; e.g. F.im. i. ir;,

qucucumque a me ornaminta in te / '/ ib. 3, i

omnid quae a me profecta suttt in te, . se gratissin:

Att. 9, 4.

19 toMtumqw ahest ut...ut: thls particnlaHy clumsy constniction i

a v I

''0 one with Cic. Note that with all good writers the mo

in [abest, afuit etc.) isalways impersonZl.

50 i>t.i!.\r,.'i,7rn : a rare word, scarccly occurring out ofCicero, who lues

it al>ovc, 37, p. 36, 1. 31 ; 59, I. 30 and Tusc. 4, 11.

rfihis : ' bccausc of thcir wcallh '. Roby g i ? -"^"

11 /!..:. iJi : cf. 46, L 18.

aj' '

ftr oftcncr with a j^cmuvc th.Tn wi;n anabl itmonci in silvcr Laitn. Above, 30^ p.

38. l-, -V — s— "•"''

«3 <2/yMr; here corrective»«ta/ro(, 'and yet *.

Aau/i tciam an : % wcU-altested though rare Vitii.n:

cf. Dc Ur. I, 115 ; 4, 74 and «09. Hcmd teiam i» re:

an uncxpreued |irf)ta<>L<i such os si quit ex me quaereret, , <

§52] NOTES. "9

cf. V.. <^r. 5.1. 74- The statcmcnt is thus conveyed in a more modest

^ V hauJ scw an ; cf. Cicero's frequent use of creJid^im elc.

. Translate the whole sentence thus, 'And yet 1 rather

UiiuK tutic is no advantage in friends never lacking aught '.•

nt...quidem: the reason for the negative wiil be seen by referring to

n. on 10, p. 34, 1. 3 ^«i»^ icio an.

nihil um<pi<im omnina deesse : Cic. is here striving to represent

the Greek ovTa/!«iji= self-sufficient, for which theie was no one word in

Latin.

14 ubi: hef^^^w/t in re ralher than quo in loco. Cf. Tusc. 5, 101 cur

i'iiur diii: ntur, aut ubi faufiertas beatos esse non sinit ?

it>. I jt w^ . 'm libros arbitror, ubi enim melius uti possumus

hci oliof Traiu. ' wherc would our (=my) zealousness have displayed

ili aclivity \(etc.'

«5 numquam...nec...nec: cf. n. on 10, 1. 4.

*5 Scif-io eptisset: see hbwever 30, p. 3S, L 4 quid? Africanus indi-

S BX

rnims deUciis diffluentes : ' mcn enen-ated bypleasure'; cf. DeOr.. i ji otio .'-'••—../ r kT I, 106 diffluere luxuria ; Terent Haut. 5,

1 , 73 d. lu . Tusc. 1, 51 liquescimus fluimusque molli-

!:a : Liv. 7, xu ; also the phrase fluxa corpiia, and the

use» of soivi di debilitari and the liice. Diffliiere is rather

r.ire, not occurr:: r, Ncpos, Virgi!, Horacc or Ovid, and only

• If in Ciccro's sjccciies. rhe homines meant are of course the Epi-

; ns and Cyrenaics, as in^^, L 16.

quam...co^itam : ' of which they understand neither the practice nor

•.he theory '.

habent >- -

-f 1.;.-. ._.i ^he like. In such

phrascs wc n of habere into an

ruxiliary vt:- , . . languages. Cf. also

V7. P- 58, L 4.

pro: so rightly spelt, not proh.

deorum fidcm atqtu hominum : for thc collocation cf. 33, \. 11 ut ct

usu eiusfntantur et moribus, and n. on 8, \. 31.

31 «/.• *on condition that', *so as neiiher to...'. Cf. Fin. 1, 74 quid

mercaris, ut dicas te omnia ivluptatis causafacturum f For the gcneral

scmc cf. Aristotle Eth. Nic. 9. 9, 3 9iOti% yip rVwr' ai» gad' iiW6p t4

Torr' 'x**' i>«^- CicCTo'» wortis are so near to Aristotle's as almost

u^ ti^r n. on 40, \. 4

Verr. 3, 9 istum rcbus omnibus undiqtu treftis diuten-

iitque abundare.

120 DE AM/C/T/A.L' :)

P. 46.

I fiimirum : some e<1itions wrongly place the comnu tftcr instcad of

before nimirum, which always comcs at the beinniung and not at tho

end of a chuse. Trans. 'I mean a life in which...'. Ni-mirum—i.mirum, whcre either «^ = not, in which case at is understood and tl.

phrase is a parenthetic clausc, or ne=\c%\., and sit is to be supplic<I,

there being then an ellipsc to be filled out thus : n« mirum li/, koedico.

nulla fidts: Ennius quotcd in OflT. i, ?6 nuHa sancta societas nfc fidregni; H?- " ^ --y on Friendship, * Princcs cannot gathcr thi»

fruit • (of

:

« benei\.. ...... j...uiia: in the best prose ^Kr\\.i:nfides %t\^ /iducia nearly

always take the objective genitive ('trust in'); the dative, howcvcr, is

found in the poets, as Verg. Aen. 3, 69 fida fielago ; ib. 10, 15J fiJuciarebus. Kvcn with the phrases fiJem jacere, /Liuciam /acere, ibc con-struction in good prosc is generafly alicuius ret, not alicui reu

§ 83.

3 quis eniin etc: cf. OfT. i, 97 si Aeacus aut Minos dieeret * oderinf

dum metuant' ; Pbil. i, 34 infalmiis ipsi illi qm * oderintdum metuau:

dixerit,

5 dumtaxat adtempus : * but only for a season '. Dumtaxat in the bcst

writers is mercly correctivc, introducing an exception iipon ?;nmc W( r

!

or woids prcceiling, hcre on coluntur. Taxat is prol

of the lost I^tin aorist (here the weak aorist) fromtoft.' ' ' ' r.k), on which word F' '

* A scere esse. quod JVat-

not: - ,,: et latius dominari. J.:

Oscan forms tangtno-m, tangino-d=sa'tttm, scito (or ;

prescrved. Thc fnrmntinn nf /,7.r.7/ wiU ho thcn prn

that of \tixi. i

ei^u. The or

knows the maticT . 1 iic \tii) ici.x,:>c i>i ciniy ii^on in laic i.aun.

ad temptu: cf. 97, p. 37, 1. 9 ad quodJam tempus.

si..Jum: n. on «5, 1. 6.

6 quam /uerint inopes : n. on 10, I. 8 quam id recte.

7 quod: *and this'; the sentence from tum to the end is rodly ex-

planalory of quod.

dixisse fcrunt : n. on 46, 1. a6 dicert aiunt.

8 exsulantem : almost p.irmthctic ; explanatory of tum.

/ia/'u istet : noic]

ihe tense.

9 neutris p-atiam T .'.* 'could make neither a retum'.tiam hcre includcs tlic nottun of div4cr\'ice as well as that ofCf. Att. 4, 9, I M/ sciat kic noster //ierosolymarius tmJuct^ euJ

quam bonam meis putidissimis orationihus groHnune t«um tic agam, tuliste ut potius iniuriam

§ 54] NOTES. 121

§ M.

10 iUa sutnbia : sc. ur, • with his well-known pride*. For superbia

see n. on 50, 1. i }.

importunitate : * wrongheadedness ',' perversity '

; cf. Cic. Rep. i,

6a ntm xndes unius importunilate et superbia Tarquini nomtn huic

populo in odium venisse regium 1

11 atque:—>iaX /i^, «ol 817= ' dow ', or ' again ' ; so a<r in 32, 1. 15.

13 vervs amieos: so 33, 1. 6 and often.

multorum opes praepotentium: n. on 30, p. 38, 1. 8 miiliae et magnae.

Note the posilion of praepotentium ; put there it introduces a limitation

on muitorum, *the power of many, I mean of ihose who are very

powerful'. [Cf. Sen. ben. 4, 10, 5 pauperi viro bono.\

non selum ipsa: cf. Theocr. 10, 19 01'« oi*rii (not alone) tv^Xo»

(5 «-XovTot dXXa x'*'^P°'^'*''o* 'p<^. where the Scholiast quotesMenan-,1 .. -; _\,r— -v4>\6v, Tf^Xoi-t f ^t airrdf ^M^X^iroKTOt Itixtiii. Pacu-

k) fortunam insanam esse et caecam et brutam perhibent

. 1, % 22jortuna...a plerisquevcro et caeca cxiittmata.

15 fere: n. on a, 1. 14.

fcLStidio et contumacia : the ko(m% and anj or v^/Jtt of the Greek dra-

matists. Trans. ' wantonness and stiffneckedness '. Seyffert quotes a

curious passajjeof Plin. N. H. 16, § 134 (of plants) non oninia in omnibus

locis nasci docuimus. Hoc alias fit Jfastidio, alias contumacia, alias

imheciUitatt,

^' insipiente fortunato : Aristot. Rhet. i, 16 talks of the 0*07x01 tliax-

yuu». For the words cf. Q. fr. i, 3, i quandam ejfigiem spirantis mor-

tui; Phil. II, 10 nihil agcnti privato ; Att. n, 31, i fortis aegroti.

J7 videre licet: when use<l parenthetically these words passed into vide-

licet, which very word LucreL i, «lo uses with the ordinary construc-

tion of videre licet.

kantea: prolcptic ; cf. n. cn 7, L 9.

commodis: 'affahle'; commodus here has very much the sense of

munii in 65, p. 48, I. 38; cf. Mur. 66 quemquamne existimas

\pu commodiorem, communiorem, moderatiorem fuisse ad omnctn

bnem humaititatis ? Comif. ad Herenn. 4, 15 contrasts the com-

,

.

ihili superbia.

i< '.ally/V^/w/twat Romehafl a very widc meanirir

dcnoung all powcr e*crci!>id by public ai"

perium. Thcn as ccrtain officcrs (consul jnt whilc others (censor, aedile, etc.) had not, ihc \\ camc lo t.e

I particularly uscd io connexioD with thc lattcr c: L-rs. Trans.t .1 - ,.,.1 ,.flr,^-'_

from spemi to notds are explanatory of immutan. ,....^, firw.-rii.fr ,t ii <.t!.-n lcCt .,nr— ;in UsagC Callcd b)

grammarians n iustly suspect thc

dMse because 1 -1

i2a DE AMICITIA. {%ll—

S68.

quid stuUlus: for omission oK tst cf. at, I. )o n.

10 (ofiis...opibus: 51, 1. 10 opibus atqiu copiis. The three words diffcr

hardly, if al all, in mcaning, 'richcs, rcsourccs, prosperity'. J*lurimumposse 'to be very inllucntial

'; the ablative as in 51, iL 10, «l.

21 cetera: prolcptic, as in 16, I. 31 ; cf. n. on 7, 1. 9.

ejuos...pretiosa: for the arrangemcnt of these words m-p n. on

57. 1- 7-

11 amitos: asyndtton adversativum acain; sce nn. on «, , ., . „,

I. 16.

ut ita dicam : Cic. is apparently translating KTijfia in sucb passagcs as

Xcn. Mem. 7, 4, i irdvTii» «rijMa^wr KpdTiffrof dr «f»> ^Xot. For u/ ifa

dicam in a translation cf. n. on 49, 1. 33 ; for the mclaphor in supclUx

Orat. 80 oratoria quasi supellex; Seneca Ep. 58, 18 idtae, propria /V..-

tonis supellcx; Acad. a, 31 and Sen. Ep. a, J, 8 vitcu instrumentum,

-1 nec cuitis causa: sc. parent; laborant^solliciti su '.'. ;caJing

sce .\ppcndix.

:.:torum: = istarum rerum: n. on 50, 1. 7.

. u-it viridus: the allitcration is evidcntly intentional; c£ Mil. 30 :

t:ifa vis, also Lacl. 45, I. 33.

36 sua...possessio: put for juo/ by attraction ; cf. i, 1. 13.

27 quasi: n. on 3, p. 38, L 3.

38 deserta ab: cf. Fam. 5, 3, 10 desertus ai offitiis luis,

39 sed Itaec hactenus: a common formula for winding up one subject ar '

pas&ing on to anolhcr; 'but enough uf tbi^'. So Div. 3, 50; Eam. 6, 3, .,

S66.

o constitutndi sunt etc, : for constituendum esl etc. by attraction to the

construction of the clausc '•• •' '" ' • '^" ' ' a.,,^ .-

sint leViS; also n. on 35, i

il.. 74^: N. D. 3, 115. M.. „ — ; .ly by Ciccro.

rt quasi termini: f.nis wa_s vcry c^mmonlv used in the meta-phurical sense, terminus ! quasi, for whichcf. 3, p. 3«, I. 3. For/»»<' .1^30,^.38,1.9.

. iut ihc phr.iM: &cc n. uu 39, 1. i^.

5i d*. Cf. 6, p. 39. I. 4.

umtm : this wa* an opinion which the 1 managcd to enter-

taln. Though they ba.%cd fricndship on : ^. Lacrt. 10, i7oital rffr ^\ltu> &<& r&t x/x'ot' avriora.adat bi air^^v ».aTii KOiPtteloP ir ro

^fivmii) still they said that thc full l>cncfit of fricnd-^hip would not 1

reafwd unless • roan '—'

' '' ••

! a» himsclf. Cf. Fin. i, f

qiucirea tadem medv .;a amicum, qtto itt u ifsun:

alao thc whole pana^ . . S 70.

§58] NOTES. 123

33 alleram: this is the opinion of thosc who r^rd fricndship as abartei of ser\-ices ; below, 1. 1 4.

r. 4G.

1 farittr aequaliterque: n. on 3:. '..

§ 57.

4 prvrsus: goes with nulll, not with assentior; 'to none at all'.

6 ncstra causa: many editions have nostri, and in the sixlh edition of

Nagelsbach's Stilistik p. 506 the passage is still quoted with nostri. Cic.

however nevcr says mei tui sui wstri vcstri causa, but always mea caiisa

etc. Thc only passage in which the genitive is still retained by recent

cdilors is Verr. 3, m sui causa, and many scholars, with whom I agree,

ihink that sua should be read there. Cf. Madvig on Fin. 3, 76.

7 faceremus etc. : for the sense cf. § 16.

eausa amiccrum : note the chiasmus in nostra causa...causa amieonim,

-t\ -'. --, 1. 31. Thc rej>etition of cauxa (which is often left out in the

icc, as in 46, 1. 29) is no doubt due to ihe desire to complete

t .j : . ;ims (for which see n. on 23, 1. 10).

precari: note the omission of aliquid.

8 tupplieare: se. alieui.

aeerbius ittvehi...insectari vehementius: chiasmus as above.

9 noH satis: 'not very'.

10 multeuque res sunt ete.: not for multaeque aliae res sunt etc, but

th:- c!-;-e rcpcats and gives more exactly the general statcment con-

. : . ihe y<oid& quam multa...amieorum.

i I V,) i boni ete. : it will be seen that in this section Cicero gives a

peculiar tum to the mcaning of the first opinion of the three above

enumeratcd. He takes it to iroply that a man must always act wiih

r^rd to his friend just as he would in his own casc, but the opinion

iuclf prohably had rejnird not to action but to feeling and implied that

\

'

equal. It is in this scnse that Cic.

: in Tusc. 3, 73 pntectarum illud est

• ••fn ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse

/;. The oninion in fact was an. Aristotle m Eth. Nic. 9, c 8

T&rtptm i*i ^Xtir iavTdf /xaXurra >; dWop rwd and in the woids of

the ncJtt clause it dejiniebat amidtiam panbus votuntatibus.

§ S8.

* — 'ricts friendship to an equal ii..v..^i.....ijc of scrvices and

[feel.

ifrotn tJi aod UMt, ibuugh ouw backcd Ly LMiatma* aullturiiy (Au^^r.111* 1003).

124 DE AMICITIA. [§ S8—ealcyJos: properljr the pebbles used in the ahacus for counticg ;

hcre 'to an account*. Qi.faeneramur in 31, 1. 11.

15 ralio aeceptorum: cf. closcly g§ 16, 31. For the neuter genitive

plural as substantive scc n. on 50, L 7.

dtUontm : the usual contrast to aceeNorum in the language of Romanbook-kccping is expensorum. ITie pnrase cucepti tspemiqut raiio *adclitor and crcditor account ' is comnion.

16 diiitior: Cic. uses this form, not ditujr, and divifr "•'•"••. not di-

tissimus.

affluentior: cf. 51, p. 44, 1. 31 eircumfluert.

vcra amicitia: so in ii, p. 34, 1. 31, below, 1. «6, and of;

17 observare etc: Aristotlc, Eih. Nic 8, 7 and 8, 13, i lays finwn tr.nt

thcrc is a cl.i.ss of fricndships Koff vrtpoxv" whcre tbere caimot bc anev^ual cxchange of scrviccs.

restricte: Fin. a. 41 nec tamen cur id tam parce tamqut restricte

fitciant itUeUego. Thc simplc stricte (which Halm Itas hcre) only occurs

in thc silvcr Latin ; strictim has quite anothcr sense.

neijue enim etc.: ue. \i the fricnd&hip be true all such fears (all

to the ground.

is excidat...defluat...congeratur: the metaphors are all firom measusring

articles of commerce.

§ 69.

1 ut quanti ttc. : ' that each man should ha^^e the same Talue sct

on him by his fricnds tbat he sets upon himsclf '.

se ipse: n. on 5, I. 18.

i\ sa-pf enim etc. : ' for ofttimes in - i>

mnrc (i.iwncisl than is mcet, or thc

arc luo low'. Thc pcrsons hcre nK.iiii .m.- ii;i.- ^ ...Lii'

(Mic/H^fi/Xo*) describcd by Aristot. Eth. Mic. 4, 3, 35.

11 etim:= talem virum.

ilie: refcrring to the same person to which eum rcfcrs. Had ille

becn Icft out thc subjcct <>f "' t>.i 'ht have been taken to be amifussupplicd from amici in th. -

; clausc. It was nccessary thcrc-

forc to inscrt a pronoun, .t! 11; to I.4itin usage, the chaoj?c fromeum to ilie ynM nccdcd ; to r<.'i>cdt u would havc becn unusual. The foblowing examplcs axe prcci.i^cly simihir : Scst. "j et ad eum flliam eiusadduxit, ut I /// aliauam f

'

rt ; Prov. cons. i

fuonam nu anitno m tos < ' pro pignore ,'>./•

diderunt. So aArht •>'< <. ..... , .^ime scntcncc) to

the same person ; t.y 111 D rat U lipat mirtlt Kp&nrIx*** Twovriji' iSart «

>

ii.

H fft.!i rt f'?:.,-T.- ,.'..: 'i , lo bring about an exaltatioa ofhis fririi.rs lnw si.llll .

'.

J5 iri.itt.jt spem: in on to tbe 1

cf. n. on 4, L 9, and ; ..

§6o] NOTES. 125

/ prius dixero: cf. Acad. «, 64 a;^fdiar igihtr si fauca ante^^^i dt mta fama dixero. [Mr Shillelo (in MS note): ^si= quum sive

pcstquam: cL Plaut. Capt. j, i, i'. The words (1. 548) are iam egp re-

vortar, si ex his quae voio exquisiero.]

vocem: 'uttcrancc'; a word particularly applied to any speech

which is startling or reniarkable.

inimiciorem amiatiat: oxymoron, for which see 13, 1. 7.

19 esset osurus : the subject of the verb is the same as the unexpressed

subject (ru-d) of the infinitive amare ; cf. 62, 1. 33; 8j, 1. ao ipsum

;

also n. on p. 47, 1. 3 sibi ; n. on 48, 1. 27; 39, p. 40t L 3^' Cobet

mistakenly wishes to read esses here.

30 adduci: by a coramon idiom, a positive verb (dicebat) must be

sapplied from negabat above.

quem ad modum putaretur : se. diclum esse.

31 Biante: the saying is ascribed to Bias of Priene by Aristofle Rhct.

-» '3» ^3 (whcnce Cic, who knew the Rhetoric well, probably took it)

and Diog. Laert. i, 87, but to Chilon, another of the seven, by Gellius,

Noct. Att- I, 3, 30. The sentimcnt was put by Sophocles into the

mouth of Ajax in the lines quotcd on 45, I. 19, aiid is repeated byDemosth. Anstoc. p. 660.

31 stptem: n. on 7, 1. 9.

impuri: asyndeUm adversatrvum , n. on 13, 1. 16.

omnia ad potentiam revocantis : cf. 31, 1. 14 a</ voluptatem omniareferutU; 'ooe who regarded everylhing as it afiected his owninHuence'.

P. 47.

, "' vr ei : n. on 39, 1. 15.

; <.:.;, c et optare: ' to desire and pray '. For optare see n. on 18, I. 8.

pccca: n. on 37, p. 40, I. 15.

bi: the pcrson meant is the same as the unexpressed subject of

the infinitives cupere and ofiare; see above, p. 46, 1. jg. It is rathcr

ranarkable to nnd sibi following immediately on a verb the subject' ich is a difTerent person.

\quam: qualifie» thc metaphor in ansas ; cf. n. on 3, p. j8, 1. 1

ansat ad: the usual constniction is ansam dare, ot praebert alicuius

rei.

4 ad reprehendendum: ' for criticism ' ; it is possible however that

reprehendendum has here the literal sense ' to catch hold of ' as in

Acad. 3, 139 revocat virtus velpotius reprehendit manu.

I|M.

ad tollendam emieitiam vaiel : 'has the efTcct of sweeping awayfriendship '.

126 DE AMICITJA. [§ 60—

7 fnutipiendumfuU : u. ei cmuuumque est hct praecefium.

ut tam dilii^ntiam ut: for the vcry inelegant, but common subor-

dination of one «/-clause to another sce my n. on pro Balbo ao.

8 comparandis : so Fin. i, 66 ami^itias eomJ>arare.

ut ne: n. on 41, 1. 36.

10 minus fdices: cuphcmism lotinfilica; so minus iustaein 61, h 16;

necfiU-illime in 99, p. ^8, 1. 19.

ferendum: Dioc. Lacrt. 1, 60 quotcs a saying of Solon : ^fXwt/ii; raxi) ktu)' o^t i dp «rij<rjj, /iij iwo^ogina^. ScyfTcrt qu. Isocr. a<l

I)cmon. /3pa3/w5 nip ^[\ot yi-ypov, ytvofuvot ii rtipj Sta/Urtif. Aristot.

Kth. Nic. 9, 3 discusscs the causcs which may justify the dissoluiion

of fricndships.

1

1

temfiis: = Kouphi', an occasion. Trans. ' thought that we thould

put up with it raihcr than dcvisc an occasion for a ini.irrLl '.

§ 6L

^is igilur ete. : ' I think thcn wc must adopt such limits as that.'.. *.

.; sifu ulla exceplione communitas: n. on ao, p. 34, 1. 1.

17 aut caput agatur aut fama: for the arrangemcnt of the wor' '

n. on 8, 1. Ji. Caput is status ; the cascs alludcd to are those \\

might Icad to deminulio capitis. In fama the rcference is to trials in-

X volving infamia as part of thc punishmcnt which may result from

thcm.

tS declinandum de via sit: on the nice qucstion of casuistnr, how far

one is to con<lonc the wrong doings of a friend, 1 '

vague, as Gcllius in his criticism of this passaj;

complains. Th- '--^ - •• 1. .rncs the more u;.

go back to I-T le in g 18 nisi in bonts a",

non posse. Ari 1 of the mattcr is more car<

•lill vague : Kth. Nic. 9, 4, 3 o/> ovr tvdin iioXin-^or, 17 «J irdtfii,

T0(» i.niirom hid. rijp fioxOiiplap ; iraropOiitaw 8" Ixovoi, fiaWof §<rq''

tlt Tii * -Tjp ovalap...i6(<t* S" op 6 iia\vSntPot ovSif droroi' » - >

.

Ror. mor.iIity rcauired a man to go much grcater lc

in ai.:>..ii..j, .. i.icnd thaii would be allowcd evcn by thc popular mu:....:v

of oor time; this is expressed in ihc words moda me summa turpitudo

sequaiur.

est quatenus: cf. est uhi, tst cum and thc likc ; also n. on 19, 1. a8.

-j nec vrrtt /-.v. • ii i<; m.t :it first si-lit r.iiv to scc thc conncxion of thc

whule of •

''re. ' Nor, however, niuvi

we 1« cn- r nnrirty to srrve a frifr-n'.

nor ^

•n I

icry t*- '• *c "

. y DO mcans tpu

§ 63] NOTES. 127

to help a friendl which has aflTection for its constant attendant [/. e. if

we stick to virtue we shall have our reward].

Ulum: in Fam. 7, 16, i Cic. quotes an old line : usquequaqut iapere

efortet: id erit telum acerrimum.

bJandi/iis et asientando: it is not often that Cic. makes the genindthus range with a noun, though the usage is excee<lingly common in

Tacitos and his contcmporaries. Cf. Fin. 3, 34 bonum ncn aecessione

meque creicendo aut cum ceteris comparando ientimOs; also, a litlle lower,

geture mcm crescettdo.

§ 63.

CTtfus omnii iermo erat de amicitia : ' from whom entirely proceeded• >i,. '' ""rse conceming friendship'; ttot ' whose whole discourse was

ijres : 'more painstaking ', i.e. 'than in friendship'.

ct crris: imitatetl from Xenoph. Mem. •:, 4, 4 opdv €<*>rf roit

. --K /iir dWup mj^rwr, Kal Tavv woXXwi' orrup, t6 x\jj0ot

tiojrrat, tuv Si ^Xun, dXlyunr 6irrur, dyvoovrTa^ ; ib. 1, 4, I irt/i€\ofjLi-

ntvt ii rajrrit ftaWop ipdr €<py) roit ToX.\oi>t fj <pl\b)w icT^,<T€on.

97 non posse dicere: n. on 19, I. «8 ; cf. also 73, 1. « fotuit...non potuit.

aS in amicis: asyndeton; cf. n. on 13, 1. 16.

quasi signa quatdam et notas: a tcntative translation of the Greekoiltt€ioy or c/xri^pior, which Cic. clsewhere rendt-rs by ituiicium (.\cadem.fassim) or nota merely (Acad. a, 84); cf. also N. D. i, 11 certa

iudicandi et assentiendi nota. In Xen. Mem. 2, 6 Socrates describesthc signs ihat should lead to the choosing of a friend.

30 firtni etc. : thcse adjectives dcscribe the vir gravis, gravitas bcing thechicf part of the ideal Koman character.

31 expertum : n. on 59, p. 46, 1. 29 osunts.

i.^trips ihe judgment *.

i§ 83. P. 48.

natitMre: ' to check thc kindly impulse as one would a hcadloi^ce '. For sustinere ' to pull up ' cf. Acad. a, 94 ttt a^^itator calltdus

uos ti4ttiiule ; Att. 13, ii, 3; Fam. 9, 8, i tiu sustitiebam. Cf. 33,18.

quo ttc. : * in order that we may find the charactcrs of our friendsor..;ii'Mv fr>.t.-,i liv T,ir!i,il fricndship {i.e. btfore we cnter on full

n steetLs '. Notice thc foUowing points :

a dcpnncnt vcrh, i'; ii^cl in a pa5;<;ive scnse,

-, the

l.Ative

,• \;^j (.r tjitijtt,] ritrie is a phrase

n. on jo, p. 34, 1. a.

...,.-.,... ,;.j . ti. i,^, 1. nf ufa/ur...intractato. The editors

quote Tbeognis 119 ov ydp <U tiitirft dfipot ro«i> ovrc ^vrcuxot,

128 DE AMICITIA. [§63-

KfA* Ttif>a$€lrt% wawtp iroix-ylov. Cf. also Arist. Eth. Xic 8, ^ 8 fn ti

rporinrai xp^"^*' *^ cuyTft)uai. The Latins wrote Umpio rather thanttttto.

4 in: as in 9, p. 30. 1. 3.

5 ffrspiciuntur : scc n. on 56, p. 45, 1. 30 eomtUuendi tunt fui sir

Jints; also on 35, 1. at.

quam tint lev<s : n. on 10, L 8 quam id rtcte.

6 movere nan fx^uit : 'could not have changed*. For this tense ofmovere (=de slatu mcrvere) cf. pro Scauro fragm. 45 qutm purfmraregalis non (ommavit, eum Sardorum mastruea mutavit 1

sin vero: a lare combioation of particles; Cic. nearly always saytsi vero.

8 honores magistratus: not essentially diflTercnt from imperia potatatc-.

for which sce 54, I. 18.

10 ius amicitiae : 'the law of friendship'.

1

1

imbecilla etc: 'nature sbews wcakness when called on to renouncepower'.

13 ohscuratum iri: 'they thtnk their fault will be forgotten' (Le. in the

blau of thcir prosj>erity).

J4 amicitia: the repetition is made for thc sake of emphasis.

lC V 7n.rn!,i'. t.f. j( ijUiUras (cf. n. On «, 1. I4) Inu ;iw\<.- i. 6 I1

in: itiu-miis ; with thc futurc the scarch is looked on as likciy to tak.

lil.icc, wiih the subjunctivc, as not likely.

1 7 quid: n. on «o, I. i.

haec 11' ••<•'"'•« ">.c«.ni.e the fondness of Cic. . . , .,.v.;;g ut tccon-^

word in ; ncc. Hc ncirly always says nihU ut, tum i<

sie ut ai\': t vice versa. Cf. 87, 1. 4.

19 dcscendant: cf. dcscendere in certamen, also in causam {Cic Phil. 8,

4), and the similar uscs wilh dccurrere, devenire.

recte: thc omission of a wrhum dicendi is particularly common i

quotations; so OfT. 3, fti praeclare Ennius; cf. also n. on 1, 1. la

zo nffii<us etc: thc line is only known from this p.issage. It appeare '.

)>c inut.itcd from Eunpides, Ilccuba 1336 /r roti Koxwf 7&^ dYotfoi cu^CTaToi ^Xoc

11 ler-itatis et infirmitatis : ' changefulness and tn^^tnbility*.

IX aut si...aut: the omission of thc sccond si \

and I have I)cen able to find no parallcl. !'('

•Aer the second aut ; cf. Fin. 1, 15 si aut...aut ,u'>i. M.idvij- m iin.

I, 33 rejccts aut ut...aut (whcrc a sccond ut is nccdcd) and reaas mt aut...aut, as some hcre have propoced to read si aut...aut.

$H bcmis rebus : se. suis ; in malis: u. amieorum.

eontemnuHt : st, amieos.

: j, utraqut in rt...iH amieitia : tomewhat carele» «riting.

i 65] NOTES. 1 - ,

gravem: cf. 6j, p. 4", 1. 30.

ex maxiine raro genfre iudicare: se. esse ; 'to belong to (lit. 'to be

om') a very exceptional class of men'. For the omission olesse see n.

§ 65.

f.rr:zr;'ntum ete.: 'the foundation of firmness and stability is the

yalty of him whom we seek to acquire as a friend'. For the reading. A,,,..,., i;^. Por eius quem in amieitia quaerimus cf. Orat. 69 erit

>ts—hufu enim auctore Antonio quaerimus; ib. 100 tenemus,

', quem quaerimus.

3» simpiieem: 'frank', 'open'.

commMnem: 'sociable'; cf. Nep. Milt. 8, 4 summa humanitas,

:ira tommunitas ; so «oirot, for which see Liddell and ScotL

eonsentientem etc.: ' sympathetic ; I mean one likely to be touched

y the same intercsts '.

isdem : so written in Rcpablican Latin (or eisdem), not iisdem.

30 elegi: so rightly spelt, not eligi.

far est: =.aecum est in 36, 1. 18. Cf. 8?, 1. 10.

fidelitatem : no distinction in sense can be drawn between this wonland f.Jcs al)ove.

.• here • deceitful ', bnt often a word of praise, as in Acad.tis qui varius et multiplex ('many-sided') et copiosus fuit.

.10 Kepub. 397 E arfj^ 3tTXoti koX toXXotXoCj, where «oXXowXoyi

j same meaning as multiplcx in our passage. Cf. also below, 88,

1. n\ 9». 1- 33-

tortuosum : this word is generally used of complicated logical argu-

. as in Acad. 1, 98; ct^Tusc. 3, aa contorlius; ib. 1, 41 contor!is

iunculis.

j: nequevero: n. on 41, p. 41, 1. i9.

H^^M^.- n. on p.

^^^^^^^endis...ol>latis: obscivL- un. <.iii.i-iiiu5 . >^iiich scc " "• " l.io.

3 Jit : *is shewn to be*.

quod...dixi: § 18.

4 boni viri...sapient<:m : cf. closely §§ 18, 100.

6 ne quid sit: 'to see that thcre be not'.

fictum ...simulatum : ihe same words in 16, 1. 19.

aperte vei odisie: 'lo go openly ihe length of hatred'; for vel ci. 43,

1. 6 vel Mlum,

7 in.:cr.!ii: here in the same scnse as in Vergirs line ingenui voltus

pucr in.^tnttique pudoris— 'frank '.

oecultare: ktiongcr than celare ; implies delibcrate and habitual coti-

cealmcnt.

ik. L.

130 DE AMICITIA. [§65—

n tfmper...violatum: the clause is an explanation of tbe one wordsms^iosum,

S M-

13 suaritas: Aristot Eth. Nic. 8, 6, i ot t^^orrai W oW ei wfMj^iTotoW ol orpc^roi ^iXuoi «!*«• /3pox^ ^ip ^» aiVoT» t6 t^» ^or^t, ov3<(f

ii SOfarai evyrffitptvtif ry Xinri^p^ oiiii ri^ fii) ijiti.

II condiMmtum: 'which adds no slight zcst to friendship*; cf. Q. i

I, I condimentis hymanitatis stveritas mitigatur,

in omni rt sntritcu: n. on so, p- 34, 1. a.

13 habet : 'brings with it indced dignity'. The • quidemsimply scn'e to throw emphasis on thc subjcct of tl to con-trast it with what follows. Cf. 41, 1. 11; 68, L : "'65morositas...habet aliquid excusationis, non illtus qi, ..;

OfT. 3, 71 malitia quae volt illa quidem videri se < /

abesl. It is often said that is quidem \s only used for iiie qutdetn \\'\

another ille bas just gone bcfore; this is not howcvcr the com: in 4

1. II.

§ 67.

16 exsistit hoe loco: 'thcre arises at this point'.

qucustia: hcre hke the aropla of Aristotlc, a problem to be solved.

18 vetulis: this word usually expre^tses something of coatempt, as wbenapplicd to a woman {vetula).

19 indigna homim dubitatio: in apposition to all of the scntence tbat

precedes; cf. 71, L 16 odiosum genus ; 79, 1. 29 rarum genus.

10 veUrrima quaeque: n. on 34, L 16 oftimis quibusque.

iJ quod dicitur : n. on 19, L 15.

modios salis : Eth. Nic 8, 3. 8 tri H vpoaMrai x/>i*w f«i rwr^n,Kari, rijr Tapoifiiap yiip ovk iar\» tliiioai d-W^Xoi/i wpir roii Xryoi'

POVI d\at affaXuKTai ; Kth. Kudem. 7, 4 ov yap ioriw arcv wtipat ovH/udt iiuipat i 0<\oi, oAXd xp^">\i iti' Sio tlt wapoiftioM iX^jXvfftP i fUiifu*irMf dXwr.

?j w/ amieitiat munus explttum sU: *so as to complete tbe task

friendship', t./. to acbieve friendship.

|M-«4 spem afferunt ut: cL n. on tnenim est tit in 50, 1. 5.

herbii : hcre = the grecn shoots of com. SeyfTcrt quotes Ov. Her. i

"i^^l Ttd nimium prcf^fi.is rt a.lhuc tua messis in herba est.

ibus: so I! .in unproductivc farm mendax, CC al>

^ j, I, i^ ei messem /ailacibus htrbis.

?5 Jructus apparttU: tc. Juturus.

76 vttustatis: t<ttustas k oftcn u»ed alone for vttust.u nmi.:'

Acad. I, I tvtujtnte amicitiae coiuunetum witb Fani(oniuHttos; so bcluw 74, 1. 13.

§69] NOTES. 131

ipso eqiu: ' even in the case of the horse '.

Htvit: SC. Uti ; cf. Brut. 377 sed ta Vtstitu i;ii or,-:::.'nir qun

omart) omata twn erai; Nep. Dat. 4, 4 eo(jue quo studuit

., -cnit; also n. on 41, I. 19.

montuosis etiam: the ancients generally felt little or no admiration

>r wild and raount.iinous scenery. Cicero had more feeling for wild

ictoresqueness tban most Romans.

§ 69.

33 maximum: 'of the highest importance';=f<7/«/ at in 45, 1. 24; cf.

49, L 10 quod maitis est.

superiorem etc: 'that he who has any adv -^-luld place him-

•elf on an equality wlh him who is at a di- : superiorem is

explained by 70, L ^ prcustantiam virtutis itt^.;..,

Cf. 33, L 21

smtque pares in amore et aequales; also § 56. Like Cicero, Aristotle

accepts equality as essential to the highest kind of friendship, as in Eth.

Nic. 8, 5, 5 X^ero» ^Xann ^ labrrr^^ ; 8, 7, 3 la6TT)t, S 3Jj t^i ^\lai

'.yai J««i. He discusses elaborately the question how this equality is to

be undcrstood and secured in friendships of different kinds, but he

admits that thcre are friendships (such as that of parents for chiKiren)

in which it cannot bc sccured (8, 13, i t^m nt» i» laoTtfTi (piXoir 6vtw¥

T«r ii Kofi' irwfpox^'')-

V. 80.

I ex " u-Jam: 'certain supcriorities'-:i>rfpoxat t'""; cf. 73,

L 4 . !as; Aristot. Eth. Nic. 8, 13. i. There is howeverno suv... ....^.^..^.c hero to the al «otf* inrtpox^ ^tXioi of Aristotle as

-eyffert supposes. This wili be dear to any one who reads Eth. Nic.

\ 7.

1 grege: the word jp^ex was often applied to philosophical schools, as

in Ue Or. i, 41 philosophorum greges, wilh which cf. Acad. i, 34 Polemo

et Cratet unaque Crantor in Academia congregali. Trans. ' in our

flock, if I may so call it'. For ut ita dicam uscd Uke quasi tamquamquidam etc. to qualify exprcssions cithcr too strong or unusual cf.

49. •• 33-

3 rhilo...Rupilio...Mummio : see Introd. p. 19.

anteposuit: 'never ckimed for himself superiority ovcr '.

" ' ''

' n of

inus

. ..,.,. .......v^^ .,.>...,. ^ ;. .Scc

l/ricani qui (Fattli) keredttatis Q. Ataximo

heTe = 'no doubt', •indecd', 'it is true'; so in 98, \. 9,cr fhe contrast is introduced by autem, as in Cat. m. 45 by

!). 18, Tusc. 1, 35 by sed tamen. For the omittiun of

iriiclc hcrc cf. n. on 5, L 35.

9-j

I',? DE AMICITIA. [§69—

the insertion of a fre»h pronoun was neceJBary, othcrwiae theMiiijcct to anteUxU might have becn supposed to be ACricanus, tupplied

from sibi.

6 iuosqiu omnis etc: scc 1 1, L )6 libtralilaU in sorores.

\ TO.

8 ut si quam : the f.rst «/ introduces a clause explanatory of qued— '

must do this, I mean thcy must share etc.* Cf. 14, 1. 37 id si ita est uThc sccond ut is consccutivc.

9 ea: o!>serve thc change from the singular praestantiatn to tbe pluiai

M, and for similar changcs sce n. on I4, 1. id quae.

10 nati sint : the subject is not proximi from proximis but omnts fromomnibus above.

si: note si followed by j», the suppo«i'i"ne Krmrr r.finll,l .>n<l notcontrastcd with each othcr. Ilad theyl» —j/« would have been ncedcd. In one sen auseight times repcated.

11 imbecilliore animo vel fortuna: these are the persons mentioned in

59, 1. II saepe enim in qmhusdam asU animus amectior €st aut spa <•

ptificandae/ortunaefraclior.

..dignitiUi: there is really chiasmushere (see n. on 73, 1. 10) since• rs Xo fortuna, honori et diiptitati to antnio. If onc's fricnd is

,,',., iii.o animo {fuKf>6>f/vxos), thinking mcaniy of himsclf, one must try

to confcr distinction on him ; if he is poor, wealth.

honori: n. on 13, 1. 16 cordu

fabulis: Mcgcnds', such as that of Romulus and Remos, to which ;

words dcorum—fiaslores rather point. <.•< tf-• '^"nrerKly insists o.,

taking thc word hcrc and in 75, 1. ii as i .;ys'.

i- < iinrationcm : somc of thc infcrior ' •,»..'/,m n M-r.r i

> now only found in one passagcI, 4J, an'l cvcn thcrc it r.mn,,!

it portion 1 w"' tentury. 'Hies in good

;i.i occurs are Cae*.

i..*^.3, o^, 1 ana .Ncp. Agcs. »,5; icinp. i, i.

stirpis et /(etteris: 'stock and family'; the only difTerence bdng t"

stirpis \-~ *'1 - - -

1

c ..^^ j^.Q^ Wom slight the difference is mayl)e secii •«.igcs: Vcrg. Acn. 4,6« stirptm ttgmusomne Ju . ih. %, (>7% iltic tprii:! "n-^ futurtu ttirf^it

ab Ascanta; ib. 9, 603 durum ab stirpe gti i Oedip. 1

stirpis invictat gentts inierimus; Attius ao8 \. jussunttsn p<clum contaminari stirpem ac misceri grniu.

1 4 famulatu :m,$yfTti<h frce scrvice, ai oppoced to iovKd^^ttrvilmtt.

15 quas; hexc^ctim eos, 'inasmuch as fbr many ytu* tihey lodied ontbem as their tathers'; so often; e.g. in 50, I. 11 qnae<»eMm ett.

16 mtdtt pro/tctt m^git; (or \bt coUooiU lo,

L8.

NOTES. ly,

9. P- 30. I- 3-

• notice the singular verb, thoagh there are really three

^nium tirtuJ /nujia/t/ia), and cf. n. on 14, 1. 24 adi^sci.

8T1.

to ceniurutiomsqm: the coniunctio is the natural association producedHy kinship and ihe like, mentioned in § 19.

suf^ericres : for tbe constructioD iuperior esst in a/ifua re c£ pro Balbo: //; fci.i.re infcrujr.

;: 'not to feel a pang'. The true friendships, Aristotlc

j from offence (d&<i,!<Xip-<H, Eth. Nic. 8, 6, 7; ai-^viXiTrot, ib.

. a. 7).

toque magis. so in 1, \. x^ et eo magis,

habere quod: for thc omission of tbe antecedent to the relative cf. 29,18 n.

cum labore aliqtu suo: 'with some expenditure of toil on thcir part'.

queant: queo is rarely nscd in positive sentences by good writers, bute usage is well attested within narrow limits; cf. Tusc. 5, 108; Cat.

I. 3] ; De rep. 1, 6; also found in Sallust and Columella.

odiosum genus: in apposition \n\)i pUrique ; cf. 67, J- 19; 79, 1. 19.

r/y.7.7 exprobrantium: 'who offensively put forward their services'.

'cs Demosth. De Cor. 316 voidpo ro» ftir tZ raOjrra Stlr

" TdMra XP^o^t fo' i' '5 TOitjaarra (v0ut iriKtXrjodai avTwf,

XPV^oO Tor Si fir) fUKpo\f>vxov roitii^ tpyo* oifBpijirov. to hi

"ftfflat VT0fiifunjoK*w Kal \iytir Ofuicpov Stir 6pM0¥ iori rifi

- , i L-r. Andr. r. •. •'' •- "" - - -^ •••' "tciratio quasi expro-ct tmmemoris ben 2, 10, 4 inter prima"t ct maxime ni cbrem, immo ne ad-

icm. I/aec emm i>tnr/uii inter uuos lcx est: altcr statin:' dati, aller acfepii nttmqtsam.

§ 73.

':i lct themsclves down', x*./. *to be modest'.

sic etc.: i.e. sic dehent ei qui superiores sunt extollere eos qui suntu/criora,

contcmm ' or 'neglected'. Contemnere is hardly ever soroni; in i: ar word 'despisc', which is cominonly u.scd tu

; contingit: n. oo 8, l. 30.

r. 61.

,34 DE AMICITIA. [^73-

I 73.

3 sustinert : Se>'flrcrt rightljr explains sustiture here to mean alinii c>:

fartm f". '^•".';"^ Verr. 3, 1^9 nam tum oratori c^"" '•••' ••••' ,,,-

tnr, otu ! vis a( ratio tonsidfranda tst, y; ./iV/

/Vi/«, qit: _ possit at debeat. Trans. 'you ni ;ich

1>erson jui>l m> much as you in the first place can secure to Kiin, next as

le whom you love and aid is able to bear '. For the omissioD of potsit

to be supplied from possis cf. n. on 30, p. 38, 1. 5.

non...neque : cf. n. on 10, 1. 4. Notice that there i» a riipht ana-coluthon, the form of the sentcnce bcing changed, .

' '' r>er

clausc introduced by a sccond neque thc clauscs ii ire

sul)stituted. Cf. n. on 45, 1. \() fartim. The iin'-" \yt

noliced; it is our English 'you' for 'onc*.

4 exetUas: cf. exttUenti.i- in Ccl. n 50, I. i.

5 perdueere: lit. 'to I 1', f>. as ScyflTert explain», through.all thc various ^des. j

,which somc editions have) is simply

'to advance' without the notlon of gradation.

/otuit...non potuit : cf. n. on 19, 1. a8. In Tusc. 4, 40 Rupilius is

to have taken his brother's dcfeat grcatly to heart ; and Pliny, Nat.Hist. 7, § nj (where some reccnt edd. have Rutilium wongly) enlarges

the story by making him die immediatcly oa hearing the result of theelcction.

6 ^r<T/;^r<r^ would not have done here, sincey&r/r^"

,'«-

sulem mcans 'to votc fur some onc's election as consul'.

§ 74.

8 amicitiae iudicandae sunt : t=iudicandum est de amicitiis 'a dectsioamust be come to about fricndships', though Cicero would not say iudi-eare amiciticu for dt amicitiis.

corrolforatis...aetatibus : 'when strength and stcadine^ h.nve comeover the mind and life'. SeyflTcrt wronglv insists o- la-

tives (which are ablaiives absolute) as ablativcs of (,//-

eandiu '" '

ngthening and steadying ot ;c'.

Had C: would bave written torrobot xti

it \^ •<-- v#.nre ^nnyily a mtOSUrf '^r Ilg

a^ ; or corrol oflil' hc Ka0tffTri>. ics;

cf. pro Catlio 41 1, rrtodo kaet a,las aj ittm t^rr^^ratacafcretur. The o; 1 is in/rmisstmum tempus attatis in

Acad. a, 9; Flacc. 5.

1 1 hahere : the constmction is carried on as thoagh oporM indicarear- r somclhing sunilar bn '

' '; ' ' ' !. indecd inscne; I is unneccsBMy. In 1 nttamdmafmit,ei< nio n,tlui an euni •}!, wonls of>^tlrt

i

§75] yOTES. 135

I isto moJo: 'on that prindple*; so ista ratione commonly, and occa-

sionally ista condidotu, as in De Or. i, loi.

nutriees et paeJjt^os^i : generally at Rome these were slaves.

r ; n. on 68, 1. 16.

: herc concessive, 'I admit', as in 13, 1. :6.

ttiia quodnm modo: so in 7, 1. 6. For quodam see n. on 6. p. 19,

1. I ; for the constr. 68, 11. 15, 26. For the reading atstimanii see

Api>endix.

disparis mora etc: 'diversity of character is accompMied by diver-

>ity ot taste, and dissimilarity of taste severs f ' ' ' More$ is un-

doubtedly in the accusative, not, as I-ahm. - the nominative— h^ftines disparibns moribus ; homines secun... ; is certainly not

I ;. For the morum similitudo as a necessary condition of friendship'

' ;^ '5» '7» 33 (mutari...mores), 50; also Aristotle Eth.Nic. 8, i, 6 o/uxo-

riira, t*»« rietaatM airrrir (<t>iXiar) Kal TOiVt Ofiolovi ^"Xouf, ib. 8, 3, 6

TtXda. y iorir 17 tCi» a-)a6Qp <pi\ia Kol «tor' aptrif» onoiwr; ib. 8, 8, 5 ri

ci iaarifl koI o/ioiorip (fnXoTtii Koi fid^iara fiir )} tIv «ar' o/^er^r o/mkoti;»;

ib. 9, 3, 3 To Ofioior rif 6fioi(fi (piXor.

' ssunt: cf. 18, L 3.

1 .• * vox Cieeroniana. The word is Jn good Latin never

uscti 01 aisiance in space. Aristotle several times discusses the question

how great a diflerence in character or other circumstances is required

to render friendships impossible. Cf. Eth. Nic. 8, 7, 4 ZriKo» bi ko»

ro\i SuLaTiifia yiyn}Tat iptTrjt 17 KaKtat 17 tiwoplas 17 riros iWov' ov

yap Irt ^\oi tialr, dXX' oW d^«ot'0'ji'...d«'/)<^>7» iiiw our ir tovtois o6k

foTiw opiafiot, fuit r/vot oi ^iXoi' «oXXwr yiip i/pai.povfiiru>» In /Jtifti,

woXi/ a X'*'/'*'^**'"*» ^*" ^"^ dfoO, ouK Iti.

§ T8.

on 6, p. 7g, 1. I.

twr einm: lollowed by et saepe instcad of nec ; for the slight aim-

otulhon cf. 79, II. 31, 33; 104, IL M, 31.

fabulas: n. on 70, L n ; cf. OfT. 3, 94 ut redeamus adfabulas.

Neoptolemus: or Pyrrhus, son of Achilles by Deidamia, daughter

of Lycomedes, V; ' ' vros. He appcars in the Philocietes as an

arabuMdor to t thout whosc Iww it was fated Troy .should

not fklL Wclck.. liut Cicero bcre ref<.r5 tu a sccnc in a lost

play of Sophoclcs entitled aX 'S.KvpiOA.

magna* res : * ^caX MuiKA*. Yor ineidunt

mollitqiu: the qut merely connects infirmus with mollis and does

not correspond with the firsl et. [In Ciccro and the bcst writers tt

and qut do not corrcspood.J To sbew this trans. ' is cot only weak

aod efiTeminate, but aI»o ...*.

parum iustus : 'far from reasonable';/<i/'«M alawxt »#•«»«», «$ niinus

»i. L li.

ij . DE AMICITIA. i-V^-|T«.

alqtu...impelr,iri: this 5s a Ijttle summary of §5 73—75- Such summarics are oftcn introduced by atijue =: 'now', u in Acad. i, 43.

in omni re : * on evcry occa!>ion '.

3 1 iam enim etc. : the verae amicUia* or perfeclae tre sempiternae ; »ee11, K a8 and Aristot. Kth. Nic. 8, 3, 7 ^ W rouivni ^iXia {se. tujk

a-faOu») fjJtnfjMx iarlr. The que&tion of ihe dissolution of fricndshipswas partially discussed in §§ 31 sq. and is considcred by Amtollc in

£lh. Nic. 9, 3.

'-> ^-nfium: ^virorum bcnorum as dcfined in § ii.

• ••> amicitias: these diflTcr only in de^ee from the verae ami........ .^cing based on a less dcgree of virtus, -- •• ""<,' -? ."'•

volgi n(m abhorret (50, 1. 14), hcnce they must i

the ^XkMx based on r6 r)b\i and rh iixpi\ma» \\ :\

discusses. These latter fricnd^bips Cicero refuse* lo deai wiiii

and clsewherc).

oratio delabitur: so 100, 1. 8 oratio defiuxit, and cf. Qa. Fr. i, 1, 1

ad praerifncndi rationem dclapsa eU oratio mea. for the seiise al

§ 100 is to bc cotnparcd.

P. 62.

I erumpunt in: 'break out upon\

tum...tum : here purcly temporal, ' at ooe tUne, at another '. So in

13, I. 18.

3 alienas: n. on 19, 1. 35.

quffrum : = talium ut, hcnce redundet not rriun^<it.

3 usus :^consuetudinis, KoutM^at, as in;, utehart mu'.

tum.

eluendae: the word eluere, lit *fo wipe oul', is particularly uscddisgrace or crime; e. g. eluere maculam in Sest. 63; Verr. 5, iti

seelus in Verg. Aen. 6, 74 a.

ut Catonem dicere audivi: 'as I have been told Catoased to saynot *as I have hcard Cato say' which would require dicenUm or cutn

diceret; cf. 88, L 14.

4 dissuendae etc: cf. OflT. i, no ,''"- -—

" • _. .- ... -,

pientes sensim diluere quam rrpcnle ptf-.tiut iTuam oppressae. 01»bcr%'e «,.„.. , , ^

i-r, for which cf. n. on i"}, \. 31.

rrit : from exardeseere, the verb exardert occurring only in

vcry iatc I^tin, as in thc Vulgate. Tbc metaphorical uae is eaoeedinflcommon in Ciccro ; cf. 39, 1. a6.

6 rectum...koncstum : there ia no appreciable diflierenoe in aaeaiiin

l>etwcen ihese wonis.

staiim: cf. Aristot. Eth. Nic. 9, 3. 9 o^' oS» ti$it i*aX.vriw 4wivi» a'XXa roti ortdrMt dtd ri^ fLox^ipi»".

§ 78] KOTES. 137

:m nnt sttuilorum : the fJrst aut correspoirls to aut before ht

It is exceedingly likely that the second aut shuuld be^ it ; cf. 74, L 19 mor^m studiortimiftte.

:!u> ut fieri soUt: 33, 1. 6 mutari etiam mores hominum/.7.'/.-.

9 in rei fublicat partibus . 'in connexion with political parties'; lit.

'in the divisions of the commonwealth '.

I ( eommunibus :— volgaribus in 76, p. 25, 1. 33.

I

I

Q. Pompei etc.: the grandfather of the Pompeius mcntioned in § ?;

he raised himself to the consulship as a novtts homo in 141 B.c. (Brut.

06; Vcrr. 5, 181). Laelius was a candidate and Pompeius was said to

have promised Scipio that he would not stand himself but supportLatlliis.

•mico^ the praetor of 148, who commanded in

.0 retumed and was the leader of the anti-Sci-

piunic parly. Thc quarrel, which was very famous, began with thedc*patch of Mummius, who was connected with the Scipios, to com-mand in Achaia. Mctellus became consul in 143 after two failures, andcomrnandi.d .-u,'ainst Viriathus, In 131 he was ccnsor and lived till 115.} le was an augur ; hence collega of Laelius.

et : this does not correspond with ac, but graviter ac moderate goKigether and form > ; •'-)ion. Et and ac do not correspond in Cic;cf. n. on 75, 1. 37

8 T8.

quam oh rem...iniuriam : these sentences summarise and emphati-:ally repeat the sense of the two preceding sections.

ut exstinctat etc. : ' that the fi icndships may seem to have bumt outrathcr than to have bcen extinguished '. Cf. Cat. m. 71 aditlescentes

ihi mori sic viJcnlur tU cum a/ttae multitudine flammae vis oppri-itur ; senes autcm sic, ut sua s^nte, nuUa adhibita vi, comuniptus

iptit exstinguitur.

cavendum vero: for the omission of est cf. n. on 14, I. 3 r.

tolerctbiUs : agrccing with thc last only of ihe thrcc words iurgia ma-Udicta contumeliae.

kanos trHnumius: so Aristot. Eth. Nic. 9, 3, 5 etp' oi/r niAi* iXKwh-Ttpoi' Tfih$ airr6r i^rio» ij il fiif if*yt>pti <t>l\i}% tirfO^rore, If 8ti fwtiaf tx*urTT»« ftPOfUwin ovmtOtiat ; «oi KaOdrtp ^Xms /uiWor )J Mptloit oUtfuda t<ip

maiapi^ffdat wrw koI roit "yfn^M^wt irofinrjTioi' ri dti TTjr Tpo-^ryti^-

^drrip ^iXtar, orap fiii Jt' vrtpPoXjfir /tox^vpiat ^ didXvan yi-pjfrai.

cmnino : hcre = ' to sum tip ';' looking at ihe mattcr as a whole '•

una cautio est : for thc forra of expre&sdon cf. Acad. a, 51 omniumitanium vuorum una dcptUsio est ; Alt. n, 31, 1 una at vitalio ; ib.i

i:S DE AMICITIA. ... ;^ -

: .7./ hatf 0niu.'a una cotuolatio tst. In all tbeae passages tb: verbal

iiuuii II) -tio conveys the notion oipossibility.

ut tu: n. on 41, 1. ?6.

- s non dignos indignos, «pparently becaote of digm auUmfoUowing.

§ 79.

,.,//'.,f ;„ .* .r. i^r,,VTi,ly not put for /'« y-;.,. ... ./ '.^, . v.l \z^tT quihusn)\ ' who jx)sscss (ht. 'for whom there is') in

: r sccuring affcction '.

rartitn genus : cf. n. on 67, I. 10 iudigna homine dulntatio. Aristotle

Eth. Nic. b, 5, b ffximat M cZ«6t ris roiai>raT (^Xiai) cirju* ^Xiyot 7d/>

oi rou>(/ro(.

,0 omnia praeclara rara: the omission of the predicate « particnlnrlr

common in proverbs, wherc also assonance {J>raecl-ara r-ara) is

sought aflcr. For the clhpse cf. Acad. i, 14 sus Minfrvam^

ris. 69 clauduj pilam (iacit). So in Greck xa^*»» Ta gaXi.

31 tH suo genere perfectum: so Tusc. 5, 37 tuUura quidquid genuit insuo quid/iu genere pcr/ectum esse voluit.

31 neifue...et: n. on 75, L u.

^i 1: 's: the same comparison is ««jcd by riafo in

thc iwiji' T« •ya.p fi paaiXia iyKUfua^JfHfov [ya ru.i'

«>o>i<w. ,,,t.,^. yy, y..w,,^<;>ot) eUowu' iv&u/iOft^wcvor roX^ ^ddX.Xofra.

Cf. the tritc line of Uvidf Pont 3, 3, 8 volgus amicitias utilUate frobat.

§ eo. r. 63.

i .;//.• cf.§§ 31. 3J.

3 per se tt propter se : ' in and for iLsclf '.

'•* '..'(i; n. on 41, 1. 34,

/ siffi ttc. : 'nor do they talce themselves as examples to shew, how great thc power of thi» friendship •'

'.

4 is: i.t. vis huius ncUuralis amicitiat.

rt...el: aftcr the ncgative (ntc) aut...ttut wuum navc bccn morcusual. Cf. qiu for ud in 30, p. 38, 1. 1 n.

ipst se: n. on 5, L iS.

6 quod idem : thcse words go together, as in i ;,

8 1.' ' .' ^, L 6 verum amicum qui iu,'u^.'tir r.im.ri ••: /x—/>/>:' r tui ; Arist. Elh. Nic. 9, 4, 5 Im ; . o •;

.

iW^. , ^ " :•''-"- •'•'.

9 hestiis tte. : for thc arran^emcnt of thc cpilhcts in two groapt, ooe <

three anil .Trir>!liiT nf twn N.m.k wii! ro:ni):i!>-, riiv. I. Ua otHHi.

sufera tr:

rogo ut l..

§$3] NOTES. 139

10 ut: for this following on aftpard cf. n. on 50, 1. 5 veriora esse ut.

u ipsat: above, 1. 4; below, 1. 14. The principle that self-prescn.-a-

tion is the first instinct of animols formed the starling-point of the Stoic

Etlycs. Cf, Fin. 3, i6 sq.

fariter...nascituri 'is bom with every creature in an equal d^ce'.

ad quas se applicent: n. on 49, p. 43, 1. 32.

+ quanto id magis : n. on quam id recte in 10, 1. 8.

i6 unum ex duobus: c£. 91, 1. 31 ut unus quasi animusfiai ex pluribus.

§ 82.

1 7 ne diiam: thc phrase is elliptic = AiV dico ne dicam, and impudenter,

which may be regarded as in inverted commas, stands as object of di-

cam. Cf.n. on 48, 1. 18 non dico.

habere talem amicum etc: the theory that friendship is based on

want of resemblance and not on resemblance enters into the Platonic

Lyiis aij C sq. Cf. especially 2150 ^X/<rra rd d^Mxorara xpAi a'X-

XijXa ^orov T« KoX 0iXov«(Ktat naX lx*i(>o.\ ifirtrXaaffai ra Si aj^onoio-

Tora ^Xiat. Aristotle, Eth. Nic. 8, 8, 6 sq. decides that it is almost

entireiy the lower kind of friendship {1} 3id t6 jfpV^^^P^") which is bascdr.n 1-ick of rcscmblance.

tr est...quaerere: cf. §§ 31, 51.

• in agreement with a/iquem {ripd) unexpressed. Cf. £9, 1. 39esset osurus ; where Cobet needlessly alters esset into esses.

u„.,„i iam dudum tractamus: cf. 65, p. 49, 1- 1 eam quam iamdudum tracto constantiam.

.-,,,.-.., r,^; f^otcst: ' may be strengthened '.

.• thosc mentioned in §§ 61, 6a as frequently bringing

• '•1'Uhips.

:ie: aequitas is the view of justice taken by a man..^ .

,, : honour, iustitia thc klmI ur technical view.

neque quicquam etc: cf. §§ 36—40.

erse: =«'/•.• .-/<-—• .(. P-i.^ , . ,. ,.

S 63.

lihidit: ; ;iat in friendship the gate is open to anrestrained

.m..,eomrt: Ari^tot. Eth. Nic. 8, i, 1 ^uXla iartw a.atT^ rct

fj V "' '

214 D o^a^dt Ti^ Q- '

d i' 't KdKI^ oiiiivoTt tlt

Bcu:: .j,. V , . .....j,,,.-,. >.iying owitoftor waouv ._, ^^— t . .,.

^tXlaw. CI. § 19.

a natur.i .i.if.i ,"/• in C\c a natura and natura dari both frequently

occur. 1

:

•« natura \% personified, in the latter natura

m iMcd ad

.

140 DE AMICITIA. ^. Sj -

toUtaria: cf. §§ 30, 87, 88.

la quae summa sunt: *the highest moral vicws'; cf. Arch. 14 il'n

quae summa sunt...mhil esse in vita mmpio of^re expetenditm nisilaudanatque konestatem, in ea autem tersequenda omttis cruciatus corforis^ om-ma ftrictUa mortis atq%u exsih parvi esse duceHaa,

P. 54.

t altera: ns virtus above= ^owo virtule praeditus so altera here '^alte-

rius hominis virtute. Cf. virtutem in 48, 1. 20.

quos inter: &s a rule, only dissyllaljic prepositions follow thc ca^^cs to

which thcy are attached, exccpt when some attribute is attr,

noun or pronoun, e.g. mu/tis in rebus below, 8«, 1. 14, Se)i

the stmnge and unfounded statement (after Zumpt) that the prcpu^Uoiionly follows its case when it govems a relative pronoun.

I eorum ete. : 'iheirs is to be rcgarded as thc best and richest compa-nionship on the path to nature's hiplicst good'. For natura cf 19 1. aonaturam rf-'- • ' ••.v vivendi duicm,

§ 84.

4 in qua omnia insunt: 'which brings with it evcrything'.

5 honestas...iu.' '

' ' '''

the last of thc

\\^<S. iucunditas ., — , ... ...^ . .-

place as the other two things mcntioncd, Ciccro must have icfi ov.

atque. See n. on n, p. .^i, I. 7. For expctenda sec n. on ai, 1. »4 ;

for the collocation tranquillitas animi atque iucunditas n. on 8, \. 11

cum summi viri tum amiiissimi. ScyfTcrt secms to think that konestas

is not uscd hcre in its ordinary Ciccron<an sense of 'moralitj', tbough

he does not say what meaning he givcs it.

6 ut et...possit: thi^'

f thc most diflficnlt in tbe treatise,

though passed over 1 .ihmcycr. It sccms to contain a

tacil protcst against '..... - s which made hcn(<fas (ro naXo»

= virtue) everyihing; I^ciius asscris ihat |)crfcct h.ij

vita cf. n. on 45, 1. 15 beate vricndum) contains other i;

that the perfcction of fricndship aod tbe perfcction of lupp;i.>.

inextricably conncctcd.

7 quod: this refers l>ack to the la.st sentcncc and not f

I

I

nrazis aliqui casus : aliquis, which is substantival, .;

ti>-al, could scarccly have Ix-cn uscd hcre, since the .idjcoivc ^•» .';•»/ is in

juxtaposition. In 87, L 8 however d/f^tf deus ; cf n. on 33, I. 4i.

experiri: cf. gf ';

'"> from riu' ' f

Euripidcs ri ^>i\w r r cacoi', r ,

ooe of riiilcmoD tCx»*' /*'/ •^'

11 evm...iudicaris: ' can 1« shewn to be taken from

phmstus wtpl ^Xtat { p. 11) for riularch vrpl ^XaStX^f

.

§ 8;] NOTES. 141

qootes as from Theophrastus the words roii ydp aWorpiotn oi ^uXoCvra,

iu KfiifttM, aXX«i KpLPwra ^cXccV; so Seneca ep. 3 is!i- "• *osUre

effieia ftrmiscent qui contra praecepta Theophrasti curt: iudi-

etrn/, et non amant, cum iudicaverint. Ammianus Sla. :>, 1, 9puts Cicero's words, slightly altered, into the roouth of Vaientmian, in aspeech made by him on being raised to the throne.

tum maxime etc: cf. § 62.

- acta agimus: an oxymoron (so ' to slay thc slain ') for which Seyffert

coropares Plut. Mil. 3, t, 41 nota noscere; Poen. 4, 1, 48 doctum docere;

Cic Fam. 14, i, \% puerum perditum perdere. As to the proverb, Do-Tercnt. Aaeiph. a, 3, 24 (quoted by Seyffert) not improbably^ that it originated in the law courts, ubi quodsemel iudicatum

tji jruj.ru iierum agitur. Cf. 59, L iS inimtciorem amiciiiae; also n.

on 13. 1- 7-

Ziiamur: sc.facere.

:tro et citro: here= ' mutually ', as in the common phrase data uUroci:roqluJide (Liv. 29, 13, 5).

18 cursu: c£ 63, L 3.

§ M.

) rei incuria .—dere i. ; cf. n. on lo, p. 34, L l rerum consensio.

una : by attraction for unum (' the one thing'

; for this usage see

n. on 50, h la

quanupiam : elliptic, the full sense being ' most men agree aboutvinuejiT/ etc. '; for the ellipse cf. 33, p. - ' r.

vtultis : chiefly the Epicurcans.

•/ "•• muJti etc.: not exactly in accorJ wiih 63 1. 8 ubi eos invettiemus'-.

' ) cr\c quam mulii ; no goo<l writcrs use quot as a substantive.

> . in :;. 1. f> ::t.:'n multcu Cic. however often prefers to \xx quatu'...... .'

..- fiu.:: .s here quot, tot would be pcrmL>sible; so 35, L 3'j

L^c Uj, mulLi qu.1.1Jata.

, ad unum ; ' to a man*.

te! ' ' ' ;hose who follow thc r ^

2 the ' ot. One of the m.iii.

Crct.. , ..- j..:crs was that of iht , ._ . _ — ...,,

livcs. Cl o. on 10, 1. 6.

otiati: bere, as often, iaplies merely the freedom from puilic duties ;

cf. 16, I. 19.

tr'—•"" --'''^: for the phrase sec n. on ??, !. t": ''— •' ^

lEpi> n- on 56, L 31.

/. ..'''-'" • 'f" >•'. '. 10.

87.

142 DE AMICITIA.{.

4 ut : on the position of ut, second word in Uic clause, .

on 46, 1. 17.

.f Timtmfmt the pMirOfMwot who is the subjcct of Shake$peare's play,

a contemporary of Socrates.

fusfio quftn : the euitors all misinterpret this, makiTvprcv !cd to indicate Timon'^

' '

mst . ttfscio quis and the !

tion;;.., ^ Lircck, to avoid t^- -^

wilh Greck litcraturc. The 1

not be presumed to know Titi.

a story of Xenocratcs to a Kunian jury (who objeclcd lo Grc»leaming in an advocatc), Cicero calls him quiJam (lialb. § ti); so >

the Stoics non nulli litteris ck studiis doctrinae dediti (Balb. \ \

A'escio quem hcre has the same purpose as «/ o/dnor below, 88 L 1

4

Cf. also n. on 24, 1. 18 doctum quendam.

6 possit: not potuisset, bccause the statement is gcneral, and is^talis

homo, as in 59, 1. 33 and often.

rvomat: the metaphorical usc is common, as in eruttare, i^tyM».

virus acerbiiatis : ' gall of bittemess *.

8 continf;ere: n. on 8, L 30.

II tam esset ferreus; for the ni: • n. on 10, L 8 ouam iJ recte.

Yor ferretts cf. 48, 1. ao, and ! c Aristotle Politics 1, 1, 14

•KnKttin, uart ij $i)ploi' 1} $t6t.

§ 88.

14 quod etc: 'which I have 1 1

customary sayinjj of ihe Tarcir !

it from other r • ''

'

L 3. For a sii

about 400—36^ ;

.,

,

. j

natu qui se porro pueros a snubus au*iuse a;.

18 illam : = eius rei ; cf. n. on a, L 13 eum

quat fuisset : Nauck takes thcse words as Ixrmg those of I,

and not part of his re|)ort of Archytas ; otherwise, hc ^y%, Cic v.

have writtcn quamfore : see however n. on 45, L 35.

li aliquem : sce n. on 37, 1. 6.

70 sfytfrrque ete. : ' and always strives after some]

whiih i>rup is most acceptable when found in thc bcst ii

tamquam : so in 45, 1. 76.

13 obsurdescimuj : ' wc stop our ears against her '.

14 tst enim...amicitiM: ' now the intcrcourse In friendship ts extensive

and manifold '.

it, vnius rt mu!tipiex: so Acad. i, 16 rtatonis...qui varitu d mudti-

plexfuit, and below, 91, 1. 33; also n. on 65, p. 48, L 31.

5 90] NOTES. 143

«/;j i.Vj ('.:.: 'there is one grievance to which we are to submit

m ordcr that wo - -.-:- . .1. • -^lness and loyalty in friend-

ship'. Forthe ,- »7/a cf. N.D. a, 138 i7/<i

fctius txplUelur i: nam etc; also Madvig on

1 : .. .?, 36. The Mss reading suhlevanda retained by Nauck gives no

-u;:able sense. [Yet C. F. W. M. retains it.]

et monntdi d oblurgandi : 'must be not only advised but even

reproved'; so 44, L i^ et adhibeatur aucloritas ad monfndum non modo

aperte sed etiam acriUr si ra postulabit ; below 89, p. 56, 1. 6 monitio—obiurgatia.

19 accipimda: n. on 40, I. 6.

§ 89.

familiaris meus : cf. Introd. pp. I4, 17.

,; tf^j^^w/«»r rf^-.; Terent. Andr. 1, i, 41 (1. 68). <3^j<7w»//ot here in

a bad sense = llaltery ; often however used in the good sense of ' defer-

ence ', as bclow.

P. 66.

I molesta veritas: for the omission of est cf. n. on 14, I. 31 sin illa

veriora.

siquidem :' inasmuch as '•

4 in fraudem impiUiiur: ' is driven on to destniction'. Fraus often

means, as here, ' harm ',' injury '.

5 kabenda etc. : Cicero says both habere rationem and adhibere ra-

tionem (Leg. Agr. 5, 5) but only adhibere diligcntiam, so that there is

here a slight zcugma (unless adhibenda is to be substituted for habenda).

6 monitio: said to occur here only in Cicero, who commonly uscs

admonitio.

ut...careat: ' that reproof may be unaccompanied by insult '.

7 in obsequio : ' in ihe payment of deference '.

adiutrix : n. on 37, I. 16.

nvn modo...sed ne quidem: Cic. also uses non modo non...sed nequidem, ihe diffcrence bctwecn the two phrases mcrely lying in this,

that when non is expresscd it b more emphatic than when it has to

bc supptied from the negative in the succceding clause. Observe that

noM modo cannot stand for non modo non except when a° ncgative follows.

10 libero : adjecfive for suV)st.-»nlivp. The cfld. say that the use is

rendered permi'- '

'. but the phrase libero

dignus is comm .int ; e.f^. De Or. i,

17,71; dL aL.Kj .^. ij, .„ ^..^- ... i..^. ,;uij liberaiiterqut educato

ftgnum.

tyranno: cf. 51, p. 44, I. 33 tyranniyrum t!/,i.

§ 90.

'us autem etc. : Cicero was very likcly thinking of Hcsiod's wcll-

lines (Works and Days 393) oZroi ^ti» wvuxtfnrrot ot avry wdirra

144 . DE AMICITIA.[§ 90-

Mi^Q'Iia0\it 8' av Kigttpot ot tv tlvlm wl9rirai.

\ it 64 tt nrir^airitvoiji /ii/ir' dXXou dtovutp

\ ip $vfiif /SdXXi/rcu, i i' aur' dxfi^iot iiHip,

13 *n/«w.' 'a ncat saying'.

illud Caionis : like ro rw TVKarwot rtc. in Grcek.

ut mtdta: cf. Fin. i, 7 fa^cte U quidem sicut alia (to Madvig righ;reads).

1 6 atqut iltud absurJum : se, tst ;i\. on 14, 1. 31.

17 «0« capiunt...capiuHt : n. on 19, 1. a&iS obiurgari: for the asyndeton cf. n. on 5, 1. 15.

«9 qw>d contra : SeyfTcrt, and after him Lahmcj-cr, takes quod as thouRhit were poverned by contra, the prcposition thus bcing put aftcr its

casc. I bclicve the quod to bc mcrely a connccting link bctween theclauscs, hke the 'which' in vulgar English and sometimes in Thu-cydidcs and Plato at thc bcpinning of sentcnces or clauses ; in fact thetise is the uune as that in quod si at the beginning of a clattse or sentence.

§ »1.

21 et m iirri est : for the singular verb cf. 14. 1. ijPhilus et .]/uii:.'::iS adesset.

proprium est amiciliae: n. on a6, 1. 14.

7 1 libere: fitra. rappijffiat ; n. on 44, I. 13.

.'3 sie habendum est : the edd. aftcr SeyfTert all take sie not as cresponding to ut, but as going closcly with kabendum est (cf. 10, !.

sic habetote) and as refcrring to what comcs aftcr, the word^ fr<»m «»//to assentatiotum bcing thus an cxplan.ntion of sie. The sic ; icorrespond with ut is supposcd to havc fallcn out. I ; .«

ut and si< as corr- '•''•' : '^^...^0 «•• •"^' -."-:

Cicero certainly u im est alo:

dause. Cf. Off. 1, 5 >t,ut hocfttreligioni nocentem aii^ituiHdo modo ne nefittum tmpiumqut dejendcwhere Cic. might have writtcn item sie est hiibendum, rdiponi tut ttc.

"I : cf. 34, 1. 14 pestem...amicitiis {duivc).

..'ionem blanditiam assentationem: ' fawning, wheedling n-

llaUcry'. Adulatio is the worst fault. and corresjxands to thoKoKaKtla: cf. Tac Hist. 1, i, 4 adtdaJioni foedum crimen srinest ; Cir. ' -f dogs in N. D. a, 158 canum lam amatu daminonimadulaiio. 1 \s morc likc the Greck dpiffKtuL, an ezcetuvedcsirc to

j _ ^ Ihis is one of many words commonly used oniv io

the plural, but by Cic. also in thc singular: in 61, 1. ij bl,:-

Assentatia a the fault of tJv -c .jtd cmnia ad voluntatem Ucum.tM)-

multis nominihu ,,im notius qttalt tit pturiluttctatum vocabtd.'^. ;..

:'} /efinmr \hc i']'i :.,.:, nstanfium.

: for ihe rcatling nce Appendix.^Cf. Oralor 38 aJvtlu^

/'• <:ribere ; De Or. 3, 177; aUo »/»ot ifittrip Xryfi».

§94| NOTES. 145

18 iudianr: r power to judge of tnith'. Cic. often nses iutii'

ciutn vtri in amithcr sense to translate the Greek KpiTijpiOP roO d\ri0ovti

cL Acad. 2, 39.

§ 93.

<../«c. lu -itrum, not iuJicium veri as Seyffert and Nagclsbachake it.

,.., nomffi amiciliae: n. on 6, p. 59, 1. 5 nomen sapientis.

valere non potat; 'can have no meaning*. C£ 19, 1. «9 nomenamieitiae tollitur.

31 amidtiae vis : cf. 15, 1. \fiete.

unus queui animus: n. on 81, 1. 16.

31 quoque: this is quoque not qudque. For the sense cf. Aristot. Eth.Vw- r. . a x.^^.^^^^^r,i yap iavTcit {ol ^vXoi); ib. 9 «rairtdfft yap avrw

.140 dWd fioi Sonoici \^yew Toi/S dya6ovt ofiolovs

VI, Toirs 5i KaKovi firfii-roTt Ofioiovf firiS' avTOiiS

avroif thfoi d\\' iurXiiKTovi Kal aiaTa0tii)Toir%.

35 varius...multiplex: above, 65, p. 48, L 31 ; 88, 1. 25.

§ 93. V. 67.

I dc-Aum: 'erratic'.

: scnsum ae voluntatem : ' fecling and inclination '.

3 convertttur : De Or. 3, 177 orationis genus aJ omnem aurium volup-

tatem et animorum motum mutatur et vertitur.

4 negat quis: this is no hypothesis; i.e. it mast not be supposed that

there is an ellipsc of Ji'; there is rather a picture of very common occur-

rences in Gnatho's life ;' a man saj^s no, I say no ; then he says yes and I

say T«'. The use of the verb is thercfore not to be compared with that

\. D. I, 57 roi^/s me...nihil respondeam, nor evcn with Ttdvdax.

known pa>«saye of Euripides' Mcdea {kox d^ retfvcuri). The.u.. ...>_ .a Tercnce, Eunuchus 1, 1, ai (1. 250). For the contrast 01'

nci^at and ait cf. Acad. 7, 104 ut neque neget aliquid neque aiat.

omnia: ased adverbially; 'throughout*, *in <v. rviliing',

f.rsona : n, on 4, 1. 9.

•7/ -.'' arv'" ' • '-" ' • Sclongs to lightmi....>.>...v.-« 10 attach to onc-

>. 1: .; : i.(!'. FoT omnino c(. 87, I. li; iot idgenus

tjw.\ ; - u-'/.

;

::. on 4, L I5.

§ 94.

H similes: se. sunt ; for the omission cC 89, p. 36, 1. i, molesta teritat,

and n. on 14, L ji. Cum =*though',

ioco: 'origin*; $.e. loco quo nati sunt.

(» tum...accessit: ao 48, L 19 cum contigit.

vanitatem: lit. 'emptincss'; iV. * wortblessness*.

R. U 10

il6 DE AMICJrr^ U 95—§ 98.

10 stcemi...intemosci : for the arrangemcnt of the words »ce n. on ^

1. 31. Plutarch wrote a tract entillcd s-wt i.9 ra lioxpirctc «^Xaca t^.

1

1

fucata...veru : there is no chiasmos bere ; ftuata corresponds to sin-

ccrii and simulata to veris.

13 imf>critissimis: supcrlative adjcctive as substantive : so oftcn in

CxccTOfamiliarissimi, inimicissimi, initfuissimi. Tht- ' use of

thc f<>OT/<i^a/ii'^ adjective 1» lc&s common. ScyfTert qu >Icm. 3,

7, 5 wherc Socratcs calls the votcrs in the Athenixui ecdc»ia ipporwTa-Tovs Kal aadtvfffTOTovs.

13 inter...et inter: the rcpctition of the prcposition is not required bymodcm idiom; it is adoptcd hcre for fhc sakc of clearnc&s. In 48, 1. 18

inter pecudem et homincni. Cf. n. on n, 1. 25.

§ 96.

15 C. Papirius etc: in 130 B.c. Carbo (sce n. on 39, p. 41, 1. 3) pro-

posctl a law ut eunJem trihunum plebi quotiens velUt creare liceret (Livy,

epit. 59). The proposal failcd, but at some datc bcfore 133 B.c. a I.iw

was carried which allowcd thc re clcction of oulgoing tribuncs v\

numbcr of candidatcs was not suihcient to iUl all the places (..

BelL Civ. I, 31).

16 influebat: so irrepert illahitsA insinuare (below, 99, 1. 38) are ofi'

uscd. ("f '" nc>rum animos tamijuam inflturr; Fin. 1.

39 si ea quasi titillaret sensus ut ita dicasn et u-/

toscum .... ._ ...aberttur.

ferret: hcre ' was trj-ing to carry ' ; «o transfer^atur below.

17 nihil de me etc: Acad. 3, 66 non •'' •••• • i dt sa^tenU ; Dc Or. 7

74 non de memet ipso scd de oratore.

19 ducem. .comitem : n. on 37, p. 40, .. . -. . .ipio appeared to be th^

lcadcr of tbe nation, though ihcn not a magtstrate but only a kmnaprivatus.

20 est in manibus: *is publishcfl*, 'is commonly read'. A r

use; cf. De Or. i, 94 libellus qm nu intito excidit et pervenit in

haminum. But in Cat. m. 38 septimus liber ori/pnum est in n:,:r..

the sense is different, ' I bavc on hand the scvcnth book of my On^.i:

Cf. 103, 1. 4.

j r popularis...populi: intentional contrast.

11 redeam: n. on i, L 10; 75, I. 3 3.

Q. Maximo : n. on 69, p. 50, 1. 4.

33 tt L. Mancino: thc i: .' is due to the i' 'he

wonl» fratre Scipionis ; • ic would have /<»

L. Mancino consuU!"

iC

war, and was one •>' LHc i» iaid l<i havr _ J

96] NOTES. 147

and exhibited in the forum, where he attended and explained the pic-

tuies to the mullitude (Plin. Nat. Ilist. 35, § 23).

quam vidibatur : for tbe indicative, though dependent on m^minisfis,

c£ the common usc in poets of the indicative after rumru vides ut andthe like; also for quam n. on 37, 1. 9.

tex...Crassi : C. Licinius Crassus, tribune in 145, proposed to makeelection to all priesthoods go by popular vote. When a vacancy occurred

in a priestly college the remaming memliers filled up the vacancy as

they pleased. A measure like ihat of Crassus was carried in 104 byCn. Domitius Ahenobarbus, a tribune. In opfxjsing ihe law of Crassus,

Laclius (whosc oration is mentioned in Brut. 83 ; X. D. 3, 5 and 43, in

which last pas«ige it is called aureola) maintained that the state had norigfat to control the order of religious obser>'ance. A curious methodwas adopted to get over this objection. The election to priesthoods

was at an assembly of a minority (17) of the 35 tribes, the particular

tribes which took part in it being determined by lot. ^NTiile, theo-

retically, a resolution of the minority of the nation had no binding effect,

and therefore could not be ofTensive to the gods, still in practice the

coUeges were bound to appoint the persons so nominated, though the

form of cooptatio was gone through. The collcges of priests had grcat

influence in politics, hcnce the aristocrats desired to keep the offices in

iheir own hands.

ad populi henefieium transferebatur : 'was being changed into amatter of pubHc patronage '. Magistracies are often called beneficia

pepuli Romani ; see my n. on Arch. §11.

primus instituit etc.: the interpretation of this passage is difficult.

Pluurch, life of C. Gracchus c. 5, tells the tale of C. Gracchus, and as-

signs to the act a democratic purpose. Our passage certainly seems to

coantenance Plutarch in this, but Lange, Romische Alterthiimer 11* 443,denies that the act had any political aim. He connects it with a changein thc voting at public assenihlies. This originally took place in the

(omitium, which formed a small part of what was ordinarily called the

^orum, Langc thinks that when ihe voting was transferrcd from the

'ium to the saepta (cnclosures) the speakers naturally tumcd theii

on the comitium and faced the saepta, the rostra being placed bc-

them. The matter is far from clcar, and Lange's explanation

tcarcely to fit tn with our passage.

iT<rrr eum poptdo: the technical phrase for the laying of roattcrs

people in their assemblies.

..fm: 'plausible'; Ut. 'saleable'. So Brut. 174 vendibilis

,iralu i im. I, li nam ut sint illa vendibUiora, haec uberiora certe sunt.

1% praefore me : as the regular age for ihc iiaLtorship was 40, LaeliusWM probably boro aboat 186 B.c.

rf .iii,!.-r:tnte: sincc Laelius was ..,. _!, he carried his caserent goodoest and not trom the auttoritas conferred by

,V, ^^ then not XMMOTd.

10—

3

mS DE AAflCITM. [§97—g 97.

;i in scfna, fii est in contione: ' on thc stage, I mean before a publicassemhly'. .Scyffcrt has very fully illustrated the comparupon betwccnspeaking on thc stage and speaking Wfore the people. Cf. De Or. :•

338 quia maxima quasi oratori scena liJeatur eontioms ; Ad Brut. i , '

i nunc popuio et scenae, ut dicitur, senrienJum est ; Brut. 6 forum qufuisset qiinsi theatrum illius in^^ni ; so De ()t. 3, 177 uenam fomfktn:que : Ilor. Sat. j, i, 71 quin ubi se a vol^o et ufn.i in <,\r^t,t rfm/yr.-inf i,,f

Scipio and Laclius).

contione: so rightly spelt, not conciont,

.; aJumhratis: adumbrare is ' to give in outlinc, or incomplctely ' ; t'!c

rcfercncc here is to misleading the people, not by actuai Iie«, but bypartial presentation ofthe tniih, quodvcdet si modo illmstratum est.

P. B8.

I Ulustratum: 'brought into fuU light'; the word contrasts exactly

Mrith adumbratis above.

1 tota : toti not totd.

%'eritate perpenditur: 'is judgcd by its truth'. Perpendere b here theequivalcnt of metirixn i\, I. 13; the ablativc constructton similarly foUlows on metiri thcre and on iwiicare in 74, L 9.

3 tU dicitur: n. on ut aiunt in 19, I. 15.

4 exploratum kabeas: n. on 53, I. 19.

amare...amari: the subjcct of these infinitivct fwhirh depen»! ontxploratum habeas) '\% te : 'you would have no 'r

love or are Iove<l, knowing nothing of the degn hthc 1

- <n'. Id rc' '' "h vcrbs anuit\- .< •,/

qu . cf qu.tm ; :>n in 10, 1. 9, a; .'e

idJ

.

,;5, I. 20. -N ,;ht, howcver, in - , -„ - -wre

is object of t^iores and not subject oifat.

5 quamquam:= KaiToi, 'andyet'; so 19, \, n; ix. v- xo. 1. 3 .md oftcn.

8 patefaciat: so Off. 1,91 cavendum esl t

auris, neve adulari nos sinamus, in quo j.. <u-<s

esse putamus, ut iure laudemur.

9 te...ipse: n. on 5, 1. »8 te ipse.

% 98.

cmnino: n. on 69, p. 50, I. 5.

1 1 virtutis opinione: ' sup]>oscd virtue'. The same pbnue occun in »diffcrent sense in 37, I. 16.

13 esse quam videri : I^mcyer qnn'c<; Acschyl. Sept. 574 oiyifiSoK'iptarot d\X iZr«u 04Kn, and .^ ette qtiasm videri tcmusmalebat.

14 votuHtatent: cf. 93, 1. 3.

15 vanam: herca'falsc'; m> m^t.

§99] NOTES. 149

testim^nium laudum ftMrum: 'evidence of their own merits*; so

Arch. 31 <• '" liuidis daturum ess( profitetur. For

laus, mcai. which descrvcs it, cf. Verg. Aen. 5, 355primam »«tv,.» yi.. ..i.ii.t i.,i. .../...

nulla est: cf. 86, 1. 33 vitam esse nullam.

• :rum audire n(m volt: cf. 90, 11. 11, n.

ifTtt: the subject of this verb is unexpressed=rt quibus farasiti

iis;.-nlantur.

milUes gloriosi: like the well-known mihs gloriosus of Plautus and

Thraso in Terence's Eunuchus, from which the line that follows is

taken (3, i, i or 1. 391). Thraso has sent by his parasite' Gnalho a

present to Thais. and is listening to Gnatho'8 report of the manner in

which she received the present.

Vi magnas ngere: the line in Terence is really not in the form of a

qnestion but of an exclamation : *to think that, etc.'' Tlie remark of

Gnatho is therefore not tlie answer to a queslion, as Cicero supposes,

but is a correction of the word magnas: 'great? you ought to have said

cnormous'.

23 voU esse: n. on 19, 1. 30.

§ 99.

24 adleclant: 'court it*.

a6 animadzertant : n. on 8, 1. ai.

29 nec facillime: euphemi.stic for difficillime ; so De Or. r, 115 non

optima; ib. 1, 7 «0« doctissimum.

30 litigare se simulans: 'pretending that he has a quarrel*.

31 det manus: 'gives in'; from the signal use<l in asking for quarter on

the ficld of battle. Somctimes to//ere manus (ivaaduv rdi x^P«») 'S used*

• SeyfTcrt quotes Att. 2, 22, 7 aiebat i//um primo sane

, ad extremum autem manus didisse et affirmasse nihii se

intatem esse facturum ; C.ics. B. G. 5, 31, 3 res disputa-

'**"" "'^ mediam noctem perdueitur. Tandem dat Cotta permotus manus:

Jp SupercU sententia Sabini,

pius lidisse : 'to have liecn more farsightcd*. Cicero often uses (es-

pccially in the lettcn») this and similar phnLses, as «/////, muitum, p/u-

rimum, parum, tantum videre (somctimes sapere). Cf. Phil. 1, 39 cumme vidisse piusfateretur,

<juid turpius : for omission of /v/, cf. .1. 10 quid duleius,

P. 8».

nt: n. on 41, 1. 26.

magis: 'all the more', i.e. bccause i//udi Is turpe.

ut: for this use «cc Rohy § 1708. Thc mode of expres.sion Is really

Uiptic-nwm credibileat tU »0 that the subjunctive is like that after tU

14, l. 3) whcre sce n.

150 DE AMICITIA. [§99—eomuos senes : *old men in comedy.' For eomUos stultot cf. n. on 30.

p. 38, 1. 8 multae et masptae. Cf. Cato m. 36 quas ait Caeeilius comieosstultos senes, hos sipiifieat credulos. The lincs thcrcfore are by Caecilius

Slatius (about B.C. 219—166).

3 versaris: ' havc tumcd round your fingcr'.

illussetis: in Latin down to Ciccro's time ss was oiim writ^cn aucr along vowel. Quint. i, 7, ao instanccs caussa, cassus, divissiones.

lautissime: *most richly'; cf. our cxprcssion 'a rich joke'.

§ 100.

4 in fahulis...senum: in ncarly cvcry I^tin comedy thcre is a youngman who, by thc aid of a clcvcr slavc, cbcals his fathcr out of a sum otmoney.

persana: n. on 4, I. 14.

6 perfectorum hominum : cf. perfecta amicUia in «1, 1. 31. See n. onperfatus vir (not homo) in 7», 1. 3.

7 sapientia : cf. closely §§ 18, 38.

in hominem cadere: ' to fall within a man's province'

;

al-so Tusc. 5, «8 ^uos dicam Iwnos perspi^^uum est; omnibus emm virt!,

bus instruelos et ornatos tum sapientis tum liros bonos dieimus.

8 Uvis:=volgaris in 76, p. 51, 1. 33; cf. also communibus in 77, 1. 1 1.

defluxit: n. on 76, p. 51, I. 33 delahitur.

II conciliat...conservat: so io, xovirtta amieitiam tt gignitetcontinet.

eonvenientia rerum : 'harmony in all \hm^^»coHsemio omniusmrerum in jo, p. 34, 1. 1.

11 stahilitas...constantia : see 6», p. 47, 1. 31 ; 6f, p.4"

quae : virtus, not constantia.

13 litnten : so in 57, p. 37, 1. 8 lumett aliquodpro^atis et vistutis.

,\i;ncnit in aiio: scc 48, I. j8 sq.

14 adnurict: so 31, 1. i\ appiicant sae tt propiut admoomt ; cL 4S,I. jH.

15 amor...amicitia: cf. 36, 1. «5. Aristotle «1: ^n^it an^Ma (Eth. Nic 8, 5, 5 and clsewhcrcl bnt 1 iLiudes bn;

amicitia and amor, his ^\rfOi% Ijcing that ! t alicction whi>may 1« fclt for thc brutc crcation or for tli . >te.

16 dictw: ' ' "1 r

.

tking wi

its namc \ „.^ ..._ _ ...

cumstance.

17 nulla indigentia: this is shewn in ^ %6, «7, 19, 4^1

18 fMxn/a.' thisgoesontywith MA/rita<r.' 'owingto IV

DO advantage '.

ipia ecfloraeit: this is stated repeatediy elsewherrcf. 13 30- ;5. 5«-

§ loi] NOTES. 151

tcflortscit: 'blossoms forth* ; a favourite metaphor with Cicero, as in

De Or. I, lO ex rerum cognitioru ejflorescat et redundet oportet oratio;

also ib. 1, 319; Fin. i, 69. The fonn of the preposition ec for ex is

well attestcd in compounds both by MSS and inscriptions. It was pro-

bably somewhat old-iashioDed in Cicero's time.

§ 101.

10 Faulum : n. on 11, 1. 14; Catonem : the oldcensor; Gallum: n. onit, L 15; P. Xasicam: sumamcd Corculnm, and father of NasiciSerapio mentioned in § 41. This Nasica was son-in-Iaw of the elder

Africanus; was consul in l6i and 155, censor in 159.

7V. Gracchum : father of the tribunes ; also son-in-law of the eldet*/-

: father-in-law of the younger Africanus; as praetor wonver the Cehibcri in 179; was consul in 177 and conquered

: censor in 169. Cicero often contrasts him with his sons,

grcaiiy to the disadvantage of the latter.

; Scipionem etc: see Introd. pp. 17 s<j.

.•4 «II earitatt acquiescimus : so ^j, 1. 19 vita qtiae non in amici mutuabenevoleutia conquiescit. Note adulescentium, Tuberonis but vestra notvatri, and cf. 57, 1. 6 n.

Q. Tuberonis : n. on 37, p. 40, 1. i.

adulescentis : for the singular cf. below, I. 3« caritate benevolentiaquesublata ; also adesset in 14, 1. 24.

P. Rutili: this P. Rutilius Rufus was a pupil of Panaetius (Off. 3,

10; Brut. 114, 116, 118) and studied law under P. Mucius .Scaevola theconsul of 133 u.c Hc ser\'cti as military tribune under Scipio before

Numantia, and as Ugatus under Metellus Numidicus in the war against

lugur*' - "-^" '•• - 50). In 105 he was consul; in 100 was among theoppo iius ; in thc samc year accomi)anied Q. MuciusScac

, > Asia, which he governed himself for some timeafter ^ departure. The severe intcgrity and purity of hisgf>v- • ofTfnce to the publicani, and on his return to Rome hc

^K ' i for cxtortion and condcmncd, whereupon he wcnt^1 : . from w hich he declincd to return, though SuUa^^K||||^ - ' ro Iiallx> 8 38). Cicero De Or. i, 229 calls

^^^^^^^ i/uo nemo neque integrior fuerit in civitate

^^^B^Hv . :, 13, 3 i/ir non sacculi sui scd omnis aeoiojptmui.

1 A. Vergini: mentioned by Pomponiiu Dig. i, 7, 40 (along withRutilius), as being a good lawyer. Nothing clse is known of him.

quoniamqtit ttc: 'and «incc the plan of human life and the humannstitution bas been so ordained that a new generation is ever springingto existence'.

carceribus . . .calcem : mv^ 1 the chariot-r.nce are excecdinglymmon. Carrrr^ are pr< .closures in which the chariots arc

whilc awaiting thc ht.iri. i ii:x was a chalkcd line marking the

(Seneca q). 108, 31 hanc quam nunc in circo cretam vocamus,

1S2 DE AMJCITIA. [§ loi—

taktm antiqua dUthant) ; it is the linea of Horace in ' mort mltima lin-

rerum est' (Greek ypa.nnii). With otir passage cf. Cat. m. 83 ute vtrevelim quasi decurso spatio ad carceres a calce refi^ari.

f,o itf diitur : as abovc 97, p. 5S, 1. ^ ; cf. n. on 19, 1. 15.

§ 103.

r, \nmanae: 'human possessions*; cf. 17, p. 31, L 33 ut amicitiamcmtuius rebui humanis anteponatis.

fragiles caducaeque: lO, p. 34, 1. 7 caduca tt incerta.

31 sublata: for the sing\ilar cf. ntiu!--^ ''' •"! "- ^' " '•" r: ' -4.

J'. 60.

t omnis...iucundilas: cf. 47, p. 43, 1. i soL-m f mtindo toUtrtvidcntiqii amicitiam e vita tollunt.

mihi: 'for me', 'in my vicw'; cf sibi in 11, 1. 41.

« vivit...vivet: cf. § 13.

4 in manibus habui: 'had at hand'. A somcwhat diflTcrcnt ose fromthat in 96, l. ao. Cf. Caes. B. G. a, 19, 7 incredibili celeritate adftumtndfcucurrerunt ut paene uno temport tt ad silvat tt in ftumitu tt iam inmanibus nostris hostes viderentur.

5 nemo etc: ' no one will eithcr purpose or hope to nndcrtake (1

no onc will undertake in thought or in hope) t.isks morc than ori:

Ijreat without thinkinp that he must ever kcep before him a rcmcai-brance and a vivid imprcs&ion of that illustrious man '.

§ 103.

8 Jcituua aiit natiira: the distinction h-'

i thing^ given hjfortunc and good things givcn by nature i^ S§ 10. !'•

9 de re publica: but in ^o, p. 34, 1. 1 comeit 1.' is ioi.. ... ;' v i' r .^, ;

'

tive instead of the ablative with de. So herc rer>- : ,.....,,rebus.

1 1 plena: Cic. gencrally uses plenus with the gcnilive, not the ablativ<

numquam...nequidem: cf. n. on 48, 1. 45 non fdus.

1 1 ,ju-d quidem senserim : an inslance of thc subjunctive used to expressa limitalion or restriction. Sec Roby § 1691; also cf. 11, L 18.

13 idem vietus: ' the same style of iiving, which indeed we had io com-mon '. For isque cf. n. on 7, \. 11.

14 rntlttia: with this wholc pass.-igc cf. 15. L 7 Scipiont queeum mii;c^'tti!,>t. !a cura de re publica et de prtwta t'i,:t (t milni.i ,,^nimunis.

f^' \'tinationes : we hcar much < ; •. 3, 48: '1

1 ; .\c.iii. j, 5) l)'.il it i^ otily licrc nn accomponiihim.

15 rmstication it Latlimm tempcr /treetim S,iHcne so't

tum rusticari eniquc ni.rcJiJtiiter reputrascert isst t*litM •

uibt tamquam t vinclis evolavissent.

. ;J KOTES. 153

§ 104.

nam: n. on 45, 1, 17.

de stttdiis etc: 'about oar devotion to the constant acquisition of

knowlcdge and instruction '. For coptoscendi aliquid ci. n. on 5, I. 11.

In 86, I. 30 coptitio and doctrina come together as cognoscendi andilscendi do herc.

recordatio et mentoria : these two words thus frequently come toge-r. as in Tusc. 5,88; Brut. 9; De Or. i, 118; Tac. dial. i and in

! ' r. I, 4 even memoriae recordatio. Memoria indicates the fact that

cvciit is DrLSL-nt to the mind; recorJatio propcrly means theck past impressions ; cogitatio is substituted for

'.<• et memoria.

oiiidiiiet : ihe sint^uiar verb as in 14, 1. 74 adesset.

possem : the imperfect gives the sense * I should not norv be able*.

nec...et: see n. on 75, 1. 21.

alunturque potiiu : the que is corrective as in the common phrase' tiusque, *or rather'. For aluntur, 'are strengthened ', cf. De Or. a,

^y. Tt hunc oratorem quem nunc fingo, ut institui, creato, aluero, con-',• Tusc. I, 4 hottos alit artts : Voll. Pat. i, 18, 6 alit aemulatio

e;<fm...affert : for the indicative in the apodosis, though the subjunc».ve is in the protasis, cf. n. on 29, 1. 21.

aetas ipsa: ' the mere lapse of time '; cf. 19, 1. tf, natura ipsa,

brevia tolerabilia : cf. the maxim of Epicurus, F^in. i, 40 dolor in:uilate Uvis, in gravitcUe brevis ; ib. 1, 94 magnum dolorem brevem,uum levem.

rmec habui et(.: so Cicero makes Cato conclude in the Cato m. 85'.ec habui de senectute quat dicerem.

hiyrtcrr: cf. 17. p- 31, 1- 33 ego vos hortari tanttim possum, ut amici-li.im crn)ti>us rebus humanis anteponatis.

'-'^40, \. %eo loco locati.

APPENDIX ON THE TEXT.

[Rcniarks relating to rcadings, punctuation or orthugrapbjr will befound in the cxplanatory notcs on the following passages:

9, 1. 19 querella; 1, 1. 11 Gaic; 6, 1. 33 L. Acilium; 9, L 36 matt-

titia; 10, 1. i j solacio; 11, I. 70 adulescens ; it, 1. 11 factus cotutd; il,

1. 32 etiam tiuuc ; 14, 1. 54 aiiesset ; ao, 1. 6 beluarum; 14, 1. 31 iudi-

carenl ; 26, 1. 13 iustitia ; 31, 1. 11 faencramur; 34, 1. II (otuiicio; 35,1. 10 quod : 41, 1. 18 deinde; 43, 1. 36 alligatos; 41, 1. «7 in magna rt

fublica; 44, 1. 10 verum; 48, i. 17 si quasi; 51, L 30 fro; 5«, p. 45,\. I nimirum; 54, L 19 sperni; 57, L 6 nostra causa ; 59, L 59 ««/;64, L 52 aut si...aut; 65, 1. 39 isdem; 70, L 13 ignorcUianem ; 73, L 5ferducere; 74, L 11 habere; 88, L 17 subeunda; 80, p. 56, L 5 kabtHda;

f7,

L 31 contione; 99, p. 59, L 3 illusseris; 100, 1. 16 dictum est; too,

. 18 ec/orescit.]

In 1861 Halm published (in VoL iv of the reviuon of OrelU^i

edition of Cicero'8 works, continucd by Baiter and Halm) a text of ihe

/.ac/ius based on a collation of the rcadings of six MSS. Much the best

of these is the Ci>dex Gudianus, now at WolfenbutteL written in the Xth

century. This Halm marks G, Since his cilition appcared two other

Mss of equal—some would say of supcrior—authority have cnme to

light, both of which wcre usctl by Baitcr in revi<.ing the Ijielius for the

edition of Cicero's works brought out by ' 1863 and

1864. Onc of thcsc two MSS is in a j.; . and was

first describcd by Th. Mommscn in the Khciju> n. 1863,

p. 594 sq. It Ijclongs to thc cnd of the ixih or 1 ; the Xlh

century, «nd is commonly known as Codex Parisinui, aiiil iJcnotcd by

P. There arc two lacunae, one after the word magnas in § 75 to the

word etiam in 8 78 ; the othcr from ftecasse in | 90 to <^ .Sdfiont in

8 96. The othcr MS is at Munich. It also belongs to the Xth century,

and b known as codex Afonacensis, bcing dcnoted by M. It has lost the

part cnnt.iininj:^ thc first lcn chaptcrs.

Ui . the information at hand conceming P and M b &rfrom ^ cn.ihle us to dctermine thcir real value. \Ve potieii

only an inc< '.ition of P by Mommscn, which leaves ihe read-

ingiofman) : |xistagc« in douU. An ovemhelming withori:y

APPENDIX ON TIIE TEXT. 155

^ assigned to this ms by Baiter, Lahmeyer and others. My judgment

upon ihe existing evidence is that their estimate is exajrgerated. P has

pecaliar errors of its own, and there is a most singular agreement in

many places between it and Halm's D {Uadex Vindobonetisis saec. XV ')

which any one who reads IIalm's critical notes will see to be so grossly

corrupt as to be practically worlhless.

Of M we have still less infonnation,—nothing indeed beyond the

readings Baiter givcs from a collation by Karl Halm. NVhile I have

carefuUy weighed the Mss evidence on every point, even the minutest,

e gencral result has been that when any two of these three MSS, viz.

\ G P, are agreed, I have adopted the rcading, while I have seldom

und it necessary to take a reading given by any one of ihcm, when•isupported by other evidence. Verj' rarely have I had to depait from

e consnuus of the three. These three Mss give an unusually sound

uOais for the text of the Laelius.

Baiter'5 text is denoted by B, Halm's by H, Lahmeyer^s by L (I ha%-e

••'cd the third edition), Xauck's by N (scventh edition). The readings

have selected here for comment are chiefly those which illustrate points

uf grammar, syntax, or onhography.

§2.

I. 14. hn multis: <-" " 'ed to strike out »/w//'/,f as

a gloss. Cic. certainly .• by the addition oifere,

butyi^^is to be taken \v., :is. The writer of one ofI Ialm's MSS (D) felt the ditticulty, and changed multis into omnibus.

1. 15. uUbare: somc MSS have utebaris, but although in the secondperson singular of the prescnt indicative deponent and passive Cicerocoirmnnly i:>;(-s the form in -ris, he oftener has the form in -re in thes! ular of the imperfect (indicalive and subjunctive) and1

' .0.

1. 19. ijucrdla : so B but H L N querela; P has quaerella (Momm-" P- .'^9^ *>"' in § 35 querda; scc n. [C. F. \V. Miiller follows P in

olh places.]

§8.

1. «o. Laeli: I have cverywhere written singlc 1 in the genitives ofwhoM nominativec «ni m ,,.-. i,i,„, fr,,in n -nnviction that Cicero

i.'. Sc* a t;ood le, Formcnlehre, i,

4, ed. 1. [C. F. \ >ut.]

notin

mmr 84-

eeteros: »o rightly spclt : it is hijh timc thc spcllinij eatlerus

ishcd from muJcrn tcxls, with coelum and uihcr likc cnur-

156 APPENDIX O.V TJIE TEXT.

§B-

1. 18. tt ipse: so P L N ; but 11 B with G and some in^crior MS5

have te ipsum. Phrascs like te ipte are so rauch commoncr io Cicero

than those like te ipsum, and the formcr are so easily and so oftcn

comipted into the lattcr, that I have followcd the rcading of P. (C. F.

W. MuUcr ipse.\

8«.

1. j. hahebat et multa: I have inserted et on mr own conjectvre.

it it Ca/»» is one of the subjccts to the V."

•. is

to the verb hahebat \>c\ow ,proptetra n thc

unyiii of the sentcncc. With thc old readin^ .i l.i.i; -i..(. .^.i- iiw^ l'~!

after habebat, another iSlct /erehantur, and ihe transitions were m<>-:

awku.irii.

§7.

I. 8. rvlgut: so B, but 11 L N vulgus. It is almost certain tbat

Cicero wrote voljpis, volt and thc hke.

1. 9. Graecia reliqua: so H with G and other MSS; B L N rdiqu»

Graecia with P D only.

1. 18. affuisti: so L N rightly (the Latins objected to d/, bf) but

H B ad/uisti.

§».

1, 3. Gallum: all the Mss here have Ga'.:

but in loi, 1. 10 gallum. Since Galus is oct

Mommscn and aitcr him B L N write thc n...., o...

places.

§10.

1. 7. vtstrum: omitted by B L N wlth P D only.

§11.

1. 3 1. consul: bracketed by B H L, though in «11 MSS. Cf. h

evcr mv n. On this principle many othcr words in ihe dialogue wouii

have to bc bracketcd orejcctcd; e.g. sapitntem in 7, 1. 8; sapientes in 18,

I. n.1. 17. omnis: I have written everywhcre 1 not e in the «cotsative

r'""' ' f—" -f nouns whosc genitive plural end« •" •••""

have varied, he probably wrotc

L 31. rtiam nune: H commend* without adc^lng the COl^jectura

of Viclorius, tunc. Scc, luiwcvcr, my n.

Apri-ynjy ,i\' r > : r Tr\T. 157

1. 18. qui: Pulsche in Philolo^s xii, p. 300 proposes cui after

'iolmius, which is adopted by H B L, B also taking a suggestion of Hv.;e ut in to uti [utei). It is inexplicable to me why ali these

shouH substilute by conjecture tbe very rare (if not unpa-itur for the ver)' common eUipse of the verbumt least have gone on to insert videbatur after

iirrifcr, as rw.n^ci M..j,L,cated. [C. F. W. M. maiks (/«/ as comipt.]

§16.

(oeruntur: B L quaeritur with P only. [C. F. W. M..i,}ctu)i:uy.\

\. 5 3. mihi vero erit grtUum : H B omit erit gratum (after Beier)' ' Aords are in all MSS. The omission is groundless, though

iswer mihi vero would be Ciceronian enough; cf. Acad.

;, ;,, _„ 35. [C. F. W. M. keeps m/^a/«wi.]

I. i^ antevertit : edd. antevortit, a form which was distinctly

archaic in Cicero*s time, and used by Sallust on that ground.

§20.

1. 33. duos: L N duo with P only. I believe, however, that the

weight of Mss evidence is in favour of duos as the Ciceronian form;

-icriplions certainly point ihat way.

1. 3. nil unquam: five out of Halm's six MSS (including G) have:uicquam only; the sixth has «iA»7only; so has P. iV//is wanted (see

luy n.), but ihe variants are beit explained by supposing that Cicero

v\ lote nil unquam.

§21-

1. ij.

1, 30. i/.i

sopbischer :

;it wilh P D

158 APPENDIX ON THE TEXT.

1, 179) in rcading /Vrjr/>/W, for which cf. 19, 1. «3. H approves MadvtjjV

rcading without adopting it. C. ¥. W. M. ptrspiii; cf. howcver UA. P. ll^ Jicta pcTiipiant animi; Tcr. Eun. 972 odium tru feni.

Lucr. 3, 80.

§24.

1. I. /1 7«a^; judging from tlv'

" '^ in

Neuc 3, 333, 234. ed. 1) Cicero i: the

likc, not /< ^wa and ihe like, both >>• iw^. .^........i^ ^...^u.-. «..v^ ... th-

iicutral plural.

§3S.

1. n. qwd? amidtiam: eAA.quid amicitiam? i.e. quidfuitamiciti.

df/cnderc? To avoid awkwardncss, I have shif». ' i>i'- ""•'• '^f itit,-ri .^a

tion. Kor the form of cxpression cf. Acad. 3. '^ !ur

(ontra tc valcrc? ib. 1, 81 quid? talpam nu .'.»//

De fato 10 quid? Socratcn nonne ctc? Exanijilc» might Uc (uuUiplietl

to any extent. [C. F. W. M. has indepcndcntly adopted ihe samepvmctualion.j

§ 26.

L 11. quod quisquc: all Mss have qiu>; all quisqtu except P whii.h

has quis; L N accortlingly writc quod quis.

§ 32.

1. 13. ab his: so all Mss; \\ at ii.

1. 3). sintque : so all Mss ; H B L bowever (after Beier) smialso est for sit.

\. 34. concertatio: so G: H B L N certatio with P. On thii p^— \i. ci.:ti-.. .... ..\ r,.. Ann. 3, 55 nostra qupqu,

i tulU. Verum kacc nos

:

§ 83.

1. 9. depoturentur : B L N ponerentur with P only.

§ 8«.

1. 31. Veeellinum: H VisceHinum, bul Mommsen on p. 598cu&scs the name and arrives at this form.

188.

1. •jo. si simm: nll Halm's MSS have sumut \UxJ :..! si; so has P, an " '

i byt—'We should itect

\*i..M...M. ...-i .... • •^•"••» rnt lo i.^ ... * "favour of stmut nne apodoCicero in thc n

,jilacet the a_

protascs. [C. V. W. M. n iimui.]

1. 33. memoriam: P numoria^ approved by Mommsen and adopted

byLN.

APPEXDL. ... THE TEXT. 159

§ 40.

L 10. aJiqttttntum : L with P only, on thc ground thit ali^uan-

tulym is foreif^n to Classical prose. It is nowr ejected from Div. i, 7.J

whcre the ii.fcrior Mss alone have it, but there is still some evidence

fur it in De inv. j, 39; Pro Quint. 15; (Comificius) Ad Herenn. 4, 14-

§*1-

L 14. in P. Scipume: four of Halm's Mss (includins G) have in

p. nasicam Scipi^nem, the rcmaining two in scipioium ; P has in

icipione. It is not at all improbable that Cicero wrote 1« P. Nasica

Scifione, or P. Nasica merely (as in Phil. 8, 13).

I. 18. froclffis: G H B proclhrius ; P L N proclivis (also four of

IIalm's MSS). Cf. 84, 1. 11 where three MSS have grcrvius for gravis.

It has often becn proposed to read proctivi, the adverb. (Cf. Tusc. 4,

4J.)

§ 42.

'" ^mmonabbreviation r^/.; B Hng p in peccantibiis sthke out

i— ., ... ...^ .. ..^.^ ^.-..j.^.vt ^..^.,3 i.utia to be wrong.

§44.

1. 13. verum: so MSS; edd. i-ero; cf. howevcr my explanatory n.

§48.

1. »7. contrahat amicitiam: t\y contrahaturamicitiaf

ntigU: so B L with all thc best MSS. H contingit.

§ 49.

mante: so B L with M P I'; H , », ith G.

§ 60.

trahat: so MSS; H B L N etattiahat, ncc :;.,:..

§ M.

«4- laborant: «o I have written with all Mss; edd. laborent.k lahorant i» uscd in ifs vcrv common Ciccronian xase=soi/icttt

'—' Dor do tbey trouble thcnuelTes a» to the person tbr whom ete. '.

§M./aciat, to

i6o APPENDIX ON TIIE TEXT,

% 67.

1. 6. nostra: so M P righlly ; scc my n. IIalm's six v.

noitri.

§ 69.

1. 55. indtuatipu spem ; so I have written with ihe MSS ; see myn. H B L inducatque in sfem ; N follows thc MSS.

§ «3.

1. 3, temptatis: G M P agree in tempestatis, a striking testimooyjn favour of ihc spelling temptatis against tentatis.

amieitia ex: so I havc cmcnded the reading of G M V amiciliett

which has arisen from ex having l)een writtcn es (so eitra oflen for

extra). H has amicitiis wiih D ; B N amicitia onljr, with two inferior

wss; L amicitia ipsa. [C. F. W. M. amicitia ex indcpcndently.l

§ 60.

1. 1-. quem: Mss quam, with which rcading /Wer comes in it

thc end of the senlence in a lumping and aliogcther un-Ciceronianfashion.

§ 69.

1.7. pp^'f f' ' "; many edd. om. /Vrj^.

§ TO.

1. 1 1. imbecilliore: so MSS; edd. mostly imbetilliorts [not (

M.]

p. 51, 1. I. opera: Mss and edd. opere ; btit Cicero woald tvfin>are aiiquem opera (nostra), not opere. Cf. 51, II. I4. 15 si numfuamopera nottra Scifiio eguisset.

IT4.

1. 14. nfsfimandi: this is Mommsen'8 emendatinn; the Mss havemcrcly est; edd. gcnerally mark a lacuna. [Qy. ren

'

§ 7S.

i. 13. l.yeomeden: Mss and tAd. Lycomedem, wbich Cicerocan-havc wriitcn, as hc constantly usc* en not em in ihe accusative ting\:

of Greck propcr names in es. Sce Ncue 1, pp. 56—58 ed. i.

8TT.

1. 17. • ,:.,Vr ,;. f>, .

.'• ,:.', so I ha%x r '

" \l^% /^ravttrr

auctorii.-.ir . I .,..:., .:. ;'.''.ue; H n \% auitcri:,u«

APPEXDIX OX TIIE TEXT. \(n

§ »1-

I. 16. vcltiftatem : so liss ; edd. xwiuntaiem to correspond with'untiiUm ia ^j, 1. 3.

IM.II. 6—8. I have placed a comma at similes and changed the MS3

-iding korum into quorum. See n. With ihc MsS readings the scn-. nce is mo»t awkwardly conitructed.

§»6.

'Ptatio: it is remarkable that the Mss here ai^ree in theMommscn q • " ' ^ •' ' / . niuniei-

r. I, p. I : : l. 106).

-....>.'cum o ^l: - : _ : fortasurubstuuerunt mtodo 0, otam oa, ut fro au scriiutur modo U^

§97.

1. 31. seena: most curiously P D and E {codex Erfiirtensis) agree

in givine scamna which seems to point to the spelling sciieua. 'J he

->.tins often represented Greek ly by ae.

ADDENDA.

p. 11. Grtek sourctJ of the dicdogue. Since my work firet appearcd

(1879) I have read two pamphlets l)earing on thc Grcek sourccs of

ihe l^tlius. The first is by Hraxalor, cntitied * Quid in conscrtbtndo

Ciceronis iMflio valuerint Aristolelis Ethicon Nicowtaih

amidtia libri' (Hallc 1871). Its objecl is to shcw th.T-

imitatcd Eth. Nic. 8, 9 throughout ihe Laclius. iJ:,

out a number of %'erbal rescmblanccs belween the two works, nearly ail

of which are quoted in my notes. But he ncglects to noticc the great

divergencc l)etween the two treatises in subjcct-matter and arrange-

ment. If Eth. Nic. 8, 9 had been the basis of thc Lacliu*, wcshould h.ive had striking corresiKjndcncc in t! "

' '^ '

Altogether Hraxator docs not much advan>

solution. llis work is hasty, as a sign of w. ^ - - .- :—thc |)amphlct contains {^erhaps more misphnts tban were ever bcfore

crowdcd together in the samc space.

The secoiid essay, that of Hcylbut ^ De Theofh' ^pl^X/at' (Bonn 1R76), i» a more carcful produclion. II s to

1 : -Nic. wouki hadI ' I rc him only . )*Ysonie othcr authur, and be buapeclii ibc imUim: uuiy l». witii

Plutarch.

My own invi

fricndship in th<

;.i hcre. 1;

.'.. wc- sli.rll !

back to Aiitiuclius uf Asculon, tlte

drew so inuch elsewhcrc. Hut whilc n.

me with thcni, thcre .ire difficulties whuli lur ihc j'rc.M.nt i>tcvet

from giving a coniidcnt opiniun.

p. 61, n. on i I, I. 1. nec dul>itare: thc r

witn accusativc and infinitive is regular in 1

Synt. p. 20. For the constructions with aupncaulhors scc my d. on Cato maior 1 16.

ADDENDA. 163

n. on § r, 1. 4. ita eram deductus etc: formerly I took Ua...Mt as'wilh the rcsult ihat...' Prof. Iwan Miiller, in one of his well knownable and courteous reviews in Bursian's Jaljresbericht, objecteti thatthis 'I require f>oteram...licebat. Surely not so;dcj \ continually follow the syntax of the principalclau>t. ..i> unn ^.'uinl for changing my view is that the intci

pretation now adopted seems tosuit somewliat better the whole contex;

p. 62, n. on § i, 1. 5. a senis latere: cf. Catul. ar, 6 kaerens alatus with Ellis' n.

p. 63, n. on § 1, 1. 14. tum fere: Prof. Iwan Miiller objects to mview (which agreed with that of C F. W. Miiller in his edition >

Seyffert^s Laelius) on the ground that the time is precisely indicattin the foUowing sentence. I fail to see why Cic. should not sa

that certain talk prevailed 'about' a certain time, even though he :

able to dehne the time exactly. Iwan Miiller seems to fa.yoaT omnidus for

multis. C. F. W. Miiller now reads (in his Teubner text) tumforte.

p. M, n. on § 3, 1. 2. m ^inquam^ etc: cf. also Tusc. 3, Q anDiog. Laert. 9, iii, where he contrasts the (xvrohiiffnToi ipnyjvtia wi;that ^r 5ia\6yov axvt^'^'

p. 68, n. on § 4, I. 7. feci ut proiiessem: this is not quite the sameas profui : it rather lays stress on the exertion which it cost Cic. towrite the book.

§ 4, I. 10. aptior quae: Draeger, hist. sjTit. 1, «34 ed. a says thrt?

this construction can only be jjaralleled from Ovid, Iler. 3, 70. I ha\been anable to find any other example. The ordinar^' constructiot;of aptus are the d.it., or acc. with ad (ox in poets with ««). Aptior \

probably suhstituted here for the comparativc of idomus, which w.vnot in use (cf. idonea in I. 13).

n. on S 4, 1. 10. loijturetur: Iwan Miiller quotes for dtcere, ikc"'t^ .V

.-i

.[. personified subject, Fat. § i; Cato, Orig. 5, ;

ed. lii Cic. L«;. 7, 58 ; add Att. 7, 5, i quid histori.:

de r. ^ _:?

p. 69, n. on § 7, 1. 13. omnia tua etc: the younger Seneca hamany cxprcssions like this, as in Epist. 66, u hominem habcntem in .

omnia; he also mentions the saying of Stilbo, also attributed to I?i.is oi

Priene, * omnia mea mecum porto' (Ep. 9, 19), or ' omnia mea mectnnsunt' (Dial. a, 5, 6). Cf. also Cic. Tusc. 5 §§ 30, 36, 42 ; ib. 4 §§ 57, 6

1

p. TO, n. on § 7, 1. 14. credo tx koc item: cf. Madvig on Fin.

tt 16.

I 7. I soUl: differs from ut solei, in being used only ofsome fixcti ani st.aicd usage or ceremonial (Madv. on Fin. 5, 1).

p. Tl, n. on § 8, L 19. incommodo: cf, Tusc. 5, 36, where it 1«

•aid the safiiens will Iw unmoved, ' et nascentibus et catUntibus cuiirtUquis commodis, tum maxime /iberis',

r "- ~ ~ "" ' 1. 3. sed hi in pueris: cf. Fin. 5, 6j sed haee inpuf II, 3, 5 luf[et Polybius, in uno fratre quid dt

. Li.irn.^iiilus,

II—2

i64 ADDENDA.jv 80, n. on § 14, I. r. sensu tnim amisso: the notion U EtHcnrean;

sec Lucr. 3, 830—869; Fin. 1, 49; ib. 3, 100; the words in Cor. Tro.

636, 7 are precisely simiLir.

p. 82, n. on § 16, 1. 19. per^atum etc: ior perip-atum uscd as

8ubstanti%e, cf. Hor. OJ. 3, 3, 17 gratum elocuta; Plaut. Mo&t. 3ii

(ed. Lorcnz).

p. 83, n. on § 17, 1. 33. cenuo petatis : Iwan Miiller objects to ihe

nssumption that ut is omitted, saying these usagcs come from the

popular talk, where parataxis for syntaxis is belovcd. But abhrevia-

tions and '' luvcd ; and there are niany v. ' ' 'i

take thc > wilh and somciiincs wii

which thc ,.....:axis will not apply. .My \ .. ._ _..-

changcd, bul the matter wouid lakc too much space to discuss hcre.

p. 88, n. on § 30, 1. 31. ex infinita etc. : so Aristotle says (Eth.

N. 9, 10, 6) al vfjiyovnivai ^tX/ai /v Sifal Xiyoprai.

p. 94, n. on § 7!'^, 1. 15. vim...afferre : cf. Plaut. Mil. 454 xn 0Ucoris, quisquis es; Captiv. 750 vis haec quuiem hercU est; Cic Fin. %,

10 hcK est vim afferre sensibus.

p. 107, n. on § 39, 1. 3. minime...acerrimm : of course the supcr-

lative adverb cannot qualify thc su[>crlauve adjective. The MSS read-

ings in Fam. 3, 10, 10 omatissimum amplissime and Att. I3, 38, 3maxime liberalissima are now rejcctcd.

p. 111, n. on § 44, 1. 10. vcrum: Iwan Miillcr quotes against mea futile remark of Gcrnh.ird, that evcry man's .^dvirc sccms tn himtrue. The assumption is in itself large: butifth'

anything, it would logically prcvcnt ihe use of .1

coniilium. Thus it mij;ht Ix: .'«.n ' ' *

wise ; yet wc havc sapicns con

wherc. Miillcr dcnics th.it rv. - .

faithful advice. Nothing sccms to me more naiuraJ; cf. Cic. Att.

9, 7 A, (lialbus and Oppius) quod verissimum noliis vuUbitur, tfc n^

quod ad nos scripsisti, tibi consilium dabimus, quad si nonprudetis, at certe ab optima fide proficiscetur ; Hor. .Sal. 3, 3, i^-

Damasipfe, dc: um ob coti'

' ncnt tonsore ; <

6, 10, iG fides cri consi. <J /ibcrtas. Sin

Verg. Acn. i, .^«.y ..... astdire et t, — s. [Allen quotc-

I, 53 to illustrate, not to eondemn ihe expre&ston verum eonsilium, a^

MUlIcr thinks.]

p. 114, n. on § 46, I. 30. haberet: cf. Madv. on Fin. 3, 67.

p. 117, n. on 8 50, 1. 9. hrr-:' ••'- ' ••' the reading here has

bccn rccently attackcd ; cf. hou .1 tapienUs sapientd^us

amicos ; OfT. i, 33 hominum inf u.

p. 122, n. on { 56. I. 30: other exx. of the attraction: Att. 7,

17, 4; ib. 8, 13, 4; De Or. 3, 133; De Leg. i, 4; ib. «, 48 (whcr<

quaeruntur h.is l)cen wrongly altcre<l by Matlvig and othen); Lcg. agr.

3, 101 ; Cn. Porop. 34; and in ihe Mss of Livy 6, 14, 1, wberc >;

ADDENDA. 165

is wrongly altered by Weissenborn. For termini cf. Ar. EUi. 9, 4, i,

olt ai ^(Xiat opi^rrai.

E.144, n. on § 90, 1. 19. quod cottlra: see Madv. Fin. 5, 76; Munro

ucr. I, 8}.

p. 184, Appcndix on the Text. Since this edition was first issued

(1879) a valuablc rccension of the text has appcare<l by C. F. W.Muller (in the serics of Teubner texts), It contains much fuller

information cop'--""i ' »he Paris MS than was given by Mommscn.On a cireful m of all ils readings, I am not inclincd t

allow to it a - '// influcnce in ihe constitution of the texi.

though I admil il la of vtry high value*.

n. 186, § 8, 1. 10. tnultum: so PL; G multam; edd. generally

muhi.

p. 187, n. on § lO. nil unquam. Formerly I read nil quicquan:.

but the phrase is not Ciceronian. It occurs in MSS of De Or. i, 134,

where quisquapi is now read by edd.

p. 188, n. on § 33, 1. 14. concertatio: Iwan Miiller objccts thr'

this word has always a bad or ' not good ' sense. Hut the same

true of certatio ; in either case we have oxymoron, similar to that ii.

Ligar. 16 honesto mtudacio.

p. 189, nn. on § 41. Many corrcctions of the words deinde and quae

have been proposed. C F. W. M. marks the passagc as corrupt.

§ 49, 1. 30. inanibus: C. F. W. M. inanimis (an old em.), neetUessly.

n. on § 50, 1. 4. ct tam trahat: in favour of trahat, cf. Hor. Sat.

'• 6, 75 quidve ad amicitias, usus rectumne, trahat nos? Sen. Ep.

6, 3 cum animos in societatem honesta cupiendi par voluntas trahil

Rep. 6, 15 suis te oportet illecebris ipsa virtus trahat ad verum decu

Thc last passage may help to defend illiciat, the rcading of the best

Mss, rcjected by C. r . W. M. Cic. has just becn mentioning (§ 49)

the allurements of ordinarj- lifc, and now says that even thesc cannot

allure like similarity of charactcr. Thc ob.scrvation of Gemhard(quotcd by Iwan Miiller in his review of this cdition) that illiciat is .1

vox indigna amicitia, is quite beside the mark. Against Hricgci'

ion of ad bcfore amicitiam cf. Plin. Ep. 4, 15, a atm sit <:

tendas amicitias tenacissimum vinculum morum similiiudo.

160, n. on § 65, 1. 17. quem : the prcceding and succecdir

'ientcnces, if attcniivfly read, confirm my em. (which Iwan Miill'

condcmns). Thc wholc passage relatcs to the ideal friend. For quc^

quaerimus cf. Fin. a, 37; Tusc. 4, 37; ib. 5, 41 and iio.

n. 161. n. on § 96. coopiatio : unfortunately in the indcx to Vi '

j 01 the Corp. Inscr. coptato is given for coaptato (as in the transcript

tbe inscription). For coptato cf. Lucr. 5, 343 cofxruisse with Munro's i

\rAKa make by thcIII my view. UBfi >

..., „.. .—

-

^ ,... ^. L " I 'i"- to puL

IWilu oi it ciacwhcrc

INDEXTO THE MATTERS CONTAINED IN THE INTRODUCTION,

NOTES AND APPENDIX.

N.B. In references to the notes twofigures art given. TTufirst inJicat,

the page on which the note occurs; the second the numbtron th* Uft-hand sidt

o/the /kjge, under which number the note is plcued.

al>cst (taiitum abest ut) 118 19abicerc s>c UK) 16

ablativcs of -u stems C4 1

of respect 76 33of instrument % 31juxtaposed 73 13

bstract for concrete 116 33 ; 140 \

. ntque at beginning of scnlcnce

.t.U; 121 11

Acr.iicmy (New), its opinions 9;77 10; 77 18; 82 39

accedcre proxime «fi 23accijHrre cxcu 107 6accu.sattvcs >

">6

01.. ,.., . ;- — 100

acquicscere in 151 14

adcsse in consilio 104 4adhibere rationcm, diligentiam 143 5adirc pcricula 91 14adiutor 103 loadjcctivcs placed before nonns 61

^bupcrlativc of, in -bilu

«•..-,I j

uscd as substantives 6618; 7819; 8631;100 13; 110 if; 117 8;121 16; 12235; 14310: 146 13

-• '

' no 8

froin

agrccing with last of

tcvcral nouiu 137 33

adjcctives with adverbial force 109

18

admodum 63 13adulatio 144 34adulesccns 74 30adumbrarc 148 33Acmilius I^ajius 106 35n '• • nr 101 31

' 14

a^ :iquo 65 5cum (Kipulo 147 36

afji cum nliquo 74 16

> 147 33

aiunl i 'tc.) ftT» 15

( .) 11436aKOtVu' 1U« II

oVtptdTJT fil» 10

.T :ir.2 10

.1 . (aftcr si) 92 »3

.-i; , , .II' II

a)iquis...quis (aftcr si) 966aliquis...ullus 115 16

allitcration 6619; 8818; 94 10

112 3 u IS^ia^; 188 30n'- - ' M8 8

,arcsl.H6 3311;..-. '"'^^'5anaco! ; C8 ^ ; 68 6 ;

^

'

13; . Ij;l34n;l35;.

INDEX. 167

ai^'xoot 108 1«

animadvertere...anlmum advertere

70iianimans 116 31ansas ad aliquid 125 3artea (proleptic) 121 17

ient: see 'cUipsc'

;cre82 J4u/ruucx^rtfa* 107 6aitoiepvrnn.ifa. 73 15

ai»i>arft ut 1-'!'J 10

on 130 19; 133 16•i...arbitiio G4 i

;s77 18

, isl42i4.KmtoUe, Nicomachean Ethics 11;

13di.nlogues 13 ; 14

Poliiics tii> 23asscntatio 144 14asyiidelon CHi^; 8810; 105 11;

110 16; 111 10; 110^7; 121 19;mii; 12532; 127 28; 131 5:

H4i8•ivell8j3acrations 140 5

a-tr:ictiMn '«J 13; C3i9; 84 7; 101

J4; 10.->ij; 1174; IIH 10; 122

j'S 12230; 141 20: 142 iS

attrihutive phra&ts '^7:; 11>J 15;

1271; 142 18> 85 17• in theatre 93 39

1 "8 1 1

7't 17. : II'.), 3

\ refcrring to samc sub-

>tc by 109 18

brcvityofstyleSl u; 101 j6; 133 30Brutus (D. lunius Brutus Gallaecus)

70 16

C. for Gaius 64 31

cadere in 115 13Caecilius 150 3

Caeso C4 ji

Caius not found 04 j 1

calculi 124 14

calx 151 19capitale otlium G3 16

Carbo 18; 107 j; 109 18; 146 15

carceres 151 19Carneades 17; 77 18

Cassius (Spurius) 97 15

Cato (the ccnsor) 68 j ; 69 10

Cato (the censor's son) 72 j

Cato (the ccnsor's grandson) 107 3

causa nostra 123 6

causae diligcndi 99 9cautio (una cautioesi) 137 17cclcberrimus 7C 4ccnsere 79 J9ccterus (proieptic) 69 9; 122 Ji

speliing 155

chiasmus 66 ji; 91 10; 115 11;

123 7; 129 i; 132 11

Ciccro, his philosophical works 7—

9

his opinions 9 ; 10a man of lctters 7 n.

Laeiius, scope 10; 11

Greeksourcesll;12title 12

time of writing 13

form 13

interlocutors 14 sq.

summary 20 scj.

Dc re pulilica 15; 16; 19;

20; 94 6Cfifo mnior 15 ; 66 19 ; 76 30

07 2y

111:4III4li'l ;; V-

11.-..;

I.?

: 10 (tor coopiatio) 161

onstruction of) iOt» 19

coijuomcn (use of word) 68 5put l>cfore nomen 106 15

i6S INDEX.

collocation (ordcr of wonls) 71 aa;7H 8; 74 19; 76 7; 93 33; 109

16; 119 30; 120 6; 121 ij; 12231; 132 16; 138 8; 142 la

cotncs...dux IU5 la

comici scnes 150 1

COnr -''1I I

com 1 7

coiii:. : '

,^

coinnKKlus 121 17commiinicare 90 1

commuDis homo 129 3$vita 105 33

concedcre ut 84 13conciliatrix 105 16condicio 102 11

condimentum (metaphorical) 130 13

condilion.-il sentenccs. incomplelc(apodosis only) 66 34;115 10; 128 16

with double protasis 105 1 S

;

158tenscs in 77 14with indicativc in apodosis

and subjunctivc in protasis

97 31 ; 153 3J

confirmare 73 1

1

conglutinare, c :

couiuQCtio (gr.i'

(*a.s>.M ,.., , ..,.. .y

coniunctus fas adjcctivc) 97 33conscnticns 129 39consiiium 104 4constanti.i 71 79conti 3»con- ' 17

COntLnitn: ai> .iliquo lOG c^contingere 71 30contio 148 31contrahere 116 77contumacia 121 15

convenicntia rcrum 150 1

1

coram 64 4Coriolanus 111 3

corroboralis actatibus 134 8Cnusus 147 33crctio (parenthetic) 70 14Crilolaus 17

cum (with pcrfcct) 116 39cutu (tnccuni ct cum) 64 3

1

cum rep«atcd 65 4cum '"" -

..»vtrii^i;/^n rtf 90 3ca|

Cur. -. ;

curriculuiii (iiit;UpbuiicAl) 108 10custodia 79 30

Cyrenaics 114 a6; 119 38

dative 74 33; 81 14; 85 15; 1-.

39death no evil 73 14deduccre(*to introdnce*) CI4

(•to e«<T.r ') 76 5dein

'

, jg

dcl.i 13633

3ioj^»<V()at 116 33diccre omittcd 62 10

in diccrcaiunt, dicunt 114 36ia provcrbs (ut dicitur cic.)

85 15

ne dicam 139 17non dico 115 18

ut ita dicam 117 33; 122131 3

difficile dictu 91 8drffluere 119 i9>

• \9.

^-'ui^-cin;^

disccdcre

dis.

dUpi.

disputatio 67 37

17

11 of C2 6; C6

oocti «k vs

doctrina686dolor 76 38duhitare (construction) CI 9

ettqae» nii roOra 82 39ccnorescil 151 tS

dBccrc aliquid cx aliquo 108 14

INDEX. 169

efficere aliquem consulem 134 6el^ 12930ellipse of verba dicendi 62 10; 71

a7;77i8;10l3o;ll>2 33;110 13; 12819

of parts of the verb esse, viz.

est 100 m; 116 30: 137«;143 1; 144 16: 14933

erat 110 30sunt 8*^31; 13830; 145 8sit lOo 9essc 84 7 ; 84 1

1

; 98 30; 118v; 11Si5;129j4

'i«j5

ct 10 verb 106 31

;

1", 33; 116 37; 12029;12731; 139 20; 119 18

of verb in the infinitive 72 31

;

95 3j; 131 j8; 141 16of verb in one person to be

supiilied irora sanie vcrbin another 99 5 ; 134 3

of positive verb to be sup-plicd from negative 125 30

^c ..ive adjcctive to bejd (rom superlative

of antcccdent to relative 98?«; 120^9; 1H3 25

of

;

Jfromne

of

01

icle99 3od) 157

H? im;cun:liuuaai MUiU:ukc> incom-plcte

iR;923o.fXli; 1177

Epicurcans 10; 77 10; 113 35; 11416; 119 1«; 1413»

Epi

r» fricnds 13^33;.. :.- 1;. l;j<j I

I c 07 19et :

icnu.. ,0;

et, afler a n^tive 95 39 ; 13"? 4connectintj adjectives 99 8omitte<l, see 'as}'udetca'

et...que 135 17et...ac 137 17etiamnum 75 31euphemism 126 10; 149 19Euripides imitatcd 112 19; 128 jo;

140 II

eventus= fatum 79 30evolare 79 jSevomere 142 6exardescere, exardere 13G 5excludi 89 79exiliter 123 14expetendum 89 24expetere 114^1exprobrare officia 133 2 7exsistere 96 6e.\.tremum 79 26 ; 87 6

Fabricius Luscinus 84 10; 106 35fabulae 132 1

2

facere amice 72 33facio ut 65 7fallax (of things) 1.30 24famulatus 132 14

Fannius 16; 94 6fastidium 121 15fere 63 14; 155fidelitas 129 30fides, fiducia (constnicfion) 129 1

filum (metaphorical) 94 5florcre 65 1

3

fortuna75 33; 121 13forum (in forum ven.us agere) 147 26fraus 143 4iriend^ip, its andent treatment 1

1

def.!; ' --,

only -.;^

«q"--.- j.>

«imilanty of character in

135 15whether based on simi-

larity? 139 18

G. for Gaius not found 64 3

1

Gabinius 109 31

Gaius 64 31

Gallus (C. Sulpidus) 72 3

170 IXDF.X.

Ger.iasqaoted H : ISr, v; 12«

generosus (mci ' :<

j;cnitive aftcr)

dcj>CI)iii.iu 1)11 autjiiici },>.iii-

livcoyjobjective 105 i6 ; 120 a

;

141 19from nouns in -ius, -ium

155

gerund parallel with noun 127 ai

gloria 75 33Gracchus, fathcr of the tribunes

151 II

Tiberius 15; 18

Gaius 107 a; 109 17;

14736grttia 120 9grex (of philosophic schools) 131 3

habenas habere 112 13habcre wilh past participle 119 19

in sic habcndum cst 144 23

with rationem 145 5

hactcnus (hacc hactenus) 122 39Hannibal 97 17

Hellcnism at Kome 16

hcmicyclium 63 i 2

Hesiod quotcd 143 11

hic of a pcrson prcscnt 70 15

hic.ille 73 6

honestas 140 5, 6humanitas 71 33

idem (alter idcm) 138 8

jgitur (position in ttcntence) 106 «3;

110 35ignorantia rare 132 13

ignoratio 132 1

3

ille...isl24 33ille quidem 130 13

ii;

iiii .viiiiiiorum 79 30

inii 78 19imuiunu 118 13

impcrative in -tote 78 7itii

-'- • -'• 'vcrb'

iii, 1 iS

iu., 121 10

liim 71 79; 73 15•, sec 'vcrb'

^...>.all8 30

indigcrc 118 3 j

inducerc G;"» 9 ; 124 »5infamia 12G 17infimiissimum tempus 134 8

influcrc 14(j 16

infjciiuus 121) 7

inlcr se 13'J 27

inveterata 103 35inviilia 111 33ipse (te ipsc etc.) 07 «8

natura ip«a ftfi 35

is, in ct . ;uidem C9 1

1

in i-> M : 130 I

rcfcrii..., ..» w.c samc pci»-..

ille 124 33= lalis 12433

isdem 129 39ita, in isnic ita nece«se est 81 18

^5 2 2

a of 134 8

W3

K. for Caeso&lii

labefactare 102 14lalx>rare 159

Laclius. Gaius 14; 69 10; 147 tji

147 28; 152 14

l.Acnas 104 4laelari 80 3Lange quolcl

Latini 76 7

l.n. •

l.i '3

lc;. . .

,

iKrllaria 109 18

Gabinia 109 30Ca.ssia 1 10 30

Hbcraliicr 141 33lilwrc 111 13liccre.. :

*""4

locus, I ' '9l: 1144iih abstract subject 6J iO

.il7

INDEX. 171

lactns 75 :

Luscinus, &cc r a: i icius

Maelius 97 15maerere, constmction of 79 30maeror 75 18maestitia, spelling of 71 16magis in eoque mat^s 70 16

magi- ' '; 136 4

tCA^ in 8« 13maiu,- 7 :oM.incinus 140 23ManiJJtts, M'. TJ

manus, in manibus esse 146 70in manibus hal>erc 152 4manus dare 149 31

Maximus 131 4/uXtrar 70 17memini, conslruction of C2 ir

memoria, with recordatio 153 18

prodere memoriae 106 28mcmoriter Cl a

metaphors from racing 108 10; 151

79fr.„„ ,».,.ct.,... 14831

Mc 16

mili i4'j 18

mir: 13; 12G 10mirat>iii.i ivi iti

modestus 115 1

1

modo, istn ' .1''' n

n( : 143 9uri ' • 1 1

quoitaiii iHLKiu 70 15= nuper 67 32

sG86; 135 15Jis 92 ji

,,,.,; 11-. ...

crel28 6

umiicrcuia 114 31multiplcx 129 ;^r

mulcus m.i :s et m. 99 8Mu-nmiu>, )

nani elliptic 108 15; 111 16

naUiraC8 6; 83 i ; a5 31natura, a natura dari 139 31

... .:> ut nc 110 16

ne...qu>dem 99 4 ; 143 9nec...neque,neque...nccl07 4 ; 119

3«nec...quidem 99 4 ; 157negatives repeateJ 116 25 ; 119 25Neoptolemus 135 23neque...et 135 22

nescio quis 142 5nimirum 120 i

nomcn sapientis etc. 68 5non at end of clause 19 28nouns in -trix 105 16

in -tio 137 27plural in abstract sense 79 ?6;

97 24; see 'dative', 'geni-

tive', 'ablative'

nullus as substantive 98 i

Numantia 74 23numne 104 30numquam...ncc...nec 119 25nunc with past verb 75 32nuper 77 10; 93 26

obire 70 19occultare 129 7omni = summo in omni sappliciom 5omnia 103 24omnino 131 5 ; 137 26OM^ota 91 1 2

opera, opere 160opini ••' 148 iT

opii: ;ic 117 9opp< . ^^ 17; 90 3optarc 74 18opus magnum 83 30oratio recta, obltqua 113 25ore, esse in 63 14• "'• 'I

-.V f,.'J 14

1 3«

oxymuruQ 91 7 ; 125 28 ; 141 16

facti 70 15'.it; '• 26

pac.l..K'.K' '•'" "i>airs of words or phrases 85 17'anactius 17

par. acqualis 101 22ro^^o^a 112 18

X72 JNDEX.parliciples as «djectiircs 97 « ; 117

7; 121 16: 124 15

j 1 csent passive.how repre-

sented in Latin 11*J 31partiri 90 1

p.inim 135 a8

],itv( i^rcre auris 148 8

r.iu!ii,> Maccdonicus 7"i . .'.

. i

1c v^.irc 105 15; 110 27

li(.rcipcre...perspicere 107pcrcipi 91 15iKrrducere 134 5l>i rftctus 72 3p<iirlitatus passive 127 1

l<-u|.atctics 10; 77 10

pcuiihrasis 99 5

icipenderc veritate 148 a

l^cr.Mjna 65 9rhilemon 140 i r

. • ,.,.•- :-o,5ng of term) 8 n.

i 1,- I .......> ly

I^laccre 112 17

.'lato, his dialogues 13

Lis Lysis 11

quoted 13» 18; 139 31T!. VI. vNiihii.

'!"" " *"' JiPhilebus 12 n.

apolocy 69 1

1

PbaeJo 78 19pl^n^ 1S2 1

1

M;;102 7;108a8;112 7Oo 'verb'

,

• -' •--<-tscn!5e79 16

I ; : 1 tosingular.."26

of deiiiiMi>iriUive referring to

fiinf^tibr 132 9uam 116 1*,

- : 15 n. ; 140 1

1

;

1 (7 -fs

1"

iS

. P6 31; 186 4a(.-i.wiua iivinicol 114 I

prarhiccre 90 4

i. added or omitted 70

1

"•'* n1

r.ii..-.iaic, constnictlon of 90 4practcxta 61 4T/>arr((Ot ^(Ot 73 6prepositiuns rcpcated 75 15; 146 1

foilowing ca»e l^" 1

priesthoods 147 33priiiccps ad 95 16pro, proh 119 30prodere memoriac 106 98producere 134 5rpo-nyfiita 73 15|,r..r,ri..-i nn 18

I'9; 121 17

1cc 'qui', •ea*, '5$*, 'ille

'plur.ir

proximus with prior superior iufcri<

70 16

fura (toga) 61 4yrrhus 84 10; 97 17

Pythagoras 139 31

quaestio 130 16

quam multi 141 35(ju.-imquam 1(^2 3 ; 141 31(ju .1 1.1 j; 968; 103 86; 116 3?

117 c,- i-> ,,

quasi .

'^g

quc C'.: i 20at citd ut (.numeration 94 13nftcr negativc 98 i

in ct...que 135 37queo...ncqueo 88 18

non queo 106 14in positive scntence 1S3 36

qoerella M u) 1.'.5

qui wit' ' 18

in 1: Loce 8 31

quicun».. 'jiuKiiin •>;! 17quid=«Ti«^; 117«,,,., 1t„ r.T ,

vc91 iS

IO633; 1;

..»17

in plnml 108 16

iic HTi 33..uses 144 19

INDEX. 173

reapse 114 4recordatio 153 18

reiamare 117 33reileo 62 10reiiucere (' escort home*) 7C 5referre ad 100 14relative claoses, see ' verb*

reiiqaus proleptic C9 9rejietition of verb in negative clatxse

8618; 1345lepr^* -" ' 1254res N

; 110 17re^}/ -.h accusative) 70airestricte 124 17revocare 125 33r<^tu 64 I

Kuman vievr of literature 73 6 ; 81

19; 91 18; 142 5ideal of character 127 30popular moraliiy 12C 18

Rupilius F. 19 ; 104 4Kutilius 151 15

nlis modios 130 41

sapiens of Stoics 72 33sapientia 87 3Scaevola 15

icio, haud scio an 87 3haud sctam an 118 13

Scipio Africanus maior 79 17Africanus minor 14; 15; 17;

152 14

Nasica Serapio I08 14Corc\iliim \ti\ 10

Scipionic circle IG !»}.

sorihcrc fi'^ ? I

SC< '.

seir^'''

r

CllilL^flltll »>"• 19

•eptem (*the scvcn') <i9

terp^"* fm-f^fhorical) 109 18

• 'J: 120 5. 132 10

<1 in second place 128 aa

su I (iri .sihi suanim) 112 aoik for talis B-j a 1

takcs placc of objcct to verb 85 ai

sicnificatio virtutis 116 18SuDCHiidet 01 7

siaiplez 129 38

singular for plural 78 10. See also* verb

'

sin vero 128 6si qua, si quae 158sit ita sane 84 6socii et Latini 76 7Socratesl3; 15; 69 it; 79 18; 78 19Sophocles, his Philoctetes 135 33sperare 74 18

ss 150 3stirps...gcnus 132 13Stoicism 10; 17; C9 13; 71 13; 72

33; 73 i:;; 83 i, 4; 84 9; 85

21; 97 11; 115 17; IIC ao; 139

10; 140 6

stricte 124 17studium G8 6suavitas 130 10

subjunclive, see 'verb'

subinittere se 133 29subtilis C9 10

Sulla 20Sulpicius (P. Sulp. Rufus) 19

supcrbus 118 II

superior in aliqua re 132 31

supplicium 110 5supra 116 27suspicerc 100 16

axxniXKtcQfXk 116 23sustinere 127 2 ; 133 3

tamquam 114 26; 125 •*,

tantum, unum tantum 69 1

1

tautology 82 28taxare 120 5telum (metaphorical) 127 21

tempcrantia 115 9temix>re suo 74 21

tempto, sjwllinj; of 127 3 ; IGOtempus=Ka(pot 12'> 11; 74 33

ad tempus 120 5Terence 14 ; 17

theatre, seats in 93 29Thcmistoclcs 111 31 ; 111 i, 3

Thcognis 127 3Theophrastus wtpi ^tXtat 11 ; 140 13

stylc of dialogues 14

0t<itpytrucot /3*of 73 6Timon 142 5

Tit 67 I

toga viriTis, pura, praetexta 61 4

174 INDEX.

tongere 120 5turtuosus 129 31truncus 115 19Tubero 104 i

tum...st94 6; 118 18

valetudo 71 35 ; 89 36

vanitas 145 9Varro 13

vaticinari 92 19ubi = qua in rc 119 14vel 12y 6vclim, vcllcm 66 34velle, 'to be pcrsuaded of a thing'

98 30; 116 31

vendibilis 147 37vcrb pcrsonal for impersonal 72 31;

103 31; 122 30subjunctive dircctly depcndcnt

on verb 66 34;72 4 ; 83 33

with qui 70 1

8

limiting74 18; 152

la

conccssive 97 14

in rclative clausos

in oratioobliqiia

113 35; 142 iH

indicative for subjuflctive 93

19; 147 33prescnt conlinuous 116 7past for prcsent 114 30im|x;rfect for plupcrfcct 77 14;

104 3

plupcrfect for imperfcct 80 5change of tense 99 6; 104 6;11430

in singular with «ever»! sub-

jecu78 34; 183 19; 144 31

1

162 3»in first person to be supplicd

from third 99 5imperfcct passive and dcpo-

nent forms 155

repcated in negative clause 8698; 1345

Sec also 'ellipse', 'con-

ditioiul sentenccs'

Vcrginlus 151 36

vero 101 31

mihi vero 82 «jncc vero 110 38

esper, vespera 76 6vetulus 130 18

vetustas 130 if^ ; 135 13

video— scriplum vidco lOG

3»plus, nimium etc. 149 3;

videor^smihi vidcor 81

8011vidcrint sapicntcs 73 9videre licet 121 17

vim afrerrc 94 15

viriditas 75 33virtus= vir virtute pracditus IIC

visum, visus 79 37vita vitalis 88 iS

ullusll5 16

ultro et citro 140 17

unum, ' onc only' 69 rr

unus with superlativc 62 9volare, comjwunds of 79 »8

volgus 156volunt.irium 95 30voluntas 80 10

voluptas, ad voluptatem loqoi I i

'

vox 125 38URurpare 71 38 ; 97 13USUS 101 31 t 1H6 3ut t- 79 37: 132 8

1 ; 110 36

% •^•> 1; 1175•S "4

«U'|Hii<IciU uu ut-clause 11*^

12« 7' ^1424

Utc:

Xenophon, Mcmorabilia 13 :

33; 127 s«: !••:

Apology 69 1

1

OPIXIONS OF THE PRESS.

**Mr Rcid h.as deciilcflly attained his aim, namelj*, 'a thorough examin-

ation of the Latinity of ihe dialoj^ie.* . . . The revision of the text is mo-valuable, and comprchcnds sundry acute corrections. . . . This volume, likc

Mr Reid's olher editions, is a solid gain to the scholarship of thecountry."

—

Athmirum." A more distinct gnin to scholarship is Mr Reid's able and thorough

edition of the De Amicitid of Cicero, a work of which, whether we regaid

thc exhauslive intro<luction or the instructive and most suggestive commen-tary, it would be ditilcult to speak too highly .... When we come to the

ntaiy, we are only amazed by its fuiness in proportion to its bulk.

4 is ovcrlooked which can tend to enlarge the leamer's general

Knowitdge of Ciceronian Latin or to elucidate the text."

—

Saturdny Revinr.

" Mr Reid seenis to have peculiar merits as a commentator."

—

Guardiar

"The object of the e<lition is...a thorough elucidation of the Latinity ot

tbe diaiogue, a tosk to which all who are cognizant of Mr Reid's edition of

Ciccro's speechcs for Archias and for BalLus, will admit his eminent

Btncss."

—

CoHtemporary Revino.

BY TIIE SAME EDITOR.Zdlted for the Syndics of tlie C&mbrldge UnlTenlty Press.

I AT T. CICERONIS PRO CORNELIO SULLAORATIO.

h'iitctl for Schools and Collcges. Extra fcap. 8vo. 3J. 6J.

" Mr R-i:i i» so vrVi kn.ttn to «choK-irs a< a commentritor nn Ciceri th.nt a rc»

of hi<i author't dictioo rendert him aiicllifcni ttudent cjn r.jd onc i.f hi,

P . . . . h i

iiJiinK periei '

nile ....

2. M. T. CICERONIS CATO MAIOR i ..

NKCTUTE. Eclitc<l for Schools and Colleccs, Extra fcap. xs.fxi.

"Mr Rcii! lias 1,1. v;.„i>;v c.!itr,t ilie Pr Ami. HiA and ihe «p«eche« Prv AnkU «nd/ . ' had occaucm to be*tow upua )

' 'w. .T:i!lKir*4 WAft». \\ \\ fomin.it

ihAt ;: ™«»ch to

" \\ ^«^funden

h:«l><.n wiiJ, u:id inaci.en 0.\<:. ii-ut>uiicii riu;.-..jicu auf diocibc aufir.crkwm."

—

Pr^.luMiH AfaUtrm Bur$utM't yaArrthrrickt.

3. M. T. CICERONIS PRO A. LICINIO ARCHIAPflKTA OR.VriO AD lUDICES. Edited for Schools and(• • ' ' ' f.

";

.

n^. An intffxiuction tell« a« everything

v,— CirT"'» r^n^irTiin with him, atmut ihe' carefulljr

" volums

iiic-nts, arc iii....l.-!> «( < :.;..r aivl . !. ••t ••m—. mtcihgiljic to jiini jr MiKlcnU

.lud useful for those who are mor (iuarJian.

4. M. T. CICERONi.-^ 1 iv^ ) L. CORNELIO BALBOORATIO, Editcd for Schools and Collc{:es. Extra fcp. \s. M.

'•y^. i.' -.-!•. ^ 1.- ..:..... <• .r .\ ,, i.; .. ,.,,! f ,r P, .n.n.. r,r.if,-v.. 1 , Vffr, 1!! iiiHi.t tlir iri.nlnj

,S i!..'-

'

• "»I r f. -•«

•1«

to

d

' is marked by the lame qualities a« lii* «ifitioa ol UM Pr»

5. M, TULLI CICERONIS DE FINIBUS B(

NORUM ET MALORUM LIBRI QUINQUE. The tcxt revi>

and explaincd, with translation ; Svo. [/« the Pt\

[The Translation is nearly rcady.l

LONDON : C. J, CLAY AND SONS.CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS v *'• '"'"•''"'.

AVE MARIA LANE.

THE ACADEMICA OF CICERO. The Tcxreviscd and explaincd. New Edition, rewrilten and greatly enUrg(8vo, I jf,

THE ACADEMICS OF CICERO TRANSlatcd into English, with short Introduction and Notes. 8vo. 5/. 6.;

LONDON: MACMILLAN AND CO.

PASSAGES FOR PRACTICE IN TRAN-LATIOX AT SIGIIT. Part L Latin. Part II. CretCrown 8vo. xr. (nt. cach.

LONDON: ISBISTER AND CO.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVER8ITY PRE88.

THE PITT PRESS SERIES.*,* ! iny of the books in this list can be had in ttvo volumes, Text

and Notes separately.

I. GREEK.Aristophanes. Aves—Plutus—Ranae. By W, C. Green,

M.A., late Asustant Master at Kugby Schuol y. Sd. each.

ArlBtotle. Outlines of the Philosophy of. Compiled byEdwin Waixace, M.A., LL.D. ITjird EUition, Enlarged. ^s. 6rf.

Earipides. Heracleidae. With Introduction and ExplanatoryNous. By E. A. Bkck, M.A., Fellow of Trinity HalL y.td.

Hercules Furens. With Introduction, Notes andAnalysi* By A. Grav, NL.\., and J. T. Hittchi.nson, M.A, New Ed. 2*.

Hippolytus. With Introduction and Notes. By W. S.Hadi EY, .M .\.. Kellow of Pembroke CoUege. a*.

Iphigeneia in Aulis. By C. E. S. Headlam, B.A. 2j. 6d.

Herodotus, Book V. Edited with Notes and Introduction byR S. Shuckb uhch, M.A. 3/.

Book VI. By the same Editor, 4J.

Book Vin., Chaps. 1—90. By the same Editor. y. 6d.

Book IX., Chaps, 1—89. By the same Editor. ys. 6d.

Homer. Odyssey, Books IX,, X. With Introduction, Notesand Appcndice* by G. .M. Kiwards, M.A. a/. 6./ each.

Book XXI. By the same Editor. 2s.

Luciani Somnium Charon Piscator et De Luctu. By W, E.Heitla.nd, .M A., Kellijw of St John's Colkge, Cambritige. jr. fxi.

Platon— Apologia Socratis. Wiih Introduction, Notes andAppendicct. By J. Auam, M.A. xt. (>d.

Orito. By the same Editor, 2J. 6d.

Euthyphro. By the samc Editor. [/« the Press.

Plutarch, Livea of the QracchL With Introduction, Notesanl l.rxi on by Kcv H. A. HoLDBN. M.A., LL.D. 6».

Llfe of Nicias. By the same Editor. 5J,

Life of Sulla. By thc same Editor. 6s.

Life of Timoleon, By the same Editor. 6s.

Sophocles. Oedipus Tyrannus. School Edition, with Intro-.iiK.tioo aad Comnientary by R. C. Jbbm, LitLD., LL.D. 4/. (ui.

Xenophon. Ageailaus. By H. Hailstone, M,A, 2s. 6d.

Anabasis. With Introduction, Mapand Enghsh Notes,by A. P»rTO«, .M A Two voli, 71. (hL

BookB I, in, rv, and V. By thc same. zs. cach.Books n. VL and VII, By the same. zr, 6d. each.

Xenophon. Oyropaedeia, Books L n. With Introductionaod Note« by Rev H A Moi.ikn, ,M A , LL.D. j voU, 6».

Bookfl HL rV. and V. By the same Editor, 51,

PUBUCATIONS OF

II. LATIN.Beda's Ecclesiastical History, Books IIL, IV. Edited with

a life, Noie», C.lovsary, Onomajticon and Index, by J. E. B. Mayok, \LK., aiul

J. K. Luwnv, D.D. Revii«d EUition. 71. iJt.

Books L n. By the same Editors. [/« tfu Press.

Oaesar. De Bello Oallico, Comment. I. With Maps and Notesby A. G. Pkskktt, M.A., Kcllow of M*g(lalene College, Cambridge. i/. td.COMMKNT. II. III. It. COMMENT. I. 11. III. J/. COMMKMT. IV. V undCoMMRNT. VII. zi. each. Commknt. VI. aad Commbht. VIII. u. 6;

Cicero. De Amicitla.—De Senectnte. Edited by J. S. l .

LittD., Kellow urOonville and Caius Collcge. ji. 6d. aach.

In Qaium Verrem Actio Pruna. With Notes, byH. CowiK, M.A. \s. 6</.

In Q. Caecilium Divinatio et in G. Verrem Actio.With Notes by W. E Heitlamj, M A . and H. CowiK, M.A. v

Philippica Secunda. Hy A. G. Pf.skett, M.A. y. 6if.

Oratio pro Archia Poeta. Hy J. S. Reid, Litt.D. 2s.

Pro L. Cornelio Balbo Oratio. By the same. is. td.

Oratio pro Tito Annio Milone, \viih English Notes,&C., by loH.N Smvth Pcktos, H U. w. W.

Oratio pro L. Murena, with English Introductionand Note». By W. E. Heitlano, M A. 3».

Pro Cn. Plancio Oratio,by H. A. Holden,LL.D. ^s.dd.

Pro P. ComeUo Sulla. By J. S. Reid, LittD. ys. dd.

Somnium Scipionis. With Introduction and Notes.Edited by W. U. Peakman, M A.

Horace. Epistles, Book L With Notes and Introduction byE. S. SHUCKbiKc.H, M..\., Ute Kellow of Enunanucl Coilegtt. a*. 6d.

Livy. Book IV. With Introduction and Notes. By H. MStkfhknson, M A. -u- (>d.

Book V. With Introduction and Notes by L. Whibley.M.A. 2i. 6r/

Books XXI., XXn. With Notcs, Introduction andMapa. Uy M S. DiMsDAiK. ,M A., Fellow of King'* College. v. (td. cach.

Lncan. Fharsaliae Liber Primus, with English Introductionand Note» by W. K HKiTi.ANr), M A., and C. E. Haskins, M.A. u. dd.

Lucretius, Book V. With Notes and Introduction by J. D.Durr, M.A., Kcllow of Trinity Collegc. it.

Ovidii Nasonis Fastorum Liber VL With Notes by ASiixiwKK, M.A., Tutor ofCorpus Chruii Coltcce. Oxfortl. 1/. 6d

Quintus Curtius. A Poriion of the Histon'(Alcxahderin India).Hy W. E. Hkitu^ni). M A.. and T. E Ravkn, B.A. With Two Mapa. 3*. 6d.

Vergili M -". Aeneldos Libri T—TTT Edited with Notc»by A ; A. li. td. each.

i By ihe sanie Editor. i r. CmI

OeoTKicon Libri I H. Hy the s.i: is.

Libriin. IV. By thc sai: r 21.

The Oomplete Worka. By ihe i.uue Ediior. TwoVoU. Vol. L rwi tai ning tb« Tcat. VoL 1 1. Th« NotM. (/Vi^Mr^.

Lonim: Cambridn Warthcuse, Ar^ Maria Latu,

A AAJJ* \, J-K AVA JJ A\ A M^ \^MJ0 Ky 4 W M W M^d\»^A A Z 4 ^VX^OO. ^

III. FRENCH.Cornellle. La Suite du Menteur. A Comedy in Five Acts.

With Notes Philological and Hi>t<>ncal, by the late G. Masson, B.A. m.

De Bonnechose. Lazare Hoche. With four Maps, Intro-duction and Commentary, by C Colbeck, M A. Revised Editioa. 3/.

D^Harleville. Le Vieux (Wlibataire. A Comedy, Gram-matical aod Historical Noles, by G. MaS60n. B.A. u.

De Lamartine. Jeanne D^Arc. Edited with a Map andNotes Historical and Philolojfical, and a Vocabulary, by Re». A. C Clafin,M.A., St JohD'i College, CambridKC rr.

De Vigny. La Canne de Jonc. Edited with Notes byRev. H. A. BuLL, M.A., Ule Ma«ter at Wellington Collese. *s.

Erckmann-Chatrian. La Querre. With Map, Introductionand Commenlary by Rev. A. C. Clapin, M.A. 3^.

La Baronne de StaSl Holstein. Le Directoire. (Consid^ra-tKMis sur Li R^volutiin Fran^aine. Troisiime et qu.-itriime parties.) Revisedand enlarged. Wuh .NVtc^ by C. Masson, U.A.,and G. W. Prothero, .M.A. -u.— Dix Ann^es dXxiL Livre IL Ohapitres 1—8.By the same Editors. New Edition, eiilarged. ai.

Lemercier. Fredegonde et Brunehaut. A Tragedy in FiveActs. By GusTAVB Masson, B.A. 2s.

Molidre. Le Bourgeois Qentilhomme, Com^die-Ballet enCi-Tq Aciev (1670.) Hy Rev. A. C. Clafin, M.A. Revi.scd Edition. u. dd.

L^EcoIe des Femmes. With Introduction and Notes byG. Saintsbciiv, .M A. aj. td.

Les Prdcieuses Ridicules. With Introduction andNotes by E. G W. Bral nhoutz, M.A., Ph.D. m.

Piron. La M^tromanie. A Comedy, with Notes, by G.Ma^son, B.A. w.

Bacine. Les Plaideurs. With Introduction and Notes, byK G. W. Bkalnholtz, M.A., Ph.D. v.

Sainte-Beuve. M. Daru (Causeries du Lundi, Vol. IX.).By G. Masson, H A. is.

Saintine. Picciola. With Introduction, Notes and Map. ByRev. A. C. Clactn, .M A. u,

Scribe and Legouv^. Bataille de Dames. Edited by Rev.H. A. Buul, M.A. u.

Scribe. Le Verre dXau. A Comedy; with Memoir, Gram-malicai and Hiftorical Ndte». Edited by C. Colbecic, M.A. ax.

S^daine. Le Philosophe sans le savoir. Edited with Notesby Rev. H A. Bl-ll, M.A., lale .Ma^ter at WellinKton College. j/.

Thierry. Lettres sur lliistoire de France (XIIL—XXIV.).( ByG Masson.V ' •' " '

^- \ »4.6./

IWcits c 13 L—in. Editcd byGurrAVB Maav KorKs, .M A. With Map. ji.

Villemain. Lascaris ou Laa Orecs du XVe Sidcle, NouvelleHiMorique. By G. Masson, B.A. m.

ilLondon: Cambridge Warthouse, Ave Maria Lane.

PUDUCATIONS OF

Voltaire. Histoire du Si^cle de Loois XIV. Ohaps. L—XIII. Editcd by G Mavson. B A , and G. W. Prothkro, M.A. m. (>d.

Part II. Cmaps. XIV.-XXIV. By the *ame Ediion. Wiih l^hKc Map».u. bd. Part III. Chaps. XXV. to ead. Rr ih« »1»« Editort 3/. &/.

Zavier de Maistre. La Jenne SiMrieime. Le L^prenx deU Cit4 D'Aoste. By G. Massun, H.A. w. (>d.

IV. GERMAN.Ballads on Oerman History. Arrangcd and annotated by

Wn.HEi,M Wag.nkk, I'h.D. 11.

Benedix. Doctor Wespe. Lustspiel in fiinf Aufziigen. Editedwith Notes by Kaku Mermasn Hkkul^ M.A. 3.»

Freytag. Der Staat Friedhchs des Orossen. With Notes.Hy WiLHKi.M Wagnek, Ph.U a/.

Oerman Dactylic Poetry. Arranged and annotated byWlLHKLM WaGNKR, Ph.lJ. Jf.

Ooethes Knabenjahre. (1749— 1759.) Arranged and anno-Uted by Wilhklm WawNEr, Ph.D. j*.

Hermann nnd Dorothea. By Wilhelm Wagner,Ph.D. Revi^e.i edition by J. W. CartmklI, M.A. 31. 6d.

Outzkow. Zopf und Schwert. Lust$piel in fiinf Aufziigen.By H J. WoLSTHNHOLMK, H.A. (Lond-X yt- (xi.

Haoff. Das Bild des Kaisers. By Karl Hermann Breu;M.A., Ph. D., Unjversity Leclurfr in Gennan. yt.

Das Wirthshaus im Spessart. By A. Schlottmann.PhJ>. ji bd.

Die Karavane. Edited with Notcs by A. SchlottMANN, i'h.I) 3X (.i

Immermann. Der Oberhof. A Talc of Westphalian Life, b>WlLHKLM Wac.nkr, 1'h.D. V.

Kohlrausch. DasJahriSis. WithEnglishNotesby WilhelmWa^.nkr, l'h. D. 2i.

Lessing and Oellert. Selected Fables. Edited with Notesby Karl Hfkmann BRKUt^ M.A. yi.

Mendelssohns Letters. Selections from. Edited by IamiS.ME, M.A. y. ' '

Raumer. Der erste Kreuzzug (1095—1099). By WilhelmWac.nkr, Ph.D. «

BiehL Oulturgeschichtliche Novellen. Edited by H. J.Wolstknholmk, B.A. (Ix)nd.X y.bd.

Schiller. Wilhelm TelL Edited with Introduction and Notrby Karl Hkrmann Bkri;l, M.A. «/. 6d.

Uhland. Bmst, Herzog von Schwaben. Wiih Introductionand Nou^ By H. J Woustknholmk, B.A. j*. bd.

i^tnwn; i^airipridge Warehouset Ave Maria Leme.

V. ENGLISH.Ancient Philosophy from Thales to Oicero, A Sketch of. By

JosHJ-M B. Mavok, M.A, iJ. bti.

Bacons History of the Reign of King Henry VIL WithNote* by the Rcv. Profeisor Lumbv, D.D. jf.

Cowley'8 Essays. With Introduction and Notes, by the Rev.Proic^sor I-i Miiv, D.D. 4/.

More'8 History of Eing Bichard III. Edited with Notes,Clouary, Index of Names. By J. Rawson Lumbv, D.D. y. td.

More's Utopia. With Notes, by Rev. Prof. Lumby, D.D. y. 6d.

The Two Noble Kinsmen, edited with Introduction and Notes,by ihe kev. 1'ioici^i .Skbat, LittD. y. 6J.

VI. EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE.Oomenius, John Amos, Bishop of thc Moravians. His Life

and luiucational Works, by S. S. Lai;rik, A.M., K.R.S.E. 3/. (xi.

Edncation, Three Lectnres on the Practice of. I. On Mark-ing, by H. W. EvE, M.A. II. On Stiniulus, by A. SiDCWiCK, M.A. III. Onthc Tcaching of Latin Versc Compotitiun, by E. A. Abbott, D.D. »s.

Stimnlus. A Lecture delivered for the Teachers' TrainingSyndicate, May, 1882, by A. Sidcwick, M.A. u.

Locke on Education. With Introduction and Notes by theRe^. R. H. yi ICK, M A. 3/. W.

Milton'8 Tractate on Education. A facsimile reprint fromthc Edition of 1&73. Editcd with Note^, by O. Browning, M.A. aj.

Modem Languages, Lectures on the Teaching of. By CCoLBECK, M A. 2J.

Teacher, Oeneral Aims of the, and Form Management. TwoI>ectures tlelivcrcd in ihc Univeriiiy of Cambridge in ihe Lent Term, 1883, byK. W, Karhak, D.U , arid K. B. Poole, U.D. ix. (xi.

Teaching, Theory and Practice of. By the Rev. E. Thring,M.A., t;>tc Hc^id Masicr of L'i>(jingh:im School. New Edition. 4i, 6^.

British India, a Short History of. By E. S. Carlos, M.A^.. r ll" .M.ist':r of Kxclcr (iraiiiin.tr School. it,

Geography, Elementary CommerciaL A Sketch of the Com-::. 1 . ^ ..i«l ihe Couninci of ihe World. liy H. R. Mill,D.Sc, F.R.S.E. 1*.

Qeography, an Atlas of CommerciaL (A Companion to the•bove.> Hy J. G. Bartholomkw, K.R.G.S. Wiih an Intruduction by HucHROBUIT MlLL, D.Sc. 31.

VII. MATHEMATICS.its of Qcometry. Books I arci;ow (ind lalc Tutor <. f Tiinity Collefe,

O/Zur Volumts are in preparation.

iclid'8 Elements of Qcometry. Books I and II. By H. M.Tavloh, M.A , Kci;ow «nd laic Tutor <.f Tiinity College, C ambridge. w. 6rf.

iion: Catiibridge IVareAouse, Ave Alaria Laru.

PUBLICATIONS OF

Clje Cambrilise Bihle for

^djools anti CoUrgcs*

Genkral Editor: J. J. S. PEROWNE, D.D.,

Dkan of Petkrborough.

"// is lujficult to commend too highly this txcelttnt /mif/.—Guardian.

" Tht modesly of tht gerteral tillt of this strits has, wt Mitve, Udmany to misnnderstami its character and underrate ils value. The Aaohs

are ruell suiled for study in the upfer ftrms of our best scho^ls, but nat

the less art they adapted to the wants of all Bible students who are not

specicdists. We doubt, indeed, whether any of the numerous popu!cw

commentaries recently issued in this country wUl he found mort str-

vieeablefor general use."—Acadcmy.

Ncnt; Recuiy. Clotk, Extra Fcap. Zvo. With Maps.

Book of Joshua. By Rev. G. F. Maclear, D.D. zr. td,

Book of Judges. By Rev. J. J. Lias, M.A., ^s. (nL

FirstBookofSamueL ByRev. Prof. KiRKPATRicit,B.D. ^.(nL

Becond Book of SamueL By Rev. Prof. Kirklpatrick, B.D.yt 6./.

First Book of Klngs. By Rev. Prof. Lumbv, D.D. y$. 6d.

Second Book of Kings. By Rev. Prof. LuMBV, D.D. y. 6d.

Book of Job. Hy Rev. A. B. Davidson, D.D. $s.

Book of Ecclesiastes. By Very Rev. E. H. Plumptre, D.D. 5^.

Book of Jeremiah. By Rcv. A. VV. Streane, M.A. 4j. 6d.

Book of Hosea. By Rcv. T. K. Cheyne, M.A., D.D. y.Books of Obadiah & Jonah. By Archdcacon Perowne. 2s.6d.

Book of Micah. Hy Rev. T. K. Chkyne, M.A., D.D. ts. 6d.

Books of Haggai & 25€chariah. By Archdcacon Perowne. jj.

Oospel according to St Matthew. ByRev.A.CARR,M.A. %s.6d.

Oospel according to St Mark. By Rev. G. F. Maclear,l) D. *t.tA

Oospel according to St Luke. By Arch. Farrar, D. D. 4J. 6d,

Oospel according to St John. By Rev. A. Plumm kr, D. D. 4j. 6d.

Acta of the Apostles. Hy Rev. Prof. Lumbv, D.D. 41. 6dEpi.stle to the Romans. By Rev. H. C. G. Moulk, M.A. jx. 6dFirgt Cortnthiana. By Rev. J. J, Lias, M.A Wiih Map. zs.

Becond (TorinthianB. By Rev. J. J. Uas, M.A With Map. xr.

Lcrtiion : Cafnbridge IVareh

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

Epistle to the Ephesians. By Rev. H. C. G. Moule, M.A. zr. 6dl

Bpistle to the Philippians. By Rev. H. C. G. Moule, M.A.IX. bd.

Epistle to the Hebrews. By Arch. Farrar, D.D. y. 6</.

Qeneral Epistle of St James. By Very Rev. E. H. Pi.umptre,I) 1>. If (m/.

Epistles of St Peter and St Jude. By Very Rev. E. H.PtUMI-TKIt, U.U. W. (J.

Epistles of St John. By Rev. A. Plummer, M.A., D.D. 3J. 6</.

Preparing.

Book of Oenesis. By Very Rev. the Dean of Peterborough.

Books of Exodus, Nombers and Deuteronomy. By Rev.C. U. GissBCRG, LL.n.

Books of Ezra and Nehemiah. By Rev. Prof. Ryle, M.A.

Book of Psalms. By Rev. Prof. Kirkpatrick, B.D.

Book of Lsaiah. By ProC W. Robertson Smith, M.A.

Book of EzekieL By Rev. A. B. Daviuson, D.D.

Book of Malachi. By Archdeacon Perowne.

Epistle to the Oalatians. By Rev. E. H. Perowne, D.D.

Epifltles to the Colossians and Philemon. By Rev. H. C. G.Moui.E, M..\.

Epistles to Timothy & Titus. By Rev. A. E. Humphreys, M.A.

Book of Revelation. By Rev. W. H. Simcox, M.A.

Cf)e Scmallfr Cambritjge ^ible for ^rbools^»

Tbe SnuOler Camtaidge Bibls for Bchools willform an entirely

tuw series o/ commentartes on some seUcted books ofthe Bible. It is expected

that they will be prepared for the most part by the EJitors of the larger

series (The Cambridge Bible for Schools and CoUeges). The volumes

trill be issued at a tow price, and wiil be suitable to the requirements of

prefaratory and elementary schools.

Now ready.

First and Second Books of SamueL By Rev. Prof. Kirk-rATSicic, H.U. u eatli

Ooapel according to 8t Matthew. By Rev. A. Carr, M.A. \s.

Ooepel according to St Mark. By Rcv. G. F. Maclear, D.D. u.

Nearly ready.

Oospel according to St Luke. By Archdeacon Farrar.

Ifjmdon : Cambrid^e IVarehouse, Ave Maria Lane.

8 PUBUCATIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY PRESS

Cfte Cambn^fff 6rffk Cfgtament tor

^rOooIsf anlj CoUfgfd,

with a Revised Text, based on the most recent critical «uthorities, r^- '

Englisb Notes, prepared under tbe direction of tbe Gencral Edit< :

The Very Revcrcnd J. J. S. PEROWNE, D.D..

Dean op Peterborough.

Oospel accordlng to St Matthew. By Rev. A. Carr, MWith 4 Mapk. ^s. td.

Qospel according to St Mark. By Rev. G. F. Maclear, D. .

Wiih 3 Maps. 4J. (jd.

Oospel according to St Loke. By Archdeacon Farrar.Wiih 4 Map&. bt.

Oospel according to St John. By Rev. A. Plumiier, UWith 4 Mapt. 6x.

Acts of the Apostles. By Rev. Professor Lumby, D .

Wiih 4 Map». 6x.

First Epistle to the Corinthians. By Rcv. J. J. Lias, M.A 3*.

Second Epistle to the Corinthians. Ih Rcv. J. J. Lias, V.

Epistle to the Hebrews. By Archdcacon Farrar, D.D. y. 6<i

Epistle of St James. I5y Very Rev. E. H. Plumptre, D.D.

Epistles of St John. By Rcv. A. Plummer, M.A., D.D. 4j.

ZonOon: c. J. CLAV ani> .sONS,

CAMBRIDGE WAREHOUSE, AVE MARIA LANE.Clwflotn: a6j. ARGYLE STREET.

CwnbTiHsc DEIGHTON. BELL AND CaXti^M: r. A. BROCKHAUSw

Cicero, H-ircus Talliur

6^t4 M. Tui:' "'-•-'^ronis

L2 de amicit; v ed. v

1 ^; corrections and additions

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE

CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY